### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# Alask **a Clean Seas Technical Manual**

**Revised June, 2010** 

# Volume 1 **Tactics Descriptions**

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# ALASKA CLEAN SEAS TECHNICAL MANUAL **VOLUME 1 TACTI**  **CS DESCRIPTIONS**
© 1999, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Alaska Clean Seas All rights reserved. No part of this work covered by the copyrights hereon may be reproduced in any form or by any means without the written permission of Alaska Clean Seas.

Alaska Clean Seas Pouch 340022 Prudhoe Bay, Alaska 99734-0022 Phone: (907) 659-2405 Fax: (907) 659-2616 

# DISCLAIMER
In producing this manual, Alaska Clean Seas has endeavored to provide the best available information based on the latest technological and engineering advancements. ACS believes that the information and procedures contained herein are well founded, and utilize information obtained from actual experiences in the environments where these procedures are intended to apply. Nonetheless, ACS and its members expressly disclaim that the procedures provided in this manual, even if followed correctly and competently, will necessarily produce any spe
cific results. Implementation of the recommendations and procedures contained herein is at the sole risk of the user. The Alaska Clean Seas Technical Manual provides a detailed source of information pertaining to spill response variables on the North Slope of Alaska. This information includes:

• Spill response tactics in a v ariety of conditions and seasonal variations.
• Maps of resources at r isk from a spill.
• Inf ormation on the Incident Management System used in a spill event. The Technical Manualis generally applicable to all operators on the North Slope. Facilityspecific information is provided in operator oil discharge prevention and contingency plans. The information provided in this manual, in conjunction with the individual operator contin
gency plans, is intended to meet the requirements of Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation spill planning regulations (18 AAC 75). There are always variables beyond the control of any response organization that affect response performance. These variables include personnel safety considerations, weather, visibility, sea conditions, location of spill, type of oil spilled, rate of discharge, condition of the equipment or facility causing the spill, and for a vessel, position of discharging vessel and condition of remaining cargo. In addition, site-speci f﻿i c conditions such as the amount and type of wildlife and sea mammals in or around the site, or the amount and nature of debris present, could interfere with response performance. Accordingly, it is not possible to guarantee response performance in exact accordance with the estimates, strategies or scenarios pre
sented in this Technical Manual for planning purposes. For example, the safety of employees, contractor personnel, government representatives, and the public is of paramount importance and will override all other considerations in response operations.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

### Alaska

**!**

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !**  **!**

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 
**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 

**! !**  **! ! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 
**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** **! ! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! ! !** **! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 

**! !**  **! !** 
**! !** 

**! !**  **!**
**! !**  **! !**  **! !** 
**! !**  **! !**  **! !** 
**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**
**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**

**!**

**! !**  **! !** 
**! !** 
**! !** 
**! !** 
**! !** 

**! !** 
**! !**  **! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**
**! !** 

**! !**  **! !** 
**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**

**!**

**! !**  **! !**  **!**

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**
**! !** 
**! !**  **! ! !**  **! !**  **!**

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 

**! !**  **! !** 
**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **!**

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**

**! !**  **! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**
**! !**  **! !**  **! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 
**! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !** 
**! !** 
**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 
**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 

**!**

**! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! ! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! ! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !** 

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**

**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!**
**! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **! !**  **!** 

# B **E A**  **U F**  **O R**  **T S**  **E A**  **C H**  **U K**  

# C 

# H **I** 

# S **E A** 

**C a**  **m d**  **e n**  **B a**  **y H**  **a r**  **r i**  **s**

**o**

**n B**  **a y**  **Teshekpuk**

**Lake**



### C **o l**  **v** 

### i **l l**  **e R**  **i v**  **e r**  

### N A T I O N A L P E T R O L E U M

**R E S E R V E in A L A S K A**

**A R C T I C N A T I O N A L W I L D L I F E R E F U G E (Wilderness Area)** 

**ANWR (1002 Area)**  **N O A T A K W I L D E R N E S S**

**G A T E S of the A R C T I C N.P. B a r r o w** 

**N u i q s u t K a k t o v i k**  **W a i n w r i g h t**

**P o i n t L a y**

**P o i n t H o p e**  **A t q a s u k "**  **E. Barrow "**  **S. Barrow**

**North Slope Oil Fields 0**  **50 25**  **Miles**

**U m i a t "**  **Badami "**  **Liberty "**  **Endicott "**  **Sag Delta N. "**  **Eider**

**" Lisburne**  **" Prudhoe Bay**  **" Niakuk**  **" West Beach** 
**" Pt. McIntyre**  **" Northstar**  **" Milne Point** 

**"**

**West Sak "**  **Oooguruk "**  **Fiord**

**" Alpine**  **" Nanuq** 
**"**
**Meltwater "**  **Tarn "** 

**Kuparuk "**  **Tabasco "**  **Schrader Bluff**

**"**

**Orion/Borealis "** 

**Aurora/Polaris "**  **N. PB "**  **Midnight**

**Sun**



### Deadhorse **(ACS Base)** 

# FOREWORD This tactics manual is the first volume of three manuals that make up the Alaska Clean Seas Technical Manual providing ACS member companies with a unified response plan for spills both onshore and offshore across the North Slope of Alaska from the Chukchi Sea eastward to the Canadian border and inland from Pump Station 1 to Pump Station 4 (Milepost 167) of the Trans-Alaska Pipeline System: Volume 1: T actics Descriptions Volume 2: Map Atlas Volume 3: Nor th Slope Incident Management System The Technical Manual grew out of the work of the Industry/Agency North Slope Spill Response Project Team, which consists of government and industry personnel representing the following organizations: Alaska Clean Seas, Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation, Alyeska Pipeline Service Company, ARCO Alaska, Inc., BP Exploration (Alaska) Inc., North Slope Borough, U.S. Coast Guard, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and U.S. Minerals Management Service. This team was formed in the spring of 1997 in response to the concerns of both agencies and industry that spill response capability for the North Slope needed to be re-evaluated in light of proposed new offshore development such as Northstar and Liberty. Also, both agency and industry felt that industry should develop a unified North Slope response plan under the aus
pices of Alaska Clean Seas. The Project Team was supported by the Tactics Team, consisting of technical representatives from agencies and industry. The Project Team developed nine scenarios covering a variety of spill situations, conditions, and seasons. The Tactics Team used the scenarios to develop tactics, which became the basis for the tactics descriptions in the Technical Manual. This manual contains descriptions of the tactics that Alaska Clean Seas can use to respond to a spill. This manual is not intended to present all possible tactics for spill response. The tactics presented have been developed by ACS operations personnel and are the tactics they are prepared to use. Other tactics may be added, and these tactics revised as appropriate based on operational experience. The tactics are designed to be used as building blocks for ACS member companies to develop facility-specific response scenarios in their contingency plans and for responders to develop response strategies for training and for spills. The technical information can be used to prepare a scenario that demonstrates the ability to recover the facility’s response planning standard (RPS) volume in 72 hours — the key requirement of Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation contingency plan regulations.ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

## Alaska Clean Seas requests that users of this manual provide notification of any errors or suggested revisions for use in future updates. If you would like to submit information, please photocopy this form and fill it out. The form is designed to copy easily onto an 8.5” x 11” sheet. Please send the completed form to: Alaska Clean Seas Special Projects and Development Coordinator Pouch 340022 Prudhoe Bay, Alaska 99734-0022 Phone: 907-659-3207

Fax: 907-659-2616

**Tactic: Change:** 

**Source of Information for Change:**
**Name of Person Submitting Change: Organization:**  **Telephone: Date:** 


## Thank you for helping ACS maintain its Technical Manual up-to-date! 

# Alaska Clean Seas Technical Manual **Volume 1, Tactics Descriptions REVISION FORM** ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS 

# TACTIC **TACTIC**

**EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

**SUPPORT**

**CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING DIAGRAM** 

**DESCRIPTION** TNEMPIUQE ESAB NOITACOL NOITCNUF SECEIP .ON TFIHS/FFATS EBOM EMIT YOLPED EMIT

TNEMPIUQE ESAB NOITACOL NOITCNUF SECEIP .ON TFIHS/FFATS EBOM EMIT YOLPED EMIT



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# HOW TO USE THE ACS **TECHNICAL MANUAL VOLUME 1, TACTICS DESCRIPTIONS** 

The purpose of the ACS Technical Manual is to provide a comprehensive set of response tactics in a user-friendly format that is accessible both to plan reviewers and operations personnel. The tactics were designed to provide the building blocks for facility-specif﻿ic plans so that scenarios in those plans could simply and thoroughly identify the resources and personnel needed to respond to site-specif﻿ic spills. At the same time, the technical details on how each tactic is implemented can be eliminated from the facility plans of ACS member companies. Volume 1, Tactics Descriptions , contains tactics arranged by subject as follows:

• Saf ety
• Containment
• Reco very and Storage
• T racking and Surveillance
• Bur ning
• Dispersants
• Shoreline Clean up
• Wildlif e and Sensitive Areas
• Disposal
• Logistics and Equipment
• Administr ation Each tactic is numbered with a key letter to identify the subject: e.g., Tactic S-1 (Site Entry Pro
cedures) is the fi rst tactic in the safety section, while C-1 (Containment Using Snow Berm) is the fi rst in the containment section. These numbers are useful for referencing in member-company response plans. The fi gure on the following page shows a sample tactic and illustrates that each tactic consists of the following elements: a simpli fi ed diagram, a brief narrative description, an equipment and personnel table, a support equipment table, capacities for planning, and deployment consider
ations and limitations. Suf fi cient information is provided to allow the user to quickly see how the tactic is deployed and to identify the equipment and personnel needed to implement the tactic. The resource tables also provide storage locations for the equipment and estimated mobilization times and deployment times. These tables can be used to determine equipment needs and to develop response times for individual facilities. “Base Location” is the location where the equipment is stored. “Mobe Time” is how long it takes to get the equipment out of storage at its base location, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel to the spill site. “Deploy Time” is how long it takes to make the equipment op
erational for its intended use once it arrives at the spill site. Deploy times are concurrent for equipment. Travel time is not included in the mobe and deploy times indicated in the “Equipment and Personnel” and “Support” tables, since travel times depends on the location of the spill and the mode of transportation. “Travel time” is how long it takes to transport equipment from the base location (after mobe) to the spill site (for deployment). For a given spill, this time may have multiple components (e.g., land and air transit), and it may be necessary to factor in additional time for transition between transport modes. Tactic L-3 contains tables of travel times. The “Capacities for Planning” section of each tactic provides the values that can be used to cal
culate the volume recovered by various pieces of equipment. The values presented are derated according to agency guidelines. Volume 2, Map Atlas, contains 11" x 17" maps (scaled 1:26000 or 1:63,360) and legend pages covering the developed areas of the North Slope and providing detailed geographic, biological, and civil information on the region. The following two pages contain a sample map and cor
responding legend page. As shown on these samples, each color map contains the following information: facilities, roads, and pipelines; culvert locations; prestaged response equipment locations; priority protection sites; topographic information; hydrographic information, including drainage divides and flow direction; and shoreline types. For each map there is a corresponding legend page that provides written data on the information shown on the maps, including priority protection sites, general sensitivity data, cultural sites, air access, vessel access, hydrographic conditions, countermeasures considerations, staging areas, and prestaged equipment. The illustrations of the priority protection sites have been reviewed and accepted by state and federal agency biologists. Environmental sensitivity information provided by the Alaska Re
gional Response Team Sensitive Areas Working Group is included on the map legend pages under “General Sensitivities.” The purpose of this information is to alert responders that certain animals may be present at certain times of the year and that some regions are more sensitive than others. Volume 3, Incident Management System, provides a uni fi ed organization for ACS member com
panies to respond to spills and other incidents and crises on the North Slope. The organization consists of three levels of teams (Tactical Response Teams, Incident Management Teams, and Crisis Management Teams) and is based on the Incident Command System (ICS). The manual describes the organization of the teams and includes a full complement of ICS forms and status boards, as well as job checklists for ICS positions.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 05/08 

### Tactics are numbered in series designated by a letter. This is the fourth tactic in the Recovery/Storage section.

The illustration depicts a typical deployment configuration for the tactic. Sometimes, more than one option is provided.

A concise description of how the tactic is deployed is provided to explain the illustration.

The 11” x 17” format is de
signed so that the page can be copied as two 8.5” x 11” pages. The equipment and support tables can be used to determine equipment needs and to develop response times for individual facilities.
The “Capacities for Planning” sec
tion provides the values that can be used to calculate the volume recovered by various pieces of equipment. The values presented are derated according to agency guidelines.

Various operational and en vironmental considerations are presented here. 

# SAMPLE TACTICS DESCRIPTION

Note that travel time is not included in the mobe and deploy times indicated in the “Equipment and Personnel” and “Support” tables, since travel time depends on the location of the spill and the mode of transportation. “Travel time” is how long it takes to transport equipment from the base location (after mobe) to the spill site (for deployment). For a given spill, this time may have multiple compo
nents (e.g., land and air transit), and it may be necessary to factor in additional time for transition between transport modes. Tactic L-3 contains tables of travel times.
“Base Location” is the location where the equipment is stored. “Mobe Time” is how long it takes to get the equipment out of stor
age at its base location, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel to the spill site. “Deploy Time” is how long it takes to make the equipment operational for its intended use once it arrives at the spill site. Deploy times are concurrent for equipment. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple com po nents (see Tactic L-3).

NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 In spring or fall, fl ushing is used to concentrate oil into pits or trenches, where the oil is col lect ed with direct suction using a Manta Ray skimmer head, sor bents, or a portable skim ming sys tem. The pits or trenches are con struct ed by cutting slots in ice, uti liz ing nat u ral de pres sions, digging into tundra or gravel with a backhoe or Bobcat, or by aug ment ing a de pres sion or pit with sand bags and Shore Seal boom (see Tactic C-4). Shore Seal boom is par tic u lar ly effective when frozen in place. Constructed pits or trenches are lined with Visqueen or sim i lar plastic sheeting. The water source for the fl ushing unit is either a water truck or an auger hole in the ice of a nearby lake. Flushing usually occurs after pooled areas and con tam i nat ed snow have been removed. The fl ush should consist of high-volume, low-energy fl ushing with water less than 106°F. This is es sen tial ly a mop-up technique after the majority of oil and oiled snow has been removed. See Tactic R-7 for recovery of concentrated oil. 

### TACTIC R-4 **Flushing of Oil on Tundra Surface**

Berm

Trench Oil and Water Water Water Truck

Shore Seal Boom **FLOATING OIL WITHIN SHORE SEAL BOOM EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**  • The number of staff to deploy sandbags depends on the size of the constructed concentration area. 

### Flushing of Oil on Tundra Surface 

### TACTIC R-4

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS** • Flushing is a viable option only when air temperatures permit. Warm water (no more than 106°F) is preferred for

fl ushing. • Flushing works on oil contained on and in the surface of tundra, gravel, and ice, and is particularly effective on

ice. The tundra can be damaged if it thaws; don’t fl ush the same area more than 2 or 3 times and don’t suck the tundra dry. Also, stay off the tundra that’s being fl ushed. • Personnel or small equipment should traverse the tundra on plywood sheets. • Approval from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in ac cor dance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any ex ca va tions in tundra or any tundra damage must be re port ed to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and re port ed to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffi c can se ri ous ly damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of ply wood as a trav el ing sur face and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra. **CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING** • 2-inch trash pump operates at 312 bbl/hr nameplate capacity. • Recovery capacity depends on the nature of the spill, the size of the concentration area, and terrain features. • For recovery rates from the pits or trenches, see recovery rates for portable skimmers and/or vacuum trucks. **SUPPORT** or

**TOTAL STAFF 2**

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Water Truck All Water source 1 2 2 hr 0.5 hr Upright Tank (400 bbl) KRU, Alpine Water source 1 2 2 hr 1 hr Ice Auger WOA, EOA, KRU, ACS, Endicott, Alpine Water source 1 1hr 0 Trash Pump (2-inch) All Flushing of oil 1 1 hr 1 hr Suction Hose (2-inch) All Flushing of oil > 20 ft — 2 hr 1 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Flushing of oil > 50 ft — 1 hr 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Tioga Heater All Support heavy equipment > 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Lube Truck All Provide fl uids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally. 1 hr 0.5 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/07 

# SUGGESTIONS FOR PREPARING **RESPONSE SCENARIOS BASED ON THIS MANUAL**

**TABLE 2 RESPONSE STRATEGY**  **TABLE 3 OIL RECOVERY CAPACITY**  **TABLE 1 SCENARIO CONDITIONS**  The tactics in this manual have been designed to serve as building blocks for operators to prepare facilityspeci fi c response scenarios in their oil discharge prevention and contingency plans. These scenarios can be written in a tabular format addressing the necessary ADEC requirements [18 AAC 75.425(1)(F)]. Table 1 provides the conditions for the scenario. As shown in Table 2, the scenario should provide the overall strategy for each step in the response and reference the appropriate ACS tactics that are used to build the response. The strategy descriptions in the second column should be brief and to the point. Table 3 provides a suggested format for demonstrating that the chosen response strategy is capable of removing from water within 72 hours the facility’s response planning standard volume. The data for these calculations can be found under each individual tactic in this tactics manual. Table 4 shows the liquid handling capacity of the tactics used in the scenario. Other tables may be appropriate based on the given scenario. In addition to these strategy and calculation tables, the scenario should contain a description of the scenario conditions and at least one map showing how the tactics will be deployed.



## TABLE 4 **LIQUID HANDLING CAPABILITY**

# Acronyms **Acronyms**

AC Alter nating current ACS Alaska Clean Seas ADEC Alaska Depar tment of Environmental Conservation ADF&G Alaska Depar tment of Fish and Game ADNR Alaska Depar tment of Natural Resources AIC Alaska Interstate Constr uction APC Alaska P etroleum Contractors APR Air-pur ifying respirator ARRT Alaska Regional Response Team ATV All-terr ain vehicle BETRS Basic e xchange telephone radio system BOC Base Oper ations Center bbl Barrels bopd Barrels of oil per da y bpd Barrels per da y BPXA BP Explor ation (Alaska) Inc. CATCO Cro wley All-Terrain Company CO Carbon mono xide CPC Chemical protectiv e clothing CTES C-band tr ansportable earth station DC Direct current DOSH Depar tment of Occupational Safety and Health (State of Alaska) EmOC Emergency oper ations center EOA Easter n Operating Area (Prudhoe Bay Field) EOR Enhanced oil reco very EPA U .S. Environmental Protection Agency FAA F ederal Aviation Administration FAR F ederal aviation regulations FLIR F orward-looking infrared FOSC F ederal On-Scene Coordinator GC Gas chromatog raph GIS Geog raphic information system GOR Gas-to-oil r atio gpm Gallons per min ute GPS Global positioning system H 2 

### S Hydrogen sul fi de HAZMAT Hazardous mater ials HF High frequency HSE Health, saf ety, and environment ICP Incident command post ICS Incident Command System IDLH Immediately dangerous to lif e or health IMT Incident management team ISB In-situ b urning KRU K uparuk River Unit LEL Lo wer explosive limit MEL Master equipment list mmscfd Million standard cubic f eet per day MRC Mobile response center MPU Milne P oint Unit MSDS Mater ial safety data sheet NFPA National Fire Protection Association NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospher ic Administration NSB Nor th Slope Borough NSSRT Nor th Slope Spill Response Team OSC On-Scene Coordinator OSHA Occupational Saf ety and Health Administration (federal) OSRB Offshore reco very barge OSRV Offshore reco very vessel PABX Pr ivate Automatic Branch Exchange PBOC Pr udhoe Bay Operations Center PBU Pr udhoe Bay Unit PEL P ermissible exposure limit PID Photoionization detector PPE P ersonal protective equipment psi P ounds per square inch RCRA Resource Conser vation and Recovery Act RMOL Realistic maxim um operating limitations RRT Regional Response Team SCAT Shoreline clean up assessment team SCBA Self-contained breathing appar atus scf Standard cubic f eet SOSC State On-Scene Coordinator SRT Spill Response Team SSB Single side band UHF Ultr a high frequency USCG United States Coast Guard USFWS United States Fish and Wildlife Service VHF V ery high frequency WOA W estern Operating Area (Prudhoe Bay Field)

NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/07 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# Tactics List (Page 1 of 4)

**SAFETY** S-1 Site Entry Procedures Revised 09/09 S-2 Site Safety Plan Form Or iginal 03/99 S-3 Identifying Required Personal Protection Re vised 04/06 S-4 Site Layout Re vised 09/09 S-5 Air Monitoring for Personal Protection Re vised 09/09 S-6 Decontamination Re vised 04/06 S-7 Gross Decontamination of Vessels Re vised 09/09 S-8 Safety During Operations in Overflood Conditions Re vised 09/09 

## CONTAINMENT C-1 Containment Using Snow Berm Revised 03/03 C-2 Deflection Booming at a Culvert Re vised 04/06 C-3 Culvert Blocking Re vised 03/03 C-4 Barriers on Land Re vised 03/03 C-5 Deflection or Exclusion Booming on Lake or Tundra Re vised 04/06 C-6 Underflow Dam Re vised 04/06 C-7 Deadarm Trench on River Bank Re vised 04/06 C-8 Deflection Booming in Stream Re vised 04/06 C-9 Exclusion Booming on River Re vised 04/06 C-10 Containment Using Ice-Road Ring Re vised 03/03 C-11 Containment on Ice with Trenches and Sumps Re vised 03/07 C-12 Trenching Ice to Direct Flow to a Containment Point Re vised 03/03 C-13 Deflection Booming in Open Water Re vised 05/08 C-14 Exclusion Booming in Open Water Re vised 04/06 C-15 Intertidal Booming Re vised 04/06 C-16 Anchored W Deflection Boom Re vised 04/06 C-17 Containment Using U-Boom Or iginal 09/01 C-18 Containing Light Layer of Oil on Snow Using Water Spray Original 04/06 C-19 Containing Oiled Snow Using Snow Fence Or iginal 04/06 

## RECOVERY AND STORAGE R-1 Mechanical Recovery of Lightly Oiled Snow Revised 03/07 R-1A Use of Snow Blower to Remove Lightly Misted Snow Re vised 03/03 R-2 Manual Recovery of Lightly Oiled Snow Re vised 03/07 R-3 Recovery of Oil-Saturated Snow Re vised 03/03 R-4 Flushing of Oil on Tundra Surface Re vised 03/03 R-5 Recovery of Embedded Oil Re vised 03/03 R-6 Recovery by Direct Suction Re vised 03/03 R-7 Recovery from Pit or Trench Re vised 03/03 R-8 Use of Portable Skimmers with Pumps (River and Lake) Re vised 09/09 R-9 Use of Sorbents Re vised 09/01 R-10 Fairchild Gate Weir Collection System Re vised 04/06 R-11 Decanting Separated Water in River Re vised 03/03 R-12 Aggressive Breakup in River Re vised 03/03 

# Tactics List (Page 2 of 4)

**RECOVERY AND STORAGE (CONT’D)** R-13 Cutting Ice Slots for Recovery Revised 03/03 R-14 Recovery of Oil under Ice Re vised 04/06 R-15 Anchored V-Boom to Skimmer Re vised 05/08 R-16 Hook Boom to Skimmer and Storage Re vised 04/06 R-17 J-Boom to Skimmer and Mini-Barge Re vised 09/01 R-18 U-Boom to Skimmer and Mini-Barge Re vised 09/09 R-19 J-Boom to Large Barge or OSRV Re vised 09/09 R-19A Use of J-Booms in Broken Ice Re vised 09/09 R-20 U-Boom with Open Apex to Skimming System Re vised 09/09 R-21 Hot-Water, High-Pressure Washing of Solid Surfaces Re vised 04/06 R-22 Temporary Storage Options Re vised 03/03 R-23 Tank on Trailer (CATCO Fuel Tanker) Re vised 03/03 R-24 Hoses and Pumps in Series Re vised 03/07 R-25 Freighter Boat with Tank Re vised 03/03 R-26 Excavation and Storage of Oiled Gravel Re vised 03/03 R-27 Damaged Tank Transfer Procedures Re vised 03/03 R-28 Lightering/Offloading Re vised 09/09 R-29 Ice Mining Re vised 04/06 R-30 Recovery Using Diamond Boom for Subsea Pipeline Break Revised 12/03 R-31 Free Skimming Re vised 09/09 R-32A Single Boom-Arm Skimming Re vised 09/09 R-32B Double Boom-Arm Skimming Re vised 09/09 R-33 Swift Water Recovery – Harbour Buster Revised 09/09 

## TRACKING AND SURVEILLANCE T-1 Delineation of Oiled Snow or Tundra Revised 03/03 T-2 Mapping and Surveillance of Spill on Land Re vised 09/01 T-3 Detection and Delineation of Under-Ice Oil Re vised 03/03 T-4 Discharge Tracking in Open Water Re vised 09/09 T-4A Discharge Tracking in Ice Or iginal 09/01 T-5 Trajectory Calculations Or iginal 03/99 T-6 Blowout Modeling Re vised 09/01 T-7 Spill Volume Estimation Re vised 03/03 

## BURNING B-1 In-Situ Burning Plan Revised 05/08 B-1A In-Situ Burn Plan and Application Form Or iginal 03/99 B-2 Burning Oily Vegetation Re vised 09/01 B-3 In-Situ Burning with Heli-torch and Other Igniters Re vised 03/03 B-4 Deployment and Use of Fire Containment Boom Re vised 05/08 B-5 Burning Oil Pools on Any Solid Surface Re vised 03/03 B-6 Burn Residue Recovery Re vised 09/01 B-7 Burn Extinguishment on Water Or iginal 03/99 

## Tactic **Re v. Date**  **Tactic Re**  **v. Date**ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# Tactics List (Page 3 of 4) **Tactics List (Page 4 of 4)**

**DISPERSANTS** DT-1 Dispersant Application Via Vessel Original 09/09 DT-2 Dispersant Application Via Aircraft Or iginal 09/09 DT-3 Dispersant Application Via Helicopter Or iginal 09/09 

## SHORELINE CLEANUP SH-1 Shoreline Assessment Original 03/99 SH-2 Natural Recovery of an Oiled Shoreline Or iginal 03/99 SH-3 Shoreline Cleanup Using Flooding and Flushing Re vised 09/09 SH-4 Shoreline Cleanup Using Steam Cleaning or Sand Blasting Revised 09/01 SH-5 Shoreline Cleanup Using Manual Removal and Vacuum Methods Revised 09/01 SH-6 Shoreline Cleanup Using Mechanical Removal Re vised 03/03 SH-7 Shoreline Cleanup Using Sorbents and Vegetation Cutting Revised 09/01 SH-8 Shoreline Cleanup Using Mechanical Tilling/Aeration Re vised 03/03 SH-9 Shoreline Cleanup Using Sediment Reworking and Surf Washing Revised 03/03 SH-10 Shoreline Cleanup Using Burning Re vised 09/01 SH-11 Biological/Chemical Shoreline Response Tactics Re vised 09/01 SH-12 Summary of Potential Impact of Shoreline Cleanup Techniques Original 03/99 

## WILDLIFE AND SENSITIVE AREAS W-1 Wildlife Protection Strategy and Permits Revised 04/06 W-1A RRT Hazing Checklist Revised 12/03 W-1B RRT Capture/Transportation/Stabilization/Treatment Checklist Revised 12/03 W-1C RRT Contact Information for Wildlife Resource Agencies Original 12/03 W-2 Wildlife Hazing Equipment Revised 09/01 W-2A Mammal Hazing Or iginal 03/99 W-2B Bird Hazing Revised 03/03 W-3 Wildlife Capture and Rehabilitation Or iginal 03/99 W-4 Salvage of Dead Wildlife Revised 09/01 W-5 Deployment of ACS Mobile Wildlife Stabilization Center Revised 09/01 W-6 Identifying and Protecting Sensitive Areas Or iginal 03/99 

## DISPOSAL D-1 Processing Recovered Liquids Revised 03/03 D-2 Storage and Disposal of Non-Liquid Oily Wastes Re vised 03/03 D-3 Disposal of Non-Oily Wastes Re vised 03/03 D-4 Stockpiling Oiled Gravel Re vised 03/03 D-5 Processing of Contaminated Snow/Ice Re vised 12/03 

## Tactic **Re v. Date**  **LOGISTICS AND EQUIPMENT** L-1 Ice Road Construction for Access to Winter Tundra Spill Revised 09/09 L-2 Staging Areas Re vised 09/09 L-3 Deployment Strategies Re vised 09/09 L-4 Logistical Support Re vised 03/07 L-5 Communications Re vised 09/09 L-6 ACS Response Equipment Specifications Re vised 09/09 L-6A Shell Response Equipment Specifications Or iginal 09/09 L-7 Realistic Maximum Operating Limitations Re vised 04/06 L-8 North Slope Mutual Aid Re vised 09/09 L-9 Accessing Contract Resources Re vised 09/09 L-10 Accessing Non-Obligated Resources Re vised 09/01 L-11 Best Available Technology Analysis Or iginal 03/99 L-11A BAT Analysis: ACS Communications Re vised 09/09 L-11B BAT Analysis: Trajectory Analyses Re vised 03/03 L-11C BAT Analysis: Wildlife Protection Or iginal 03/99 L-12 Logistical Support for On-Water Operations Re vised 04/06 

## ADMINISTRATION A-1 Emergency Action Checklist Original 03/99 A-2 Spill Reporting Procedures Re vised 03/07 A-3 ACS Pre-Approved Permits Re vised 09/09 A-4 Training Requirements for Response Personnel Re vised 09/09 A-5 ACS Certifications Re vised 09/09 

## Tactic **Re v. Date** 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

### Remember, it’s not worth risking injury to anyone to clean up a spill. Safety protocols and procedures must be followed for any spill. **Proper hazard identification, hazard assessment, selection of appropriate personal protective equip**   ** ment (PPE), personnel decontamination, and determination of appropriate safety and health practices take** **priority over all other spill response activities.** 

# LIMITS TO ENTRY

**• No**  **entry is authorized if the percentage of LEL exceeds 10% on a calibrated direct**

**reading explosive gas meter.**
**• No entr**  **y is authorized if the oxygen percentage exceeds 23.5%.**
**• In all cases,**  **physical hazards of entry must be considered along with health hazards** Key safety issues to consider in mobilizing a response effort are:

• Fire and e xplosion risk
• Chemical e xposure potential
• T emperature extremes
• Saf ety of on-water or on-ice operations
• Other ph ysical hazards Not all hazards at an oil spill site are immediately apparent. A number of factors can be dangerous in the presence of an oil spill. Beware of the following:

• P otential ignition (“hot”) sources for fire/explosion
• Smoking in the area
• Static electr icity
• Escaping gas
• Unauthor ized visitors (e.g., media)
• Undetected mechanical f ailures
• Spontaneous comb ustion
• Ph ysical hazards (e.g., structural damage to pipeline or facilities)
• Chemical hazards (e .g., components in the oil, either naturally occurring or added, that are toxic to humans) **Effective spill response depends upon correct identification of the materials released.** The Safety Officer will use his/her professional judgment to determine the following:

• T ype of product or material released
• Ph ysical state of material released (liquid, spray, solid, emulsified, mist, vapor, gas)
• Air concentration of material as compared to: 1) flammability range, 2) whether immediately dangerous to life or

health (IDLH), 3) permissible exposure limit (PEL)*
• Hazards associated with mater ial (e.g., flammability, toxicity, reactivity, corrosivity, health hazards)
• W eather conditions (e.g., prevailing winds, ambient temperatures, wind chill, relative humidity)
• Threat to human health and en vironmentally sensitive areas In cases of release of an unknown material, the Safety Officer will assist with identification:

• Use available information such as labels, transport placards, NFPA, DOT Emergency Response Handbook, or

bill of lading.
• T ake sample, using accepted EPA protocol.
• If identified, consult mater ial safety data sheet (MSDS) or operator’s safety department.
• If no MSDS a vailable, call CHEMTREC (1-800-424-9300 or 1-703-527-3887). 

# SAFETY IS THE FIRST PRIORITY **IN THE RESPONSE TO ANY TYPE OF SPILL**

*The PEL is 5 mg/m 3 for particulate oil in air (e.g., from a high-pressure release of oil), and the PEL is 0.6 ppm for benzene in oil. In addition, oil may contain methanol and xylene from injection at the wellbore. 

## PRE-ENTRY SAFETY The decision as to whether of not any given entry shall be attempted is ultimately the responsibility of the On Scene Commander with advice and guidance from:

• The Site Saf ety Officer (safety professional or experienced responder)
• The Emergency Response Leader
• The En vironmental Team Leader Steps to follow during the pre-entry phase to provide maximum safety to workers, the environment, and facilities:

• Bef ore any site activity, all known facts about the incident are discussed in a pre-entry briefing.
• Kno wn site hazards are identified.
• A Site Saf ety Officer makes a preliminary evaluation of a site’s characteristics (hazards) before site entry. The Site Safety Officer performing the initial assessment will:

• Deter mine if people are injured or trapped. If so, contact help as soon as possible.
• Delineate aff ected area (Hot and Warm Zones).
• Designate site as “Dangerous - No Smoking.”
• Sta y upwind from spill.
• Restr ict access to spill area to those involved in initial containment.
• Note an y geographic hazards (cliffs, fast-moving water, ditches, etc.).
• Consider the need f or the following: protective gear, decontamination, site control, and safety equipment.
• Gather an y and all pertinent data (begin evaluation). 

## SITE ENTRY Immediately after the initial site entry, a more detailed evaluation of the site’s specific characteristics is completed in order to further identify existing hazards and aid in the selection of appropriate PPE. Below are three levels of protection for entry into varying conditions listed in descending order of protection. It is re
quired to consult with a “competent person” for job specific PPE requirements. (Note: The recommended levels below reflect a 12-hour shift. All employees must have had the necessary training pertaining to their tasks prior to entering any site. In addition, these guidelines are for crude oil and petroleum spills; other criteria apply to hazmat spills). 1. Entr y by one or more workers with SCBA and a single backup observer also equipped with SCBA is allowed under the following conditions:

• Oxygen atmospher ic concentration is less than 23.5%.
• LEL percentage is less than 10% as measured b y a calibrated direct-reading hand-held instrument. 2. E ntry with full-face air purifying respirator and organic vapor cartridges is allowed by any number of workers without backup observers under all of the following conditions:

• Oxygen atmospher ic concentration is between 19.5% and 23.5%.
• LEL percentage is less than 3%.
• T otal hydrocarbon concentration is less than 500 ppm.
• H 2 

### S air concentration is less than 10 ppm.
• Benz ene air concentration is less than 10 ppm.
• Nor mal natural or mechanical ventilation is available.
• No visib le mist or fog of oil present. 

# TACTIC S-1 **Site Entry Procedures (Page 1 of 4) Site Entry Procedures (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC S-1

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

### 3. Entr y with half-face air purifying respirator and organic vapor cartridges is allowed by any number of workers without backup observers under all of the following conditions:

• Oxygen atmospher ic concentration is between 19.5% and 23.5%.
• LEL percentage is less than 3%.
• T otal hydrocarbon concentration is less than 500 ppm.
• H 2 

### S air concentration is less than 10 ppm.
• Benz ene air concentration is less than 3 ppm.
• Nor mal natural or mechanical ventilation is available.
• No visib le mist or fog of oil present. 4. Entr y without respiratory protection is allowed for any work required under all of the following conditions:

• Oxygen atmospher ic concentration is between 19.5% and 23.5%.
• LEL percentage is less than 3%.
• T otal hydrocarbon concentration is less than 50 ppm.
• H 2 

### S air concentration is less 10 ppm.
• Benz ene air concentration is less than 0.3 ppm.
• Nor mal natural or mechanical ventilation is available.
• No visib le mist or fog of oil is present. **Note:** In environments with excess dust and debris, an organic vapor / particulate filter is recommended (OV/HEPA) 

## DOCUMENTATION Careful and complete documentation of planning, procedures, and implementation of spill response activities is criti
cal for two main reasons. Federal OSHA and State of Alaska DOSH regulations require certain record-keeping. Also, knowing what’s been done in the past can help prevent problems and increase cleanup and safety effectiveness in the future. The following records should be available either on site or in personnel files:

• Initial site assessment inf ormation
• Site saf ety plan
• P ersonnel training records
• Site saf ety briefings
• P aperwork for exposure badges and air monitoring logs
• Accident repor ts
• Medical monitor ing records 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS **CONSIDER ALL SPILLS TO BE HAZARDOUS** :

• Alw ays approach a spill from an upwind direction.
• A void direct or indirect body contact with the spilled material.
• Remo ve all potential ignition sources from immediate area.
• Shut do wn all powered equipment until Safety Officer approves operation.
• Restr ict access to spill area to those involved in initial containment and cleanup activity.
• Do not approach mater ials producing gases or vapors until identification is possible and hazards are known.
• Maintain constant obser vation of personnel for indications of hypothermia and/or frostbite.
• F ollow procedures to avoid slips, trips, and falls, especially in ice and snow conditions. **IF A PROFESSIONAL OPINION IS NEEDED CALL THE IH OR SAFETY REPRESENTATIVE**

• A tr ained person using properly calibrated equipment must conduct air monitoring.
• If per missible entry conditions change outside of allowable criteria during entry, the entry must be terminated.
• If a w orker is splashed with crude oil, remove clothing and wash affected skin area.
• If e yes are splashed rinse for at least 15 minutes and get medical attention. **PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) REQUIRED FOR RESPONDERS TO A CRUDE OIL RELEASE:**

• Appropr iate respiratory equipment (see above)
• Appropr iate gloves (nitrile, butyl rubber, or Viton), boots, and full-body-covering suits (Level A, B, C)
• Saf ety glasses or goggles
• Hard hat
• Appropr iate dress for cold weather, as necessary
• Steel-toed f ootwear or arctic boots in cold weather; ice cleats as necessary
• Fire-retardant clothing if within 50 f eet of a process area
• P ersonal flotation devices, as necessary 

# TACTIC S-1 **Site Entry Procedures (Page 3 of 4) Site Entry Procedures (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC S-1

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC S-2 **Site Safety Plan Form (Page 1 of 2) Site Safety Plan Form (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC S-2

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

## LEVEL A **LEVEL B LEVEL C**  **LEVEL D EQUIPMENT**  **LEVEL A**

• SCBA, or positiv e-pressure supplied-air respirator with escape SCBA
• T otally encapsulating chemical-protective suit with vapor barrier
• Co veralls*
• Long underw ear*
• Glo ves, outer, chemical resistant
• Glo ves, inner, chemical resistant
• Boots , chemical resistant, steel toe and shank
• Hard hat (under suit)*
• D isposable protective suit, gloves and boots (may be worn over or under encapsulating suit depending

on suit design) 

## LEVEL B

• SCBA, or positiv e-pressure supplied-air respirator with escape SCBA
• Hooded chemical-resistant clothing (overalls and long-sleeved jacket coveralls; one- or two-piece

chemical splash suit; disposable chemical-resistant overalls). May also be encapsulating.
• Co veralls*
• Glo ves, outer, chemical resistant
• Glo ves, inner, chemical resistant
• Boots , chemical resistant, steel toe and shank
• Boot co vers, outer, chemical resistant, disposable*
• Hard hat*
• F ace shield* 

## LEVEL C

• Full-f ace or half-mask air-purifying respirators with appropriate cartridges
• Hooded chemical-resistant clothing (overalls; two-piece chemical-splash suit; disposable chemicalresistant overalls.)
• Co veralls*
• Glo ves, outer, chemical resistant
• Glo ves, inner, chemical resistant
• Boots , chemical resistant, steel toe and shank
• Boot co vers, outer, chemical resistant, disposable*
• Hard hat*
• Escape mask*
• F ace shield* 

## LEVEL D

• Co veralls
• Glo ves*
• Boots/shoes , chemical resistant, steel toe and shank
• Boots , outer, chemical resistant, disposable*
• Saf ety glasses or chemical splash goggles
• Hard hat
• Escape mask*
• F ace shield*

* Optional Personal protective equipment (PPE) is designed to protect workers from safety and health hazards and prevent injury resulting from incorrect use and/or malfunction of equipment. In general, the greater the level of risk, the greater the level of PPE required. PPE includes:

• Respir ators: SCBA, air-purifying respirator
• Full body co vering including nitrile, butyl rubber, or Viton gloves and boots
• Saf ety glasses or goggles
• Hard hat
• Cold w eather gear, including steel-toed footwear or arctic boots
• Hear ing protection PPE is divided into four categories based on the level of personal protection afforded.

• **Level A** provides the greatest level of skin, respiratory and eye protection.
• **Level B** offers the highest level of respiratory protection but lesser level of skin protection

(e.g., skin protection is required for exposure to liquids but not vapor).
• **Level C** is used when concentrations and types of airborne substances are known and

the criteria for using air-purifying respirators are met.
• **Level D** consists of work clothing affording minimal protection, used for nuisance con
tamination only. Most spill-site workers will use Levels C and D. 

# TACTIC S-3 **Identifying Required Personal Protection (Page 1 of 4) Identifying Required Personal Protection (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC S-3

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

## GUIDELINES FOR PPE
**RESPIRATORY:** A NIOSH approved air purifying respirator with an organic vapor cartridge may be used under conditions where airborne concentrations are expected to exceed permissible exposure limits. All employees need to be fit tested for the particular brand and model they will be expected to use. A Respiratory Protection program that meets OSHA’s 29 CFR 1910.134 and ANSI Z88.2 requirements must be followed whenever workplace conditions warrant a respirator’s use. **SKIN:** The use of gloves impervious to the specific material handled is advised to prevent skin contact, possible irritation, absorption, and skin damage. **Recommended Use:** Depending on conditions the use of aprons and or arm covers may be necessary. **Note:** These are just recommendations; each company may purchase and use their PPE of choice. Below is a simple guideline for petroleum PPE selection. It is still necessary for a “competent person” to determine PPE usage for each specific response incident. Surgical grade gloves are not a recommended substitution for industrial use chemical protective gloves. Read the manufacturers recommended application before us
ing any product.

GLOVE MATERIAL GENERAL USES
Butyl Offers the highest resistance to permeation by most gases and water vapor. Especially suitable for use with esters and ketones. Poor for aliphatic, aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons, and gasoline. Neoprene Good for acids and bases, peroxides, fuels, hydrocarbons, alcohols, phenols. Poor for halogenated and aromatic hydrocarbons Nitrile Excellent general duty glove. Provides protection from a wide variety of solvents, oils, petroleum products, and some corrosives. Excellent resistance to cuts, snags, punctures, and abrasions PVC Provides excellent abrasion resistance and protection from most fats, acids, and petroleum hydrocarbons. Poor for most organics (consult a competent person prior to use).
PVA Highly impermeable to gases. Excellent protection from aromatic and chlorinated solvents. Cannot be used in water or water-based solutions. Viton Exceptional resistance to chlorinated and aromatic solvents. Good resistance to cuts and abrasions. Silver Shield Resists a wide variety of toxic and hazardous chemicals. Provides the highest level of overall chemical resistance. 4H Same as Silver Shield, but offers better dexterity. Natural (Latex) rubber Good for very dilute acids and bases. Poor for organics (consult a competent person prior to use). 

### EYE/FACE: Approved eye protection to safeguard against potential eye contact, irritation, or injury is recommended. Depending on conditions the use of a face shield over safety glasses or goggles may be necessary. **OTHER PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT:** It is recommended that protective clothing be worn when skin contact is possible such as:

• T yvek (light duty clean up)
• Sar anex • Dupont le vel “B” It is required to consult with a “competent person” for job specific PPE requirements. Eye wash and quick drench shower facilities should be available in the work area. Thoroughly clean shoes and wash contaminated clothing before reuse. 

# TACTIC S-3 **Identifying Required Personal Protection (Page 3 of 4) Identifying Required Personal Protection (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC S-3

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

### Control boundaries must be established for any spill site to ensure that people are not ex
posed to the spilled substance:

• **Exclusion or Hot Zone** — Control zone perimeter established by the Safety Officer

where pre-site entry and site entry procedures are applied (see Tactics S-1 and S-2)
• **Contamination Reduction or Warm Zone** — Workers shed contaminated clothing;

allows for equipment and personnel decontamination.
• **Support or Cold Zone** — No contamination. Zone has support facilities, staging area,

warm-up trailer, and mobile command post. Check-out station 

# P **ERSONNEL** 

# D **ECON** 

# C **ORRIDOR**



# P **ERSONNEL** 

# A **CCESS** 

# /C **ORRIDOR**



## E **QUIPMENT** 

## D **ECON** 

# C **ORRIDOR**



## E **QUIPMENT** 

# A **CCESS** 

# /C **ORRIDOR** 

# H **OT** 

# Z **ONE (Exclusion Zone)**  

# W **ARM** 

# Z **ONE (**  **C ontamination Reduction Zone)**  

# C **OLD** 

# Z **ONE (Support Zone)** 



# S **PILL** 

# S **ITE Exit** 

**Pit Mobile Unit** 

Check-in station 

### Entrance
Check-out station 

### Exit
Check-in station 

### Entrance **Equipment parking area**  

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**SUPPORT**

See Tactic L-2 for additional support equipment. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP **7 TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 4**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFFSHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Dry Decon Unit All Decontamination 1 4 1 hr 1 hr Wet Decon Unit EOA, KRU, WOA, Alpine Decontamination 1 4 1 hr 1 hr Decon Pits ACS, KRU Decontamination 2 3 initial 1 hr 1 hr Portable Decon Berms All Decontamination < 10
— 1 hr 0.5 hr Manual Decon Equipment

(e.g., scrub brushes, sorbents, sprayers, etc.) All Decontamination
— — 1 hr 0.5 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Water Truck All Water 1 2 2 hr 0.5 hr Vacuum Truck All Wastewater removal 1 2 1 hr 0.5 hr

Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and

fuel occasionally 1 hr 0.5 hr 

# TACTIC S-4 **Site Layout (Page 1 of 2) Site Layout (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC S-4

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 **% %** 



### It is critical that workers know what substances comprise a spill so they can take appropriate precautions. While the initial assessment and entry are done by a trained Safety Officer, it is important for all workers to be familiar with the process and equipment used to assess and monitor the hazardous materials at a spill site. When the potential for both known and unknown hazards exists, air monitoring procedures must be followed.

1. Monitor with direct-reading test equipment (i.e., combustible gas meters, flame ionization and photoion
ization detectors) for IDLH conditions, oxygen deficiency, explosive atmosphere, and toxic substances. 2. Implement on-going air monitoring. Continuous monitoring is important since conditions can change due to spill progression, weather and other factors. **Gas instruments:** Safety Officer uses these to determine site entry and PPE needed:

1. Multi-gas instr ument: “four gas” — Monitors oxygen, LEL, H 2 

### S and carbon monoxide 2. Single gas instr ument — e.g., H 2 

### S 3. Chip measurement system (CMS) meter **Photoionization Detector (PID):** Used to detect total hydrocarbons and in some cases, specific chemicals such as benzene. Accuracy + 5%. **Colorimetric Tubes:** Used to detect specific chemicals and levels of toxicity. Portable. No power needed. Ac
curacy + 30%. **Personal Monitor Badge:** Worn by the individual to check exposure to certain chemicals; record required. ACS has a calibration, inspection, and maintenance program for the above equipment. 

## PERSONAL MONITOR **BADGE**

**COLORIMETRIC TUBE SINGLE-GAS INSTRUMENT**  **MULTI-GAS INSTRUMENT PHOTOIONIZATION** 

**DETECTOR (PID) EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL** 

• Dur ing monitoring operations, if the instrument operator is uncertain of the signi f﻿i cance of a reading, especially if

conditions could be unsafe, a technical specialist should be consulted immediately. Consideration should be given to withdrawing personnel from the area until the Safety Officer’s approval is given to continue operations.

• Methanol is present in most of the chemicals used in the oil fields. Examples include scale inhibitor and corrosion

inhibitor. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF **> 1, increasing incrementally**  **with the siz e of the incident**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Single-Gas Instrument All Testing 1 1 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Multi-Gas Instrument All Testing 1 1 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Draeger Tubes All Testing 1 1 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Personal Monitor Badge All Testing 1 1 0.5 hr 0.5 hr PID All Testing 1 1 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Portable GC All Testing 1 1 1 hr 1 hr



### MONITORING EQUIPMENT HAZARD LEVEL ACTION Oxygen Meter No O 2 

### or too much O 2 

### <19.5%

19.5-23.5%

>23.5% Monitor wearing SCBA with escape bottle. NOTE: combustible gas readings not valid in atmospheres <19.5% oxygen. Continue monitoring with caution. SCBA not needed based only on oxygen content. STOP monitoring. Fire potential! Consult specialist. Combustible Gas Explosion > 10% LEL Withdraw immediately!!!! H 2 

### S Meter Presence of H 2 

### S >10 ppm Use SCBA and have emergency escape breathing apparatus (5 min. minimum). PID Total Hydrocarbons > 500 ppm
> 50 to <500ppm SCBA required. Air-purifying respirator with organic vapor cartridges. PID Benzene > 10 ppm <10 ppm <3 ppm <0.3 ppm SCBA required. Full-face air-purifying respirator with organic vapor cartridges. Half-face air-purifying respirator with organic vapor cartridges. Continue monitoring with caution. PID or Colorimetric Tubes Xylene >100 ppm <100 ppm Full-face air-purifying respirator with organic vapor cartridges. Continue monitoring with caution. Colorimetric Tubes Methanol >200 ppm <200 ppm SCBA required. Continue monitoring with caution. Colorimetric Tubes or CMS Meter Organic, inorganic gases, vapors Depends on chemical Consult reference manuals for air concentration vs. toxicity data 

## CHIP MEASUREMENT **SYSTEM (CMS) METER** 

# TACTIC S-5 **Air Monitoring for Personal Protection (Page 1 of 2) Air Monitoring for Personal Protection (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC S-5

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

### Decontamination involves the removal of oil or other contaminants from personnel or equipment after they leave the spill zone. The purposes of decontamination are to:

• Minimiz e worker contact with contaminants.
• Pre vent spread of contaminants to clean areas and exposure to personnel there.
• Remo ve contaminants from equipment to allow its reuse. Site classification zones (cold, warm, hot) must be established prior to setting up the decon area. A decon area must be established before response personnel enter the exclusion zone (hot zone). Decon methods should be determined according to the contaminant, PPE used, and environmental conditions at the time (temperature, location, etc.). An appropriate level of PPE should be worn by decon personal to avoid contaminating themselves. All decontamination areas will provide an effective method of decon such as:

• Dilution
• Absor ption
• Chemical deg radation
• Isolation and disposal 

# C **OLD** 

# Z **ONE** 

# H **OT** 

# Z **ONE** 

# W **ARM** 

# Z **ONE** ENTRY CORRIDOR Station 1 Tool/Equipment Drop Station 2 Gross Decontamination Station 3 Rinse

Visqueen Pail Rinse Sprayer Salvage Drum Cone 

### LEGEND Tub Portable Containment Dike 

### Station 4 Protective Clothing Removal SCBA Change Station 5 Redress Initial EMS treatment

**Accident/injury event**

**Life-saving procedures required?**  **Contaminants extremely hazardous?** 

**Report to superiors**

**for instructions Perform**  **life-saving procedures**

**Decontaminate as much as possible**  **Grossly decontaminate and/or cover or wrap contaminated areas** 

**Additional emergency care required?** 

**Transport to medical facility**  **Further medical attention/survelliance**  **required?** 

## YES **NO YES**  **NO**

**NO YES** 

**YES NO**  

## DECISION CHART FOR EMERGENCY DECONTAMINATION **EXAMPLE DECONTAMINATION AREA** The decontamination plan must be part of the site health and safety plan. The decontamination zone is the control point for personnel entering and leaving the spill area. Important issues for decon setup include the following:

• Containment, collection, disposal of contaminated solutions and w astes generated from decon.
• Separ ate decon setups for heavy equipment and machinery to prevent cross-contamination of

personnel.
• Separ ation of decon stations to prevent personnel cross-contamination.
• Distinct entry and exit points, and physically separated entry paths into contaminated area from

clean area and vice versa.
• Procedures f or minimum decon for restroom use and medical emergencies.
• Location of medical/first aid stations to a void exposure to contaminants. 

# TACTIC S-6 **Decontamination (Page 1 of 10) Decontamination (Page 2 of 10)**  

# TACTIC S-6

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS Establish decon work practices to minimize contact with hazardous materials:

• Stress e xtra steps to avoid contact with or handling of contaminants.
• Wr ap sampling/monitoring equipment in disposable see-through plastic bags.
• U se disposable protective clothing and equipment [personal protective equipment (PPE), chemical-protective

clothing (CPC)] where possible.
• Use str ippable coatings for equipment where possible.
• Use double containerization of contaminated wastes and recovered materials (e.g., plastic liners in overpack

drums).
• Inspect all CPC f or cuts, tears, punctures, abrasions, and other signs of deterioration.
• Assure proper f astening and sealing of CPC and PPE.
• First-stage decon personnel m ust wear same, or one lower, level of PPE as cleanup workers. Resources required for decon and decon setup will depend on the following:

• A vailability of potable water, electric power, and waste disposal.
• Mobilization time and dur ation of site activities.
• Le vel and type of cleanup and response activity expected at site, and site conditions.
• A vailable space for decon setup and location requirements for decon line.
• Health hazards presented b y contaminants at cleanup/response site.
• Need f or additional controls (e.g., vapor diffusion/dispersion, movement/transfer of gross waste). 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**SUPPORT LEVEL A DECON** 

18 19 6 5 4 3 2 1 Start HOT ZONE

COLD ZONE WARM ZONE Segregated Equipment Drop Boot Cover & Glove Wash Tape Removal Boot Cover & Glove Rinse Boot Cover Removal
Suit / Safety Boot Wash Suit / Safety Boot Rinse Tank Change and Redress—Boot Cover/ Outer Gloves Safety Boot Removal Fully Encapsulating Suit

& Hard Hat Removal

SCBA Backpack Removal
Inner Glove

Wash
Inner Glove

Rinse
Face Piece Removal
Inner Glove

Removal Inner Clothing

Removal

Field Wash Redress Outer Glove

Removal



## 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 WIND DIRECTION

20 ° 20 ° **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF 6

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Wash Tubs All Decontamination > 3 6 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Portable Decon Berm All Decontamination > 4
— 1 hr 0.5 hr

Galvanized Bucket All Decontamination > 2
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Sprayer All Decontamination > 2
— 1 hr 0.5 hr Salvage Drum All Decontamination > 2
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Traffic Cone All Designate decon area > 4
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Caution Tape All Designate decon area > 2 rolls
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr

Visqueen All Decon area > 1 roll
— 1 hr 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Oily Waste Dumpster North Slope Borough Waste receptacle 1 1 initial 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plant All Illumination 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally 1 hr 1 hr 

# TACTIC S-6 **Decontamination (Page 3 of 10) Decontamination (Page 4 of 10)**  

# TACTIC S-6

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

## 17 18 6 5 4 3 2 1 Start HOT ZONE

COLD ZONE WARM ZONE Segregated Equipment Drop Boot Cover & Glove Wash Tape Removal Boot Cover & Glove Rinse Boot Cover Removal
Suit / Safety Boot Wash Suit / Safety Boot Rinse Canister or Mask Change and Redress—Boot Cover/ Outer Gloves Safety Boot Removal Splash Suit

Removal
Inner Glove

Wash
Inner Glove

Rinse
Face Piece Removal
Inner Glove

Removal Inner Clothing

Removal

Field Wash Redress Outer Glove

Removal



## 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 WIND DIRECTION

20 ° 20 ° 

## LEVEL B DECON

18 19 6 5 4 3 2 1 Start HOT ZONE

COLD ZONE WARM ZONE Segregated Equipment Drop Boot Cover & Glove Wash Tape Removal Boot Cover & Glove Rinse Boot Cover Removal
Suit / Safety Boot Wash
Suit/SCBA/Boot/Glove Rinse Tank Change and Redress—Boot Cover/ Outer Gloves Safety Boot Removal SCBA Backpack Removal Spash Suit Removal
Inner Glove

Wash
Inner Glove

Rinse
Face Piece Removal
Inner Glove

Removal Inner Clothing

Removal

Field Wash Redress Outer Glove

Removal



## 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 WIND DIRECTION

20 ° 20 ° 

## LEVEL C DECON 

# TACTIC S-6 **Decontamination (Page 5 of 10) Decontamination (Page 6 of 10)**  

# TACTIC S-6

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 11/04 

## LEVEL C — MINIMUM DECON



## WIND DIRECTION

HOT ZONE WARM ZONE Equipment Drop Cartridge or Canister Change-over Point

Can (10 gallon) Decon Outer Garments
Remove Boot Covers & Outer Gloves
Can (32 gallon) 20 ° 20 °

Remove Boots/Gloves & Outer Garments

for Disposal & Off-Site Decontamination

Remove

Mask Plastic Sheet Decon Solution Redress: Boot Covers & Outer Gloves

Water 

## Optional 

## LEVEL C AND D — PARTIAL DECON


## WIND DIRECTION

HOT ZONE WARM ZONE DESIGNATED BREAK AREA 20° 20°

Equipment Drop

Plastic Sheet Remove Gloves and Other Contaminated

Gear That Might Contact Skin or Clothing (Hang or lay gear to avoid contamination of clean side.) Redress (Take care to avoid

contaminating exposed skin or clean clothing.)

Clean Hands, Face, and Other Exposed Areas (Use soap and water, Handiwipes, or waterless hand cleaner.)



### It is not feasible for workers to fully decontaminate each time they take a break from work activity. However, it is necessary that certain gear be removed so that contamination is not spread to clean areas. Hands and other exposed skin must be cleaned so the contamination is not ingested or spread to protected parts of the body or clothing. Before eating, taking a break, or similar activities, workers should move to the designated break area and partially decontaminate. During the break, take extra care to prevent con tamination of unprotected clothing and skin. 

# TACTIC S-6 **Decontamination (Page 7 of 10) Decontamination (Page 8 of 10)**  

# TACTIC S-6

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 11/04 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 11/04 

### Wet/Dry Personnel Decon Van Personnel leaving Hot Zone enter this unit to be deconned prior to entering the Warm Zone. 

### Decon/Spill Buster Unit Supplies:

• Electrical power; 240 volt, 1 phase, 25 KW • High pressure, hot water washing (equip decon) • Indirect fired heater • Vikoma Powervac • Quartz lighting (up to 5,000 watts) 

### Portable Decon Pit Used to decontaminate equipment prior to leaving the Hot Zone. Berm is collapsible allowing equipment to drive over the berm and simply drive through.



### Entrance Personnel entering Hot Zone must enter here, and are suited up in the proper PPE. Decon desk Dressing bench/storage area 

### Liner Foam berms 

# E **QUIPMENT** 

# D **ECONTAMINATION**



# C **OLD** 

# Z **ONE** 

# H **OT** 

# Z **ONE**

**PERSONNEL DRESSING AREA** 

## KUPARUK DECON



# C **OLD** 

# Z **ONE** 

# H **OT** 

# Z **ONE** 

# W **ARM** 

# Z **ONE** E F G

A B Sink Shower


### Shower / Drain Area GROSS DECON AREA

ENTRY CORRIDOR Clean Room Exit Change Room Exit Decon Entry Entry Bell

Patient TableBenchGeneratorWater HeaterFurnaceAir Unit H

I C 

## PRUDHOE BAY EOA DECON



# C **OLD** 

# Z **ONE** 

# H **OT** 

# Z **ONE** 

# W **ARM** 

# Z **ONE**

Storage Storage
Storage Storage Press.
Bench Bench Bench Area #1 Area #2 GROSS DECON AREA Area #3Bench 

## ACS DECON 

# TACTIC S-6 **Decontamination (Page 9 of 10) Decontamination (Page 10 of 10)**  

# TACTIC S-6

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

### If required, vessels leaving a work site may be decontaminated. Vessel decontamination at remote sites may be performed adjacent to a floating platform. Sufficient length of boom to surround the vessel being decontaminated is deployed prior to the decontamination process. Boom and absorbent material are used to contain the oil. Decontaminating procedures may include vacu uming, pressure washing or hand-wiping the vessel’s hull. Source water may be used to rinse the vessel’s hull. As necessary, the decontamination procedures may be repeated to assure a clean hull and deck. Whenever possible, hand wiping should be conducted as the initial gross decontamination proce dure. Efforts should be made to minimize impacts to the environment by limiting, where possible, the use of decontamination methods that result in the re-introduction of oil and/or introduction of rinsate into the water. A citrus-based cleaning agent approved by ADEC may also be used. Prior to using a specific cleaning agent, for the gross decontamination of vessels on water, where there is potential for introduction of the agent into the water, a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for that product must be provided to ADEC for review and approval. Remaining oily residues may be absorbed with sorbents or a recovery system. All recovered oil is stored in suitable containers. All waste from the decontamination process is transported to a permitted disposal facility. The disposal facility is designated in the incident waste management plan. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS Resources required for decon and decon setup depend on the following:

• A vailability of potable water, electric power, and waste disposal.
• Mobilization time and dur ation of site activities.
• Le vel and type of cleanup and response activity expected at site, and site conditions.
• A vailable space for decon setup and location requirements for decon line.
• Health hazards presented b y contaminants at cleanup/response site.
• Need f or additional controls (e.g., vapor diffusion/dispersion, movement/transfer of gross waste). 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**SUPPORT NOTE:**  “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF 6

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Water Truck All Water source 2 2 2 hr 0.5 hr Upright Tank KRU, Alpine Water Source 1 2 2 hr 1 hr Steam Cleaning Unit Removing oil 1 2 1 hr 1 hr Sorbents, oily waste bags, cleaning agents, etc. All Removing oil Variable 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Trash Pump (2-inch) All Flushing oil 1 2 1 hr 1 hr Suction Hose (2-inch) All Flushing oil > 20 ft

— 2 hr 1 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Flushing oil > 20 ft

— 2 hr 1 hr Workboat All Tend and deploy boom; serve as work platform 1 2 1 hr 1 hr Boom All Surround vessel being decontaminated Variable
— 1 hr 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Oily Waste Dumpster North Slope Borough Waste receptacle 1 1 initial 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plant All Illumination 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally 1 hr 1 hr 

### or 

# TACTIC S-7 **Gross Decontamination of Vessels (Page 1 of 2) Gross Decontamination of Vessels (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC S-7

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

### Each spring, the nearshore Beaufort Sea in the area of ACS operations experiences a phenom
enon called “overflood” at the mouths of the major streams. As the ice in the upper reaches of the streams thaws before the lower reaches, water from these streams flows out over the nearshore landfast ice This condition can be hazardous to personnel trying to conduct spill response opera
tions from airboats. The ice under the overflood can be unstable under the weight of the water. During overflood conditions, personnel should make every attempt to conduct spill response operations while staying onboard the vessels. If it is absolutely necessary for personnel to be on the ice, the following controls should be considered:

• I ce conditions evaluated by a competent individual approved by the On-Scene Commander

(A competent individual is someone who through knowledge, training, and experience has the ability to identify existing and predictable hazards relating to deteriorating ice condi
tions.)
• Ev aluation of weather conditions
• Exper ienced people only, as approved by the On-Scene Commander
• Lightw eight dry suits
• P ersonal flotation devices
• Har ness with tether (man in boat tending line)
• Appropr iate footwear (as dictated by specific conditions)
• At least tw o vessels in the immediate vicinity
• P ost-immersion care facility immediately available (warm area, blankets, etc.)
• Emergency medical assistance immediately a vailable
• An immerse e vacuation plan will be communicated to all personnel. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• The use of cleated f ootwear. and dry work suits is recommended. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Lightweight Dry Suit ACS Body protection > 6
— 1 hr 0.5 hr Personal Flotation Device All Life saving > 6
— 1 hr 0.5 hr

Harness with Tether All Life saving > 6
— 1 hr 0.5 hr Footwear ACS Traction and foot protection > 6 pair
— 1 hr 0.5 hr Airboat All Transportation and safety > 2 2 to 3 per boat 1 hr 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Shelter ACS, Endicott, EOA, WOA, Alpine, Kuparuk Warmup/break 2 2 initial* 1 hr* 1 hr

Heater All Heat > 1 1 initial 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Bank All Illumination > 1 1 initial 1 hr 0.5 hr Fuel Truck All Fuel 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Medical Equipment All Life saving 1
— 1 hr 0.5 hr 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**SUPPORT ICE** 

*Warmup trailers require 2 staff to set up and 0.5 hr to deploy; Weatherports required 3 staff to set up and 1 hour to deploy. 

# TACTIC S-8 **Safety During Operations in Overflood Conditions (Page 1 of 2) Safety During Operations in Overflood Conditions (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC S-8**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC C-1 **Containment Using Snow Berm (Page 1 of 2) Containment Using Snow Berm (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-1

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

### A snow berm is built around the areas of heaviest oiling to contain oil or diesel spilled to tundra and/or ice in winter. A Challenger rubber-tracked bulldozer drives around the spill with its blade angled towards the spill, pushing snow into a berm. Once the perimeter has been covered with an initial berm, the dozer shores up areas, as necessary.A front-end loader could also be used to build a berm, and a Bobcat can be used to access areas the large frontend loader or Challenger cannot reach. Tundra

Lake Ice Gravel Pad

**Heavily Oiled**
**Lightly Oiled Challenger** 

**Bobcat Loader** 

**Snow Berm CHALLENGER**  **CAT**



## SUPPORT

**CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING**

• A Challenger can build an initial snow berm around the largest tank spill within an hour. Any shoring would take

3 hours or less.

• Nor mally, a front-end loader can build a snow berm on a pad within 1 hour.


## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• The Challenger dozer is the most efficient piece of equipment in snow berm construction, and can access tun
dra and ice-covered lakes. If insufficient snow cover exists, front-end loaders would provide the Challenger with snow.

• When w orking with equipment around or near flowlines, add a spotter to each front-end loader and Challenger.

• When ice-reinf orced, snow berms are useful to contain oil that melts out during breakup.

• A civil w ork permit from the operator is required for all work on owner-company pads. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

or
or
* Alpine and Western Geophysical have 1 Challenger with blade and Caribou Construction has 6. Western Geo’s and Caribou’s Challengers are normally out with seismic crews in winter and would not be available for at least 24 hours. 

### TOTAL STAFF 1 EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Challenger Dozer KRU, EOA, Alpine, Western Geophysical, and Caribou Construction* Snow berm construction 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Front-End Loader All Snow berm construction 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr
Bobcat EOA, ACS, KRU, Alpine As needed 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transport Challenger 1 1 driver 1 hr 0 Tioga Heaters All Heat > 1 1 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr

Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial set-up, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally. 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC C-2 **Deflection Booming at a Culvert (Page 1 of 2) Deflection Booming at a Culvert (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-2

**Culvert**

**Road**

**Anchor**

**Anchor**

Slow Water Flow Flow

**Anchor**

**Connect Booms**

**Booms**

Fast Water Flow **Multiple Chevrons Diversionary Deflection** 

Boom is deployed in either chevron or diversionary configurations to deflect oil from mouth of culvert to collection sites along the road. This technique is especially useful when there is sheet flow across the frozen tundra. At that time, there is often a violent whirlpool at the upstream opening of a culvert, with lighter currents off to the sides. Blocking the culvert would be inadvisable because of the likelihood of washing out the road. Deadmen are typically used for anchors on the road, and collected oil can be directly pumped to a vacuum truck on the road. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• 8x6 Delta boom is most commonly used f or this tactic.

• The speed of the current per pendicular to the boom must be maintained at 3/4 knot or less to prevent oil loss.

• Number and configuration of booms depend on flow rate and number of collection sites. With any boom system,

do not assume 100% containment with one system.

• An assortment of skimmers can be used alongside the roadway. When selecting a skimmer, consideration must

be given to oil viscosity, available capacity, and volume of oil to be recovered. 

## SUPPORT

FLOW
ANGLE 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select vessels and boom according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). Specific per
sonnel requirements depend on the length and type of boom and the nature of the area.

or

**TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 6**  **TOTAL STAFF TO MONITOR AND SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 3**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat All Containment 2 6 1 hr 3 hr Ropes & Pulleys All Boom positioning Variable Boom All Deflection booming > 50' Anchor System All Anchor booming > 2 3 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Bed Truck All Transport equipment 1 1 1 hr 0 Avgas Trailer ACS, GPB, KRU, Badami, Alpine Airboat fuel 1 1 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr

CURRENT

(knots) CURRENT (ft/second) BOOM ANGLE RELATIVE TO CURRENT REQUIRED TO KEEP COMPONENT OF CURRENT <3/4 KNOT 1.5 2.5 30° to 42° 1.75 2.9 25° to 35° 2.0 3.4 22° to 30° 2.25 3.8 19° to 26° 2.5 4.2 17° to 24° 2.75 4.6 16° to 21° 3.0 5.0 15° to 19°**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC C-3 **Culvert Blocking (Page 1 of 2) Culvert Blocking (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-3

**Culvert**

**Road**

**Block**

Current

Culvert Culvert Culvert Plug **Culvert Plugs** (for 6" to 40" diameter culverts) **Sheet Metal or Plywood** w/sandbags & Visqueen **Adjustable**

A culvert is blocked using sheet metal, plywood barriers, or inflatable culvert plugs. Use a full block only when the culvert will be blocked for the entire cleanup operation, if the oil floating on the water will not contaminate additional soil or tundra, and if blocking the water flow will not threaten the road. Otherwise, an adjustable weir should be used. Plywood and/or sandbags can also be used as culvert blocks, but are more labor-intensive and pose a higher potential for injury. A wood block may require a headwall with kickers oriented to support the boards or plywood. Place the blocking materials over the upstream end of the culvert. Plastic sheeting over the outside of the block will prevent oil penetration. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Appropr iate during breakup and summer when the flow to the culvert is small enough so that the road won’t be

washed out.

• Also can be used if high-volume pumps are available to pump water over the road to the other side of the cul
vert.

• When working with equipment around or near flow lines, a spotter must be added to each front-end loader or

Challenger dozer. 

## SUPPORT **EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

or
or or
*Number of personnel depends on number of sandbags needed. **The recovery team would conduct monitoring and sustain operations. 

### TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP **> 2** ** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Visqueen All Containment > 10 ft 2 1 hr 1 hr Inflatable Culvert Plugs ACS, WOA, Alpine Containment 1 2 1 hr 2 hr Sheet Metal or Plywood Barriers All Containment 1 2 2 hr 2 hr Sandbags ACS, EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Containment > 10 > 6* 2 hr 2 hr Gravel

— Containment

— — — —

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Air Compressor All Inflate culvert plugs 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Front-End Loader All Unload sandbags 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Flatbed Truck All Transport sandbags 1 1 1 hr 0**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC C-4 **Barriers on Land (Page 1 of 2) Barriers on Land (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-4

Barrier to isolate heavy oil to prevent migration

Heavily Oiled Lightly Oiled Water



## Gravel or Tundra Berm

Large Diameter Hose Shore Seal Boom Trench

Oil Trench Ditchwitch or Backhoe 

### Gravel Berm Sandbags Oil

Oil Air-filled Water-filled Water Water

Water

A containment berm can be constructed of available materials such as earth, gravel, or snow. Use earthmoving equipment or manual labor to construct the berm. Form the materials into a horseshoe shape ahead of the flow of oil. Use plastic sheeting to line the walls of a soil berm to prevent oil penetration. Because of the sorbent quality of snow, it makes an excellent berm for both containment and recovery. A snow berm can be strengthened by spraying it with a fine water mist that forms an ice layer on top of the snow. Sandbags filled with sand or other heavy material also make excellent containment barriers. Sorbent boom can be used when overland flows are relatively minor or in wetlands. The sorbent boom should be staked in place with stakes approximately 5 feet apart. These barriers can serve to:

• Contain and stabiliz e a contaminated area
• Contain or div ert oil on water or oil that has potential to migrate
• Create cells f or recovery • Bloc k natural depressions to act as containment areas for recovery An excavated trench or a berm on the tundra can also be used to intercept the flow of a spill or divert the flow around a sensitive area. Dig the trench at right angles to the flow of the spill. The trench should be angled slightly downslope (in the direction of surface flow) to avoid excessive pooling in the trench. Place excavated material on the downhill side of the trench. In areas with a low water table, line the sides and bottom of the trench with plastic sheeting or similar impermeable materials. Where the groundwater table is high, line the downhill side of the trench. The trench can be flooded with water to inhibit spill penetration into sediments and to stimulate flow toward the recovery device in the trench or pit. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Disposal of constr uction material should be taken into account before using this tactic.

• This tactic is appropriate for use with low flow and shallow water on pad or tundra. The least intrusive methods

for building berms are preferred on tundra.

• Do not excavate where excavation will cause more damage than the spill. The Bobcat trimmer is the last option

for trenching. A permit may be needed from the landowner.

• B efore excavating in tundra, check for the presence of groundwater or permafrost. Do not excavate into frost-laden

(cemented) soils, since disruption of the permafrost could accelerate thermal erosion. The depth of the trench is limited by the depth of the permafrost. A plastic liner or sheeting can be used on the walls of the soil or gravel berm to inhibit spill penetration into the soils or gravel.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• When w orking with equipment around or near flow lines, a spotter must be added to each front-end loader.

• A civil w ork permit from the operator is required for all work on owner-company pads. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Dur ing summer, a backhoe can dig a ditch or trench 2 ft deep by 40 ft long in approximately 1 hour.

• Dur ing summer, a Bobcat trimmer can cut about 4 inches maximum depth per cut. For depths of more than 8

inches, the trench must be as wide as the Bobcat. 

## SUPPORT **EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

or or or or or *Number of personnel depends on number of sandbags needed. **The recovery team would conduct monitoring and sustain operations. 

### TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP **> 3** ** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Visqueen All Containment > 10 ft 2 1 hr 1 hr Backhoe EOA, WOA, KRU, Peak, APC, AIC, Alpine Trenching 1 1 2 hr 0.5 hr Bobcat w/Trimmer ACS, KRU, Alpine Trenching 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Front-End Loader w/Bucket All Build Berms 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Hose (5-inch) KRU, Alpine Berm/Contain > 1 ft 2 2 hr 1 hr Shore Seal Boom ACS, KRU, MPU, Alpine Berm/Contain > 50 ft > 4 1 hr 1 hr Sandbags ACS, KRU, EOA, WOA, Alpine Berm/Contain > 10 > 6* 2 hr 2 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transport backhoe 1 1 driver 1 hr 0 Fuel Truck All Fuel equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr
Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Water Truck All Spray snow berm 1 2 2 hr 0.5 hr Floating Pump and Blower ACS, KRU, MPU, Alpine Shore Seal inflation 1 2 1 hr 1 hr Plywood All Walkway Variable 2 2 hr 2 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC C-5 **Deflection or Exclusion Booming on Lake or Tundra (Page 1 of 2) Deflection or Exclusion Booming on Lake or Tundra (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-5

Tundra

Lake Gravel Pad

Current **Deadman**



### During breakup and summer, lengths of conventional boom can be deployed on a lake or flooded tundra once there is enough open water available. The boom deployment techniques are the same as those in open water. The purpose of deflection booming is to divert oil to a collection point for removal with skimmers. It can also be used as exclusion booming to protect lengths of shoreline. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select vessels and boom according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). Speci f﻿i c

personnel requirements depend on the length and type of boom and the nature of the area.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• When w orking with equipment around or near flow lines, a spotter must be added to each front-end loader.

• A civil w ork permit from the operator is required for all work on owner company pads.

• SUMMER CONSIDERA TIONS:

– Equipment is same as f or breakup (just make sure you’re not tearing up the tundra)

– Prop boats can be used

– Can use tundr a berm or trench after thaw

• FREEZEUP CONSIDERA TIONS:

– No ice under w ater in ponds

– Slush ice possib le

– Consider tundr a same as in summer

– Thin ice

• 8x6 Delta boom is most commonly used f or this tactic. 

## SUPPORT **TOTAL STAFF 3** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Boom All Deflection booming > 50 ft 3 1 hr 3 hr Work Boat ACS, KRU, EOA, Endicott, Alpine Booming support 1 1 hr Anchor System All Anchoring boom Variable 3 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Avgas Trailer ACS, GPB, KRU Badami, Alpine Airboat fuel 1 1 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr
Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support Equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC C-6 **Underflow Dam (Page 1 of 2) Underflow Dam (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-6

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

### An underflow dam can be used when there is too much water flow to allow for a complete blockage of a drainage channel. The dam is built of earth, gravel, or other barriers such as sandbags or plywood sheets. Wherever pos
sible, line the upstream side of the dam with plastic sheeting to prevent erosion and penetration of oil into the dam material. Underflow dams use inclined pipes to move water downstream while leaving the spill contained behind the dam. The capacity of the pipe (or pipes) should exceed the stream flow rate. It may be necessary to use pumps. Pipes must be placed on the upstream side of the dam, with the elevated end on the downstream side. Make sure that the upstream end of the pipe is submerged and below the oil/water interface. The height of the elevated down
stream end of the pipe will determine the water level behind the dam. 

## Tundra

Small Stream Open Water

Oil Dam Pipe Water 

## SUPPORT

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• When w orking with equipment around or near flowlines, add a spotter to each front-end loader and Challenger.

• Chec k dams periodically for leakage and integrity, replace eroded materials, and continually monitor the water/oil

interface. Valved pipes, pumps, or number of siphons may require periodic adjustment to compensate for minor changes in stream flow.

• If sufficient underflow cannot be maintained or if excessive overflow occurs, additional dams downstream may

be required.

• Gr avel or topping may have to be added continually to the dam if erosion is a problem.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• Appro val of State On-Scene Coordinator and ADF&G is necessary for civil work in anadromous fish streams, as

well as a Title 16 permit from ADF&G.

• Damming of stream mouth may block fish passage. The dam must be removed immediately after it is no longer

needed.

• Sandbags are labor-intensiv e and should be the last consideration.

• In larger streams , consider the use of bulk bags for dam construction. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

or
or or

*Number of personnel depends on number of sandbags needed. **The recovery team would conduct monitoring and sustain operations. 

### TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP **> 3** ** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Challenger Dozer EOA, KRU, Alpine Dam construction 1 (3 available on Slope) 1 1 hr 0.5 hr
Front-End Loader (with bucket and forks) All Dam construction 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Sandbags (bulk bags may be used) ACS, KRU, WOA, EOA, Alpine Dam Minimum quantity of fill > 6* 2 hr

2 hr Plywood All Liner > 1 2 2 hr Visqueen (reinforced) All Dam 1 roll
— 1 hr Pipe, 6-inch or larger All Dam > 20 ft > 2 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transport Challenger 1 1 driver 1 hr 0 Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC C-7 **Deadarm Trench on River Bank (Page 1 of 2) Deadarm Trench on River Bank (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-7

**Current Shore**  **Decant Pump**

**Boom Oil**  **Trench Built-Out**  **Gravel Spit**
**Deadman**

A natural or man-made deadarm trench can be used along the bank of a river to keep oil from migrating downstream from a spill on land. The deadarm will serve as a control point downstream of where the oil is entering the river. De
flection boom is deployed to help divert the oil into the deadarm, which may be lined with an impermeable liner. In addition, the entry of oil at the mouth of the deadarm can be controlled with an adjustable weir. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• 8x6 Delta boom is most commonly used f or this tactic.

• The angle of the trench to current is impor tant. Keep the current perpendicular to the boom at 3/4 knot or less.

• Oil will f ollow current along the shore.

• A Title 16 permit from ADF&G is required when digging trenches in river beds and river banks.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• Readjust angles and widths between boom sections as current and wind change. Constantly monitor nearshore

boom systems to prevent escape of oil. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select vessels and boom according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). Specific

personnel requirements depend on the length and type of boom and the nature of the area.

FLOW
ANGLE

**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Nameplate capacity of 3-inch tr ash pump is 485 bbl/hr. 

## SUPPORT

**TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 7**  **TOTAL STAFF TO MONITOR AND SUSTAIN 3**  **BOOM CONFIGURATION DURING RECOVERY** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Boom All Diversion > 50 ft 3 1 hr

3 hr Work Boat All Booming support 1 1 hr Backhoe EOA, WOA, KRU, Peak, AIC, APC, Alpine Trenching 1 1 2 hr Anchor System All Anchoring boom Variable 3 1 hr

Trash Pump

(3-inch) All Decanting from trench 1 1 1 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Decanting from trench > 20 ft 2 for setup 1 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Decanting from trench > 50 ft

— 1 hr EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Haul backhoe 1 1 1 hr 0

Avgas Trailer ACS, GPB, KRU, Badami, Alpine Airboat fuel 1 1 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Lube Truck All Provides fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

CURRENT

(knots) CURRENT (ft/second) BOOM ANGLE RELATIVE TO CURRENT REQUIRED TO KEEP COMPONENT OF CURRENT <3/4 KNOT 1.5 2.5 30° to 42° 1.75 2.9 25° to 35° 2.0 3.4 22° to 30° 2.25 3.8 19° to 26° 2.5 4.2 17° to 24° 2.75 4.6 16° to 21° 3.0 5.0 15° to 19°**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC C-8 **Deflection Booming in Stream (Page 1 of 6) Deflection Booming in Stream (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-8

The object of stream booming is to remove oil from the fastest water and divert it to slower water. A stream can be boomed by deploying the boom either upstream or downstream. In either case, the boom is first set out on the stream bank. Before the boom is deployed, rig anchor points on the boom. The boom is attached to a shore anchor, and then the boom is ei ther towed upstream to a midstream anchor point, or the boom is allowed to drift downstream with the current. Once the boom is set, intermediate anchors are set as needed to ensure that the boom maintains the proper configuration (remem
bering that the current perpendicular to the boom should not exceed 3/4 knot). Examples of deployment configurations follow. **Diversionary (single boom):** A boom is deployed from one bank at an angle to the current and anchored mid
stream or on the opposite bank for diverting the oil to an eddy or other quiet-water collection point on the shoreline. Alternatively, a single long boom can be used in a multichannel stream to divert oil so that it stays in one channel. **Diversionary (cascade):** Several booms are deployed in a cascade fashion when a single boom can’t be used because of a fast current or because it’s necessary to leave openings for boats to get through. This configuration can be used in strong currents where it is impossible or difficult to deploy one long boom. Shorter sections of boom used in a cascade deployment are easier to handle in fast water. However, more equipment is needed than when a single boom is used. **Moderate Current** Deadman



## Deflection/Deversionary

Skimmer

**Moderate Current Deflection Booms** 

**Deadman** 

## Diversionary (Cascade)

Skimmer 

## DEFLECTION/DIVERSIONARY (SINGLE BOOM)

**DIVERSIONARY (CASCADE) DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS** 

• 8x6 Delta boom is most commonly used f or this tactic.

• Since the speed of the current perpendicular to the boom must be maintained at 3/4 kt or less, the length of boom

needed to stretch across a stream depends on the current. For a stream 100 ft across with a 1 kt current, a boom approximately 140 ft long is needed. If the current is 2 kt, the same stream would require 320 ft of boom. The speed of the current is not equal across the stream; the fastest water is with the deepest water. Oil moving in a stream will be entrained in the fastest water.

• The shortest length of boom available is 50 ft. Generally, the minimum length required to boom a river such as

the Sagavanirktok or Kuparuk is 500 ft.

• Readjust angles and widths between boom sections as current and wind change. Constantly monitor nearshore

boom systems to prevent escape of oil.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra. 

## SUPPORT

FLOW
ANGLE 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select vessels and boom according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). Specific

personnel requirements depend on the length and type of boom and the nature of the area. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Boom All Deflection booming > 50 ft 6 for setup 3 to maintain 1 hr 3 hr Work Boat All Booming support 2 1 hr Anchor System All Anchoring boom Variable 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Avgas Trailer ACS, GPB, KRU, Badami, Alpine Airboat fuel 1 1 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

CURRENT

(knots) CURRENT (ft/second) BOOM ANGLE RELATIVE TO CURRENT REQUIRED TO KEEP COMPONENT OF CURRENT <3/4 KNOT 1.5 2.5 30° to 42° 1.75 2.9 25° to 35° 2.0 3.4 22° to 30° 2.25 3.8 19° to 26° 2.5 4.2 17° to 24° 2.75 4.6 16° to 21° 3.0 5.0 15° to 19°**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC C-8 **Deflection Booming in Stream (Page 3 of 6) Deflection Booming in Stream (Page 4 of 6)**  

# TACTIC C-8

**Current**

**Current Skimmer**  **Skimmer Deadman** 

**Skimmer Skimmer**  **Deadman**



### Chevron boom configurations are also for use in fast water. Two booms are deployed from an anchor in the middle of the stream and attached to each bank. A chevron configuration is used to break a slick for diversion to two or more collection areas. An open chevron can be used where boat traffic must be able to pass. (The two booms are anchored separately midstream, with one anchor point upstream or downstream of the other). 

## CLOSED CHEVRON

**OPEN CHEVRON SUPPORT** 

FLOW
ANGLE 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• 8x6 Delta boom is most commonly used f or this tactic.

• Since the speed of the current perpendicular to the boom must be maintained at 3/4 kt or less, the length of

boom needed to stretch across a stream depends on the current. For a stream 100 ft across with a 1 kt current, a boom approximately 140 ft long is needed. If the current is 2 kt, the same stream would require 320 ft of boom. The speed of the current is not equal across the stream; the fastest water is with the deepest water. Oil moving in a stream will be entrained in the fastest water.

• The shortest length of boom available is 50 ft. Generally, the minimum length required to boom a river such as

the Sagavanirktok or Kuparuk is 500 ft.

• Readjust angles and widths between boom sections as current and wind change. Constantly monitor nearshore

boom systems to prevent escape of oil.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select vessels and boom according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). Specific per
sonnel requirements depend on the length and type of boom and the nature of the area.

*Recovery crews can assist with monitoring boom if necessary. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Boom All Deflection booming > 50 ft 9 for setup 3 to maintain* 1 hr 3 hr Work Boat All Booming support 3 1 hr Anchor System All Anchoring boom Variable 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Avgas Trailer ACS, GPB, KRU, Badami, Alpine Airboat fuel 1 1 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

CURRENT

(knots) CURRENT (ft/second) BOOM ANGLE RELATIVE TO CURRENT REQUIRED TO KEEP COMPONENT OF CURRENT <3/4 KNOT 1.5 2.5 30° to 42° 1.75 2.9 25° to 35° 2.0 3.4 22° to 30° 2.25 3.8 19° to 26° 2.5 4.2 17° to 24° 2.75 4.6 16° to 21° 3.0 5.0 15° to 19°**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC C-8 **Deflection Booming in Stream (Page 5 of 6) Deflection Booming in Stream (Page 6 of 6)**  

# TACTIC C-8

**Current**

**Skimmer Deadman** 



### Catenary (currents less than 1/4 knot): The boom is attached to an anchor on one bank, and the other end is towed to the other bank and attached to an anchor there. The current naturally puts the boom in a “U” shape (“cat
enary”). The deployment and maintenance of a single long boom can be difficult and labor-intensive. It is usually used for recovery operations. **Trolley (cable-supported diversionary boom):** A cable or line is strung across a river and the boom attached to the trolley line with a pulley. **Current**

**Skimmer Cable**  **Winch**

**Winch Deadman**  **Boom Attachment allowed to move**  

## CATENARY

**DEFLECTION/TROLLEY SUPPORT** 

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• 8x6 Delta boom is most commonly used f or this tactic.

• Since the speed of the current perpendicular to the boom must be maintained at 3/4 kt or less, the length of

boom needed to stretch across a stream depends on the current. For a stream 100 ft across with a 1 kt current, a boom approximately 140 ft long is needed. If the current is 2 kt, the same stream would require 320 ft of boom. The speed of the current is not equal across the stream; the fastest water is with the deepest water. Oil moving in a stream will be entrained in the fastest water.

• A cable extended across the river can be dangerous. Make sure everyone knows it’s there and that any approaching

boats are warned. Mark the cable with buoys.

• The shortest length of boom available is 50 ft. Generally, the minimum length required to boom a river such as

the Sagavanirktok or Kuparuk is 500 ft.

• Readjust angles and widths between boom sections as current and wind change. Constantly monitor nearshore

boom systems to prevent escape of oil.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

FLOW
ANGLE 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select vessels and boom according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). Specific per
sonnel requirements depend on the length and type of boom and the nature of the area.

**TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 10**  **TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 3** *Recovery crews will maintain anchors and winches (see Tactic R-16).

CURRENT

(knots) CURRENT (ft/second) BOOM ANGLE RELATIVE TO CURRENT REQUIRED TO KEEP COMPONENT OF CURRENT <3/4 KNOT 1.5 2.5 30° to 42° 1.75 2.9 25° to 35° 2.0 3.4 22° to 30° 2.25 3.8 19° to 26° 2.5 4.2 17° to 24° 2.75 4.6 16° to 21° 3.0 5.0 15° to 19° EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Boom All Deflection booming > 50 ft 6 for setup 3 to maintain 1 hr
3 hr Work Boat All Booming support 2 1 hr Chain Saw Winch KRU, EOA, WOA, Alpine Booming support 2 4 for setup* 1 hr Anchor System All Anchoring boom Variable 1 hr Floating Winch ACS, EOA, Alyeska Boom support 2 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Avgas Trailer ACS, GPB, KRU, Badami, Alpine Airboat fuel 1 1 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC C-9 **Exclusion Booming on River (Page 1 of 2) Exclusion Booming on River (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-9

Either conventional boom or a Shore Seal boom can be used to exclude oil from a sensitive area. For example, the Shore Seal boom can be used in shallow water to boom off a backwater, or a conventional boom can be placed across the mouth of a side channel to keep oil out. In addition, Shore Seal boom can be connected to conventional boom to protect the shoreline. **Shore Seal Boom Backwater or Estuary** 

**Current Boom**  **Optional Anchors**



## Shore

**Island**

**Island**
**Island** W



### e



### s 

### t 

### C 

### h



## a



## n



## n



## e



## l



## E

a

s

t C h

a

n

n

e

l 

## Island **Current**



### Shoreline Protection Cross-Section

**Conventional Boom Shore Seal Boom**  **Air Chamber Water Chamber** 
**Shore Water**  

## SUPPORT

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• 8x6 Delta boom is most commonly used f or this tactic.

• Since the speed of the current perpendicular to the boom must be maintained at 3/4 kt or less, the length of boom

needed to stretch across a stream depends on the current. For a stream 100 ft across with a 1 kt current, a boom approximately 140 ft long is needed. If the current is 2 kt, the same stream would require 320 ft of boom.

• The speed of the current is not equal across the stream; the fastest water is with the deepest water. Oil moving

in a stream will be entrained in the fastest water.

• Don’t assume 100% containment with one boom system.

• Readjust angles and widths between boom sections as current and wind change. Constantly monitor nearshore

boom systems to prevent escape of oil.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select vessels and boom according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). Specific per
sonnel requirements depend on the length and type of boom and the nature of the area.

and/or

**TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP >**  **5** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Boom ACS, WOA, EOA, KRU, Endicott, Alpine Exclusion booming > 50 ft 3 1 hr 3 hr Shore Seal Boom ACS, KRU, MPU, Alpine Exclusion booming > 50 ft 4 1 hr 1.5 hr Work Boat All Booming support 1 1 hr 3 hr Floating Pump and Blower ACS, KRU, MPU, Alpine Shore Seal inflation 1 1 hr 1.5 hr Anchor System All Anchoring boom Variable 2 1 hr 3 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Avgas Trailer ACS, GPB, KRU, Badami, Alpine Airboat fuel 1 1 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC C-10 **Containment Using Ice Road Ring (Page 1 of 2) Containment Using Ice Road Ring (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-10

**Ice Water**  **Sea Floor** Access Ice Road 

### Ice Rubble Ice Road Berm

Aerial Oil Plume

For a blowout that is depositing oil on top of solid sea ice, an ice road can be constructed around the source at a safe distance. Since the ice road causes the sea ice to deflect downward under the road, an under-ice barrier is created to the movement of any oil that may have gotten under the ice. The road also serves as a surface barrier because it is higher than the surrounding ice, and will provide a working platform into the breakup season, when the ice inside the ring decays. In addition, ice work pads can be created adjacent to contaminated areas to provide working platforms for heavy equipment needed to remove large volumes of oil-contaminated snow. An alternative method to create an ice ring barrier is to remove the snow from the ice surface. Ice not covered by snow will grow thicker. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Chec k ice thickness for safe bearing capacity before working on ice. The ice must be sufficiently strong to sup
port personnel and heavy equipment. See Tactic L-7 for realistic maximum operating limitations (RMOL) for ice thickness and temperature.

• If the ice is not thic k enough, a Rolligon may be needed to pull the drag. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• A loader with a drag and a water truck hauling fresh water can make approximately one-third mile of ice road 6

inches thick in 12 hours. If the ice is already thick enough to support activities, 6-inch lifts would not be necessary, and the length of ice road completed in 12 hours would increase.

• Rolligons with ice augers can b uild approximately 3,000 ft of road 4 inches thick in 12 hours using sea water. 

## SUPPORT **EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

or

or **TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS >**  **3** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Rolligon w/Auger CATCO, APC Ice road construction > 2 > 2 6 hr
1 hr

Water Truck All Ice road construction > 2 > 2 2 hr Front-End Loader w/Drag Peak, AIC Ice road construction > 1 > 1 1 hr

Grader w/Wing Blade Peak, AIC, EOA, WOA, KRU Ice road construction > 1 > 1 2 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Balami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally 1 hr 0.5 hr
Tioga Heater All Equipment support 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/07 

# TACTIC C-11 **Containment on Ice with Trenches and Sumps (Page 1 of 2) Containment on Ice with Trenches and Sumps (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-11

Various techniques that are used on land can also be used on solid ice. (1) Partial trenches or through-ice slots can be dug in the ice surface with a Ditch Witch to encourage oil flow to a collection point. (2) The skirt of a con
tainment boom can be set in a shallow trench to provide additional containment. (3) Another approach is to insert a plywood or metal barrier in a slot so that the barrier freezes in place. This tactic can be used to divert under-ice oil to a recovery point. For smaller volumes of oil on ice, small snow berms can be created to contain the oil, but only where ice is thick enough and/or grounded to prevent cracking, pooling, and forced migration of oil below the ice. Snow Water Snow Snow

Trenched in Ice (or frozen ground) Slot through Ice Ice Blocks



### OIL **OIL**

Water Conventional Boom with Skirt Set in Shallow Trench

Snow Snow Snow 

### OIL Trench Flooded or Packed with Snow Skirt Snow
ICE Boom

Plywood Through-Ice Barrier Stop Block

Water Oil Ice Ice

Current

Bottom 

# 1

**2**

**3 DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS** 

• C heck ice thickness for safe bearing capacity before working on ice. The ice must be sufficiently strong to

support personnel and heavy equipment. See Tactic L-7 for realistic maximum operating limitations (RMOL) for ice thickness and temperature. Also, ensure ice can withstand extra load of oil and ice on the surface without either breaking the ice or forcing oil to migrate through existing cracks. Extreme care must be taken when po
sitioning or operating any heavy equipment close to trenches or slots in the ice. Stresses in the ice for a given load can double under these situations. Ensure that oil that accumulates in an ice trench is continually removed. If allowed to build up to a thick layer, some oil may escape the ice slot.

• Use of the Rube Witch with chain saw is labor-intensive and therefore slower than a Ditch Witch. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• A Ditch Witch with a 6-ft bar can cut approximately 100 ft of trench per hour through ice 6 ft deep. Cutting in frozen

ground is much slower. 

## SUPPORT

ACS Rube Witch EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr
Mechanic Truck All, except Balami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally 1 hr 0.5 hr
Tioga Heater All Equipment support 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

or

or or **TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP >**  **4*** *The recovery crew will perform maintenance (see Tactic R-13). EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Ditch Witch Airport Rentals, BP, Peak, Veco Trenching 1 2 3 hr

2 hr Rube Witch w/Chain Saw All Trenching 3 6 1 hr Visqueen All Liner > 50 ft

— 1 hr

Boom All Liner > 50 ft

— 1 hr ATVs ACS, EOA, END, KRU, WOA, Alpine Snow berm construction 2 2 1 hr Plywood All Through-ice barrier >1
— 2 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC C-12 **Trenching Ice to Direct Flow to a Containment Point (Page 1 of 2) Trenching Ice to Direct Flow to a Containment Point (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-12

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

## Ice Rubble

Containment Trench Containment Trench

Pooled Oil

Oil on Snow ISLAND

Trenching can help recover oil from a blowout on an offshore island in winter when the sea ice is solid. Gravel islands develop ice rubble fields around their perimeter, and a large volume of oil from a well blowout plume would fall either on the island or over the rubble field. Where oil is flowing away from an ice rubble pile adjacent to an island where a well is blowing out, it may be possible to dig an ice trench away from the island to encourage rivulets of oil to flow to a collection sump a safe distance away. Liners can be used in both the trench and sump. Such an activity is attempted only if it is possible to work safely near the blowout plume. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Chec k ice thickness for safe bearing capacity before working on ice. The ice must be sufficiently strong to sup
port personnel and heavy equipment. See Tactic L-7 for realistic maximum operating limitations (RMOL) for ice thickness and temperature. Also, ensure ice can withstand extra load of oil and ice on the surface without either breaking the ice or forcing oil to migrate through existing cracks. Extreme care must be taken when positioning or operating any heavy equipment close to trenches or slots in the ice. Stresses in the ice for a given load can double under these situations. Ensure that oil that accumulates in an ice trench is continually removed. If allowed to build up to a thick layer, some oil may escape the ice slot.

• Use of the Rube Witch with chain saw is labor-intensive and therefore slower than a Ditch Witch.

• Cut the trench only to a depth that will allo w a collection area — not all the way through the ice.

• A bac khoe may be required to clear an area for cutting of the containment trench. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• A Ditch Witch with a 6-ft bar can cut approximately 100 ft of trench per hour through ice 6 ft deep. Cutting in frozen

ground is much slower. 

## SUPPORT

ACS Rube Witch

**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

or

**TOTAL STAFF >**  **2** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Ditch Witch APC, Norgasco Trenching 1 1 3 hr 0.5 hr Rube Witch w/Chain Saw All Trenching 1 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Backhoe EOA, WOA, KRU, Peak, AIC, APC, Alpine Clear a trench area 1 1 2 hr 0.5 hr EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transport Ditch Witch 1 1 driver 1 hr 0

Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and

fuel occasionally 1 hr 0.5 hr
Tioga Heater All Heat 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 05/08 

# TACTIC C-13 **Deflection Booming in Open Water (Page 1 of 2) Deflection Booming in Open Water (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-13

Deflection booming is often used where the water current is greater than 1 knot or where exclusion boom does not protect the shoreline. Deflection booming diverts oil to locations that are less sensitive or more suitable for recovery. Boom is anchored at one end at the shoreline, while the free end is held at an angle by an anchor system. Deflec
tion boom is deployed at an angle to the current to reduce and divert surface flow. This allows the oil to move along the boom and eliminates vortexes and entrainment. Anchoring is usually placed every 50 feet depending on the current. Anchoring distance will vary depending on current. Cascading deflection boom involves two or more lengths of boom ranging from 100 feet to 500 feet placed in a cascading formation in the water. The lead boom deflects the slick, and subsequent booms placed downstream of the lead boom continue the deflection process until the slick is directed to the desired area. 

## Tundra

Open Water **Deadman Current** 



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• The optimum angle of boom deployment depends on the current speed and the length and type of boom. The

angle is smaller in strong currents than in weak currents and decreases as boom length increases. The more stable the boom is, the larger the optimum deployment angle is for a given current speed. Because deflection booms signi f﻿i cantly reduce surface current, successive booms are deployed at increasingly larger angles. 

## SUPPORT

• Reco very systems are sometimes used in conjunction with deflection boom.

FLOW
ANGLE



## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• T o determine the approximate length of boom required, multiply 1.5 times the length of shoreline to be protected. Select vessels and booms according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). Specific personnel requirements depend on the length and type of boom and the nature of the area. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• One tactical unit can deploy and tend up to 8,000 ft of boom in a 12-hour shift along 2 miles of shoreline (assumes

10 working hours in a 12-hour shift).

**TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 8**  **TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 3 (AND 1 BO**  **AT)** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat All Deploy deflection boom 2 6 1 hr
3 hr

Boom All Deflection Variable 1 hr Anchor System All Anchor boom Variable 2 1 hr Onshore Anchors (e.g., deadmen) All Anchor boom Variable
— 1 hr EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Avgas Trailer ACS, GPB, KRU, Badami, Alpine Airboat fuel 1 1 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr

CURRENT

(knots) CURRENT (ft/second) BOOM ANGLE RELATIVE TO CURRENT REQUIRED TO KEEP COMPONENT OF CURRENT <3/4 KNOT 1.5 2.5 30° to 42° 1.75 2.9 25° to 35° 2.0 3.4 22° to 30° 2.25 3.8 19° to 26° 2.5 4.2 17° to 24° 2.75 4.6 16° to 21° 3.0 5.0 15° to 19°



### • Don’t assume 100% containment with one boom system.

• Readjust angles and widths between boom sections as current and wind change. Constantly monitor nearshore

boom systems to prevent escape of oil.

• In extreme shallow water conditions, sheet metal may be used in lieu of boom in the apex. Use 36 pieces of metal

and 37 stakes per 100 ft.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• Belo w are boom towing limitations for airboats during overflood conditions in the nearshore Beaufort Sea (based

on 2005 ACS seasonal recovery testing):
ICE CONDITIONS FIRE BOOM (20 lb/linear ft) FIRE BOOM (7 lb/linear ft) FIRE BOOM (6 lb/linear ft) DELTA BOOM Groundfast or Shorefast Ice (with overflood) 100 ft 300 ft 350 ft 750 ft Broken Ice: Large, Dense, First-Year, Afloat 100 ft 300 ft 350 ft 750 ft Broken Ice: Smaller, Less Dense, Rotted 200 ft 600 ft 700 ft 1,000 ft **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC C-14 **Exclusion Booming in Open Water (Page 1 of 2) Exclusion Booming in Open Water (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-14

Boom is placed across small inlets and creek mouths identified as sensitive areas. Exclu
sion booming is used where currents are less than 3/4 knot and breaking waves are less than 0.5 foot in height. The boom is either (1) anchored from shore to shore across the mouths of streams or (2) at an angle to a shoreline to guide oil past the sensitive area. Crews with work boats deploy and tend boom along the shoreline in marshes and inlets. 

### Tundra

Small Stream
Open Water **Deadman**

**Deadman Current**  

# 1

Tundra

Small Stream
Open Water **Deadman**

**Anchor Current**  

# 2 **EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

• T o determine the approximate length of boom required, multiply 1.5 times the length of shoreline to be protected. Select vessels and booms according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). Specific personnel requirements depend on the length and type of boom and the nature of the area.



## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• One tactical unit can deploy and tend up to 4,000 ft of boom in a 12-hour shift along 2 miles of shoreline (assumes 10

working hours in a 12-hour shift). 

## SUPPORT

• Reco very systems are sometimes used in conjunction with exclusion boom. Sorbent boom may be deployed

parallel and inside exclusion boom.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Exclusion booming is effective if the water currents are less than 3/4 kt, breaking waves are less than 0.5 ft, and

water depth is at least twice the boom depth in other than intertidal areas.

• A fle xible curtain-type boom reacts more favorably to tidal level fluctuation than a rigid fence-type boom.

• Exclusion booming is most effective across small stream mouths or inlets. Other areas may be more sensitive and

require protection, but ability to protect efficiently needs to be considered when determining exclusion booming areas.

• Don’t assume 100% containment with one boom system.

• Readjust angles and widths between boom sections as current and wind change. Constantly monitor nearshore

boom systems to prevent escape of oil.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• Belo w are boom towing limitations for airboats during overflood conditions in the nearshore Beaufort Sea (based

on 2005 ACS seasonal recovery testing): **TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 6**  **TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 3 (AND 1 BO**  **AT)** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat All Deploy and tend boom 2 6 1 hr 3 hr

Boom All Deflection Variable 1 hr Anchor System All Anchor boom Variable 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Avgas Trailer ACS, KRU, GPB, Alpine, Badami (300 gal) Airboat fuel 1 1 initial 1 hr 0.5 hr

ICE CONDITIONS FIRE BOOM (20 lb/linear ft) FIRE BOOM (7 lb/linear ft) FIRE BOOM (6 lb/linear ft) DELTA BOOM Groundfast or Shorefast Ice (with overflood) 100 ft 300 ft 350 ft 750 ft Broken Ice: Large, Dense, First-Year, Afloat 100 ft 300 ft 350 ft 750 ft Broken Ice: Smaller, Less Dense, Rotted 200 ft 600 ft 700 ft 1,000 ft**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC C-15 **Intertidal Booming (Page 1 of 2) Intertidal Booming (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-15

Shore Seal boom is bottom-founded and anchored at tideline and in very shallow water. Sorbent boom would be used at connections to prevent leaching. 

# Shoreline Projection Cross-Section

**Conventional Boom Shore Seal Boom**  

## Air Chamber **Water Chamber**
**Shore Water** 



## Shore Seal Boom Cross-Section
Oil Air-filled Water-filled Water 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL To determine the approximate length of Shore Seal boom required, multiply 1.1 times the length of shoreline to be protected. Select vessels and booms according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6).



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Shore Seal boom uses water ballast so that it can float free in high tide and seal to the intertidal shore during low

tide. Shore Seal booms also protect shoreline from wave events. Shore Seal boom will adjust to changing water levels.

• When the boom is grounded, the heavy water ballast seals the boom to the shoreline and prevents oil from

moving along the intertidal zone. 

## SUPPORT Sorbents are used in conjunction with Shore Seal boom. Shovels or light excavating equipment help establish onshore anchors. Floats and chains are used in conjunction with offshore anchors.



## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• One tactical unit can deploy and tend up to 4,000 ft of Shore Seal boom in a 12-hour shift along 2 miles of

shoreline (assumes 10 working hours in a 12-hour shift). **TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 4** * *Recovery crews will perform maintenance. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Shore Seal Boom ACS, KRU, MPU, Alpine Oil exclusion > 50 ft

4 1 hr

1.5 hr Floating Pump and Blower ACS, KRU, MPU, Alpine Shore Seal inflation 1 1 hr
Work Boat All Boom placement 1 1 hr Anchor System All Anchor boom Variable 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Avgas Trailer ACS, GPB, KRU, Badami, Alpine Airboat fuel 1 1 initial 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC C-16 **Anchored W Deflection Boom (Page 1 of 2) Anchored W Deflection Boom (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-16

Lengths of deflection boom are anchored in a “W” configuration. Boom sections up to 1,000 feet long are oriented at an angle to the wind and to each other. Oil encountering the center “V” of the boom becomes more concentrated at the downwind end of the configuration and is recovered with a positioned skimming system. Oil is collected from the pockets of the “V”s with a vessel with a skimmer and mini-barge. See Tactic R-30 for boom configuration for subsea pipeline leak. 

## SOURCE **Deploy Skimming Systems** 

**Deploy Skimming**  **System** 

## Wind 

# Oil **EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

• Initial deployment of a section of boom and setting of anchor points involve one boat with one operator and two

crew members. Select vessels and boom according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). Specific personnel requirements depend on the length and type of boom and the nature of the area.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Chec k anchor points frequently and reposition them as necessary by lifting the crown line.

• Change the length and position of the boom as oil conditions change

.
• See reco very tactics for information on recovery equipment used with this tactic. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Sw ath width varies with currents, wind, and the total length of booms. 

## SUPPORT

• An aircr aft can track oil from above and coordinate the on-water task forces. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Boom All Spill deflection > 300 ft 9 for setup 6 to maintain 1 hr
6 hr Work Boat All Deploy and tend boom 3 for setup 2 to maintain 1 hr Anchor Systems 40-lb: All 66-lb: ACS Anchor boom Variable 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Avgas Trailer ACS, GPB, KRU, Badami, Alpine Airboat fuel 1 1 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Fuel Truck All Fuel 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC C-17 **Containment Using U-Boom (Page 1 of 2) Containment Using U-Boom (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-17

The containment boom has a swath width of up to 1,000 feet. The two tow boats pull up to 3,000 feet of boom. This method can be used for temporary containment and/or transport of oil. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select v essels and booms according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6).



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• See reco very tactis for information on recovery equipment used with this tactic. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Sw ath width varies with currents, wind, and the total length of boom. 

## SUPPORT

• An aircraft tracks the oil from above and coordinates the on-water task forces (preferably twin-engined aircraft or

single-engined aircraft on floats). 

### Tow Boat
**TOTAL STAFF 6** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat West Dock, Oliktok, Northstar Tow boom 2 6 1 hr 2 hr Boom All Containment Variable
— 1 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC C-18 **Containing Light Layer of Oil on Snow Using Water Spray (Page 1 of 2) Containing Light Layer of Oil on Snow Using Water Spray (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-18

An area of lightly oiled snow can be stabilized for recovery by spraying a light water mist onto the contaminated snow to coat it with a thin layer of ice. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• The n umber of staff to erect snow fencing depends on the size of the contaminated area.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Co vering lightly oiled snow with a thin layer of ice is a viable option only when air temperatures permit.

• A “Y” valve may be used to operated two nozzles at the same time.

• A fire truck can be used to replace the equipment systems identified above since the fire truck contains the water

source and spray equipment. Personnel, mobe time, and deploy time would remain the same. 

## SUPPORT EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Tioga Heater All Support heavy equipment > 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally. 1 hr 0.5 hr 

### WIND



### TOTAL STAFF 4 **to 6** * EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Water Truck All Water source 1 2 2 hr 0.5 hr Upright Tank (400 bbl) KRU, Alpine Water source 1 2 2 hr 1 hr Ice Auger (when appropriate) WOA, EOA, KRU, ACS, Endicott, Alpine Water source 1 2 1 hr 0 Trash Pump (2-inch) All Spraying system 1
2 1 hr 1 hr Suction Hose (2-inch) All Spraying system > 20 ft 2 hr 1 hr Discharge Hose

(1- or 2-inch) All Spraying system > 50 ft 1 hr 1 hr Spray Nozzle ACS Spraying system > 1 1 hr 1 hr 

### or or

*If an ice auger is used to obtain water from a surface water source, 2 staff are needed to operate the auger.**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC C-19 **Containment Light Layer of Oil on Snow using Snow Fence (Page 1 of 2) Containment Light Layer of Oil on Snow using Snow Fence (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC C-19

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

### A snow fence can be erected on the downwind side of lightly oiled snow to keep the wind from spreading the con
taminated snow before being recovered. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• A temporary snow fence can be as long as needed to effect containment. The fence should be placed far enough

downwind of the spill to collect drifting and migrating oiled snow. The fence should be at least 4 ft high, but can be made up to 8 ft high by double-stacking ACS’ plastic 4-ft fence. The fencing itself should have at least 50% porosity. Tighten the fence as much as possible, and use T-posts, rebar, or survey lath for temporary fence posts.

• This tactic is based on information from Controlling Blowing and Drifting Snow with Snow Fences and Road Design.

Prepared by Ronald D. Tabler, Tabler and Associates, Niwot, CO, for the National Cooperative Highway Research Program, Transportation Research Board of the National Academy. August 2003. 

## SUPPORT
EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Snow machine, Kabota, or other ATV with trailer All for snow machine and other ATV; ACS for Kabota Haul equipment Varies 2 0.5 hr Varies 

### WIND EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Snow Fencing ACS Containment Varies

> 2* 2 hr Varies T-Post Driver ACS Support fence Varies

T-Posts ACS Support fence Varies Wire Ties ACS Support fence Varies 

### *The number of staff to erect snow fencing depends on the size of the contaminated area.**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/07 

# TACTIC R-1 **Mechanical Recovery of LIghtly Oiled Snow (Page 1 of 2) Mechanical Recovery of LIghtly Oiled Snow (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-1

Snow provides a good sorbent material for oil and forms a mulch-like mixture that is easily removed with heavy equipment such as front-end loaders and dump trucks. A Challenger and front-end loader pile the snow, and then a loader loads it into dump trucks on nearby gravel pads, roads, or ice roads. After a loader has filled a truck, the truck hauls the oiled snow off for disposal. A Bobcat would replace the front-end loader in hard-to-reach or tight quarters. If nearby heavily oiled snow needs blending to ease recovery, then loaders and dozers may be used to push the lightly oiled snow into the heavily oiled snow area. Mixing the lightly oiled snow with the heavily oiled snow would generate less waste. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL Challenger Loader Dump Truck 

## SUPPORT

**CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING**

• One cubic yard of lightly oiled snow contains 0.3 bbl of oil. Snowmelters can typically handle 30 cubic yd of lightly

oiled snow per hour.

• A Challenger can b uild an initial snow berm around the largest tank spill on the Slope within an hour.

• A front-end loader with an 8-cubic-yd snow bucket can move 500 cubic yd of snow in an hour and fill a dump

truck in 10 minutes. See Tactic L-6, Table 9A, for capacities of dump trucks available on the North Slope.

• F ollowing is an example of recovery of lightly oiled snow for one 20-cubic-yd dump truck, with 2 miles between

load and unload points:



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• This tactic is limited to oiled snow with no free liquids. Collect the top 6 inches of snow into piles for recovery. If

snow cover is light or the snow will be used for blending, collect all of the snow.

• When w orking with equipment around or near flowlines, add a spotter to each front-end loader and Challenger.

• An ice road allo ws dump trucks into recovery sites on tundra. 

### Dump Truck Recovery Rate =



## T

c = Truck Capacity 

## L t = Load Time (10 min or 0.17 hr) 

## U

t = Unload Time (5 min or 0.08 hr) 

## T

t = Travel Time 

# ( ) Where: 

## T c L t + T t + U t 20 cubic yd 0.17 hr + 

# ( ) + 0.08 hr = 55 cubic yd/hr 2 mi * 2 35 mph

miles to disposal * 2 35 mph = (or 16.5 bbl/hr)

The ratio of dump trucks to loaders to fill trucks without delay = 1 / (0.17 hr + 0.114 hr + 0.08 hr) = 1 / (0.364) = 2.7 trucks per loader. **SNOW SORPTIVE CAPACITY (% by Volume after Sample Melt)** **OIL CONTENT (Percent)**

**TIME AFTER SPILL (Days)**

**PRUDHOE BAY CRUDE OIL**

**DIESEL OIL**

**0 1 2 3 4 5 6 20**  **40 60**  **80 100** 

**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). *Alpine and Western Geo have 1 Challenger with blade and Caribou Construction has 6. Western Geo’s and Caribou’s Challengers are normally out with seismic crews in winter and will not be available for at least 24 hours. **Number of dump trucks depends on distance to disposal area. 

### TOTAL STAFF **> 5 (includes 1 spotter that works**  **with equipment to pr otect tundra)**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Challenger Dozer KRU, EOA, Alpine, Western Geophysical, and Caribou Construction* Piling oiled snow 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Front-End Loader All Transfer oiled snow into dump trucks 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Dump Trucks KRU, WOA, EOA, Peak, AIC, VECO, Alpine Transfer oiled snow to disposal site > 2** > 2 1 hr 0.5 hr EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transport Challenger 1 1 driver 1 hr 0 Tioga Heaters All Heat > 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr

Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support heavy equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plants All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally. 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-1A **Use of Snow Blower to Remove Lightly Misted Snow (Page 1 of 2) Use of Snow Blower to Remove Lightly Misted Snow (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-1A

Lightly misted snow can be cleaned up using a snow blower and snow machine with trailer. The snow can be cleaned up either directly off of the ground or by using brooms to sweep oiled snow into windrows for more effective recovery. Once the trailer is full, it is transferred by snow machine to a front-end loader on the gravel pad or road. The loader then transfers the snow into dump trucks on the pad or road.


## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Cre w size consists of two sweepers, a snow blower operator, and a snow machine operator. The number of

crews will not exceed the number of snow blowers available.

**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• This tactic is limited to oiled sno w with no free liquids.

• The n umber of crews on the spill depends on the size of the spill.

• Lightly oiled sno w may be blended with heavily oiled snow in the area to enhance recovery.

• W arm-up areas are needed for responders. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• See Tactic L-6, Table 9A, for capacities of dump trucks available on the North Slope.

• Sno w machine trailers have a 1/2 cubic yd capacity.

• Sno wmelters typically handle 30 cubic yd of lightly oiled now per hour, providing 30 bbl/hr of water, plus the oil. 

## SUPPORT

**TOTAL STAFF >**  **7** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Shovels and Brooms All Recovery Variable
— 0.5 hr

0.5 hr Snow Machine with Trailer All Transfer 3 3 1 hr Snow Blower ACS, Badami, Northstar, Alpine Recovery 1 1 1 hr
Front-End Loader

(8-cubic-yd) All Transfer 1 1 1 hr Dump Truck KRU, EOA, WOA, VECO, Peak, AIC, Alpine Transfer > 2 > 2 1 hr EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally 1 hr
0.5 hr Heater All Heat 1 1 for initial setup 1 hr Fuel Trailer All (except END) Fuel 1 1 for initial setup 1 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/07 

# TACTIC R-2 **Manual Recovery of LIghtly Oiled Snow (Page 1 of 2) Manual Recovery of LIghtly Oiled Snow (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-2

Broom and shovel the oiled snow into piles. The piles are then transferred with shovels to garbage cans, totes, or similar containers. Once a container is full, it is transferred with a snow machine or Argo to a front-end loader near the gravel pad or road. The loader then transfers the snow into dump trucks on the pad or road.


## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Cre w size consists of six shovelers, and the number of crews varies with the size of the spill. 

## SUPPORT

**CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING**

• See Tactic L-6, Table 9A, for capacities of dump trucks available on the North Slope.

• With 6 workers, this technique can recover 30 cubic yd of snow in 10 hours (10 hours worked in a 12-hour

shift), depending on weather and terrain. In cold weather a typical 12-hr work shift provides 8 labor hours from a shoveler. Because lightly oiled snow contains 0.3 bbl of oil per cubic yd of snow, one crew of 6 can recover 9 bbl of oil in 10 hours, or 0.9 bbl/hr oil.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• This tactic is limited to oiled sno w with no free liquids.

• When w orking with equipment around or near flowlines, add a spotter to each front-end loader and Challenger.

• Man ual recovery is the preferred technique when working in tight areas, when the ground is too rough for equipment,

or there is insufficient snow cover for equipment.

• The n umber of crews on the spill depends on the size of the spill.

• The lightly oiled sno w may be blended with heavily oiled snow in the area.

• Sno wmelters typically handle 30 cubic yd of lightly oiled snow per hour, providing 14.5 bbl/hr of water, plus the oil.

• W arm-up areas are needed for responders. 30 cubic yd snow 1 cubic yd water 10 cubic yards snow 3 cubic yd liquids 30 cubic yd snow x = 3 cubic yd liquids

= 14.5 bbl liquids

≈ 2 cubic yd snow per bbl of liquids x
14.5 bbl liquids 27 cubic ft 1 cubic yd x 1 bbl 5.6 cubic ft **SNOW SORPTIVE CAPACITY (% by Volume after Sample Melt)** **OIL CONTENT (Percent)**

**TIME AFTER SPILL (Days)**

**PRUDHOE BAY CRUDE OIL**

**DIESEL OIL**

**0 1 2 3 4 5 6 20**  **40 60**  **80 100** 

**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

### TOTAL STAFF 11 (10 if dump-truck **operator loads truc k)**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Shovels and Brooms All Recovery 6 6 0.5 hr

0.5 hr Snow Machine or Argo Snow machines: All Argos: ACS, WOA, KRU Transfer 3 3 1 hr Front-End Loader

(8-cubic-yd) All Transfer 1 1 1 hr Dump Truck KRU, EOA, WOA, Peak, AIC, VECO, Alpine Transfer 1 1 1 hr EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally. 1 hr 0.5 hr
Heater All Heat 1 1 initial 1 hr 0.5 hr Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-3 **Recovery of Oil-Saturated Snow (Page 1 of 2) Recovery of Oil-Saturated Snow (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-3

**EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

• A dump truck requires one operator. Personnel numbers deploying and collecting sorbents vary with the size and

configuration of the spill. Personnel typically work in pairs for sorbent deployment and recovery. Snow provides a good sorbent material for oil and forms a mulch-like mixture that is easily removed with heavy equipment such as front-end loaders and dump trucks. A Bobcat replaces the front-end loader in hard-to-reach or tight quarters. Access the oiled snow with dozers and loaders, pile the snow with the dozers, and then load it into dump trucks located on nearby gravel pads, roads, or ice roads. After a front-end loader has filled a truck, the truck hauls the oiled snow off for disposal, typically to snowmelters in lined pits. If heavily oiled snow needs blending to ease recovery, loaders and dozers push nearby lightly oiled snow into the heavily oiled snow area for recovery. Clean snow can also be used for blending. Oil in areas inaccessible by vacuum trucks or heavy equipment is recovered with sorbents and manual labor. The sorbents are collected in totes, garbage cans, or bags and transferred with snow machine, Argos, or pickup truck to a front-end loader, which transfer the waste into a dump truck for removal and disposal. Sorbents must be placed in oily waste bags and then put in an oily waste dumpster. 

## Challenger Loader To Storage or Disposal

Bobcat Dump Truck

• This tactic is limited to oiled snow with no free liquids. Otherwise, lined or leak-proof dump trucks may be used.

• If the oiled snow is too saturated for handling, blend lightly oiled

snow or clean snow with it, or use Tactic R-6.

• If delivery of snow exceeds snowmelter capacity, the snow can

be contained in lined pits until it is processed. Existing lined pits, upright tanks, or dry ponds can be used, when available, to store snow; otherwise temporary lined pits can be constructed as nec essary.

• If the dump trucks cannot access the oiled area, build an ice road

to keep the loaders from traveling too far.

• A fter removal of free oil, oiled snow, and after flushing, contain and

monitor the area until breakup. Insulate ice roads or ice berms to provide containment during breakup, when the oil can be removed with direct suction, portable skimmers, or burning. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• A front-end loader with an 8-cubic-yd snow bucket can fill a dump truck in 10 minutes and move 500 cubic yd of

snow per hour. The dump trucks available on the Slope typically have 10-, 20-, or 25-cubic-yd capacity. Because the front-end loaders fill dump trucks as fast as they pull into position, dump trucks are the bottleneck.

• Hea vily oiled snow may contain up to 100 gal of oil per cubic yd at 3.7 gal of oil per cubic ft of snow. A snowmelter

at 70 bbl/hr of resulting oil can handle approximately 30 cubic yd of heavily oiled snow per hour.

• One cubic y ard of oil-saturated snow contains up to 2.4 bbl of oil.

• See Tactic L-6, Table 9A, for capacities of dump trucks available on the North Slope.

• F ollowing is an example of recovery of oiled snow for one 20-cubic-yd dump unit: 

## SUPPORT

Dump Truck Recovery =



### T

c = Truck Capacity 

### L t = Load Time (10 min or 0.17 hr) 

### U

t = Unload Time (5 min or 0.08 hr) 

### T t = Travel Time 

# ( ) Example: 

### T c L t + T t + U t 20 cubic yd 0.17 hr + 

# ( ) + 0.08 hr = 55 cubic yd/hr 2 mi * 2 35 mph
miles to disposal * 2 35 mph =

**SNOW SORPTIVE CAPACITY (% by Volume after Sample Melt)** **OIL CONTENT (Percent)**

**TIME AFTER SPILL (Days)**

**PRUDHOE BAY CRUDE OIL**

**DIESEL OIL**

**0 1 2 3 4 5 6 20**  **40 60**  **80 100** 

*Alpine and Western Geo have 1 Challenger with blade and Caribou Construction has 6. Western Geo’s and Caribou’s Challengers are normally out with seismic crews in winter and will not be available for at least 24 hours. 

### or

**TOTAL STAFF 11 (includes 1 spotter that works with equipment to pr**  **otect tundra)** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Challenger

Dozer KRU, EOA, Alpine, Western Geophysical, and Caribou Construction* Piling oiled snow 1 1 1 hr

0.5 hr Front-End

Loader All Transfer oiled snow into dump trucks 1 1 1 hr
Bobcat ACS, EOA, KRU, Alpine Transfer oiled snow to loaders 1 1 1 hr Dump Trucks KRU, WOA, EOA, Peak, AIC, Alpine Transfer oiled snow to disposal site 2 2 1 hr Snowmelters EOA, APC, Alpine Melt snow 2 8 2 hr

Sorbents All Recovery Variable Variable 0.5 hr EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transport Challenger 1 1 driver 1 hr 0 Tioga Heaters All Support heavy equipment > 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr

Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plant All Illumination Variable 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally. 1 hr 0.5 hr



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-4 **Flushing of Oil on Tundra Surface (Page 1 of 2) Flushing of Oil on Tundra Surface (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-4

I n s p r i n g o r fa l l , f l u s h i n g i s u s e d t o c o n c e n t ra t e o i l i n t o p i t s o r t r e n c h e s, w h e r e the oil is collected with direct suction using a Manta Ray skimmer head, sorbents, or a portable skimming system. The pits or trenches are constructed by cutting slots in ice, utilizing natural depressions, digging into tundra or gravel with a backhoe or Bobcat, or by augmenting a depression or pit with sandbags and Shore Seal boom (see Tactic C-4). Shore Seal boom is particularly effective when frozen in place. Constructed pits or trenches are lined with Visqueen or similar plastic sheeting. The water source for the flushing unit is either a water truck or an auger hole in the ice of a nearby lake. Flushing usually occurs after pooled areas and contaminated snow have been removed.The flush should consist of high-volume, low-energy flushing with water less than 106°F. This is essentially a mopup technique after the majority of oil and oiled snow has been removed. See Tactic R-7 for recovery of concentrated oil. 

## Berm

Trench Oil and Water Water Water Truck

Water Truck

Shore Seal Boom 

## FLOATING OIL WITHIN SHORE SEAL BOOM **EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

• The n umber of staff to deploy sandbags depends on the size of the constructed concentration area.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Flushing is a viable option only when air temperatures permit. Warm water (no more than 106°F) is preferred for

flushing.

• Flushing works on oil contained on and in the surface of tundra, gravel, and ice, and is particularly effective on

ice. The tundra can be damaged if it thaws; don’t flush the same area more than 2 or 3 times and don’t suck the tundra dry. Also, stay off the tundra that’s being flushed.

• P ersonnel or small equipment should traverse the tundra on plywood sheets.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• 2-inch tr ash pump operates at 312 bbl/hr nameplate capacity.

• Reco very capacity depends on the nature of the spill, the size of the concentration area, and terrain features.

• F or recovery rates from the pits or trenches, see recovery rates for portable skimmers and/or vacuum trucks. 

## SUPPORT or

**TOTAL STAFF 2** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Water Truck All Water source 1 2 2 hr 0.5 hr Upright Tank (400 bbl) KRU, Alpine Water source 1 2 2 hr 1 hr Ice Auger WOA, EOA, KRU, ACS, Endicott, Alpine Water source 1 1hr 0 Trash Pump (2-inch) All Flushing of oil 1 1 hr 1 hr Suction Hose (2-inch) All Flushing of oil > 20 ft — 2 hr 1 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Flushing of oil > 50 ft — 1 hr 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Tioga Heater All Support heavy equipment > 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr

Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally. 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-5 **Recovery of Embedded Oil (Page 1 of 2) Recovery of Embedded Oil (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-5

A trimmer is used to recover oil embedded in the surface of a frozen pad or ice. A trimmer uses a rotary blade system to chop and collect the surface material at varying depths. The worked-over material is collected with a front-end loader and transferred to a dump truck. A scratcher is used to break up frozen gravel or ice in areas where a trimmer cannot reach. A scratcher is a fork attachment for a front-end loader which can reach areas in tight quarters. A Super Sucker may also be used to remove a thin top layer. Where the embedded oil is not recovered, the area is stabilized and the perimeter bermed and sealed, and moni tored until breakup. Breakup is accelerated in the contained area by placing a layer of black Visqueen over it. The Visqueen is lifted as necessary, and the pools of oil removed with direct suction, portable skimmers, or burning. 

### Gravel Pad Trimmer Loader Dump Truck 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• A trimmer is preferred over a backhoe to remove frozen gravel. When gravel is loose enough, a backhoe or frontend loader may be used.

• Remo val of oil embedded in tundra can be achieved by removing the tundra or burning it out with weed burners.

Alternatively, the tundra can be contained and monitored until breakup when oil melts out, allowing recovery with direct suction, portable skimmers, or burning.

• A civil w ork permit from the operator is required for work on a pad. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• A front-end loader with an 8-cubic-yd snow bucket can fill a dump truck in 10 minutes. The average dump truck

available on the Slope has a 20-cubic-yd capacity.

• See Tactic L-6, Table 9A, for capacities of dump trucks available on the North Slope.

• One cubic y ard of oiled gravel contains 0.125 bbl of oil.

• A Super Sucker uses an 8-inch hose and can recover 14 cubic yd of gravel in one hour. The storage capacity of

a Super Sucker is 65 bbl or 14 cubic yd. A Super Sucker can also be reduced to 6-inch, 4-inch, or 2-inch hose, and “Ys” allow the use of more than one hose.

• The speed of a trimmer operation depends on many variables, including depth of contamination, hardness of

surface, and size of trimmer. 

## SUPPORT or

or
or
or

**TOTAL STAFF >**  **4** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Trimmer (loader-mounted, 10 ft wide) APC, Peak Recovery of frozen surface material 1 1 2 hr 0.5 hr

Trimmer (Bobcat-mounted, 2 ft wide) ACS, KRU, Alpine Recovery of frozen surface material 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Front-End Loader w/Scratcher and Bucket All Transfer oiled snow into dump trucks 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Backhoe EOA, WOA, KRU, Peak, AIC, APC, Alpine Recovery of frozen surface material 1 1 2 hr 0.5 hr Super Sucker Peak, APC, Veco, Alpine Recovery of frozen surface material 1 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Dump Trucks WOA, EOA, KRU, Peak, AIC, Alpine Transfer oiled snow to disposal site > 2 > 2 1 hr 0.5 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transport heavy equipment 1 1 driver 1 hr 0 Tioga Heaters All Support heavy equipment > 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr

Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plants All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally. 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-6 **Recovery by Direct Suction (Page 1 of 2) Recovery by Direct Suction (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-6

**EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL** For spills off pad or road, a vacuum truck can effectively reach out 200 feet. If the oil is pooled on water, a Manta Ray skimmer head is attached to the hose extending from the vacuum truck. The hose or skimmer head is placed in the pooled oil for recovery. SRT staff man the hose or skimmer head and move it to other pooled areas as necessary. A Super Sucker can also be used for direct suction. DOP pumps or 4-inch trash pumps can also be used for this task since they can move oil more than 200 feet, and could either pump the pooled oil into vacuum trucks on a pad/road, into holding tanks, or into the slop oil tank at a nearby production facility. Free oil can be recovered from any pooled area including natural depressions, barriers, constructed trenches, or containment dikes. 

### Manta Ray Skimmer Vacuum Truck

Suction Hose Oil



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• V acuum trucks provide efficient spill recovery, unless vehicle access is prohibited or not possible, the spill is unpumpable (highly viscous, cold or weathered), the spill is in a thin layer, or debris will clog the recovery line.

• Identify the disposal f acility to be used before calling out a vacuum truck.

• Viscous liquids accessible within 200 ft by a vacuum truck are recovered with direct suction of that vacuum truck.

Access could be made available to areas in the winter with ice roads. Pooled areas could be in natural depressions or in constructed trenches.

• V acuum trucks can access pooled diesel up to 400 ft away from the truck.

• Use of Manta Ra y skimmers with vacuum trucks decreases recovery capacity.

• Super Suckers are available to remove liquids with solids that vacuum trucks cannot handle. See Tactic R-5 for

more details.

• With a tr ash pump, the suction head must be completely submerged.

• Since a DOP pump is submersib le, oil must be deep enough for effective pumping.

• The amount of oil will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., Coliwasa tube). Emulsion

samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## RECOVERY CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING **SUPPORT**

T

c = Vac Truck Capacity (bbl) 

### S t = Suction Rate = 150 bbl/hr of oil in winter; 200 bbl/hr of oil in summer (and for diesel) 

### Example of ORR for a 300 bbl vac truck: Time = 

# ( ) + 2 

# ( ) T

c S r



### 300 bbl 150 bph 10 mi * 2 35 mph miles to disposal * 2 35 mph 

### ORR = 

# ( ) Vac Truck Capacity Time



### ORR = 

# ( ) = 65 bph 300 bbl 4.6 hr 

### T = 

# ( ) + 2 

# ( ) = 4.6 hr 

### • The typical suction rate for liquids by a vacuum truck is 200 bbl/hr in the summer and 150 bbl/hr in the winter. The

typical suction rate for pooled diesel remains at 200 bbl/hr year round. (Vacuum truck recovery rate is reduced to about 34 bbl/hr if a Manta Ray skimmer is used.)

• V acuum truck recovery of pooled oil with one unit equals:

**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

### or or

**TOTAL STAFF >**  **3** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Vacuum Truck All Direct suction 1 2 1 hr 0.5 hr DOP Pump w/Power Pack ACS Direct suction 1 2 1 hr 0.5 hr

Trash Pump (4-inch) ACS, EOA, WOA, Alpine Direct suction 1 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Suction Hose (4-inch) ACS, WOA, Alpine Transfer > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr 0 Discharge Hose (4-inch) ACS, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transfer > 50 ft

— 1 hr 0 Manta Ray Skimmer Head (optional) WOA, EOA, KRU, ACS,MPU, Alpine Direct suction 1
— 0.5 hr 0 Upright Tank

(400 bbl) KRU, Alpine Store fluids 1 1 initial 2 hr 1 hr EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Tioga Heater All Support heavy equipment > 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr

Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support heavy equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally. 1 hr 0.5 hr

PUMP CATEGORY MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE CAPACITY (BBL/HR) ACS DISCHARGE HOSE TEST (9/97) WITH 4" TRASH PUMP AND 2,000' OF 6" DISCHARGE HOSE Gorman Rupp 4" Trash Pump 1,074 690 DOP 250 Pump 628 N/A

Manta Ray 34 N/A**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-7 **Recovery From Pit or Trench (Page 1 of 2) Recovery From Pit or Trench (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-7

Manta Ray Skimmer Vac Truck

Oil

Trench Submersible Pump

Power Pack Fast Tank

An excavated trench is used to intercept the flow of a spill or diver t the flow around a sensitive area (see Tactic C-4). Dig the trench at right angles to the flow of the spill. The trench should be angled slightly downslope (in the direction of surface flow) to avoid excessive pooling in the trench. Place excavated material on the downhill side of the trench. In areas with a low water table, line the sides and bot
tom of the trench with plastic sheeting or similar impermeable materials. Where the groundwater table is high, line the downhill side of the trench. The trench can be flooded with water to inhibit spill penetration into sediments and to stimulate flow toward the recovery device in the trench or pit. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Disposal of constr uction material should be taken into account before using this tactic.
• Do not excavate an interception trench in an area where the excavation will cause more damage than the spill

itself. Before excavating in tundra, check for the presence of groundwater or permafrost. Do not excavate into frost-laden (cemented) soils, since disruption of the permafrost could accelerate thermal erosion. The depth of the trench is limited by the depth of the permafrost.
• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.
• On pads , check for buried pipe and/or cables prior to excavation. Obtain a civil work permit from the operator.
• The amount of oil will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., Coliwasa tube). Emulsion

samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## SUPPORT

**RECOVERY CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING**

• V acuum truck recovery rate: 200 bbl/hr, 150 bbl/hr winter (reduced to 34 bbl/hr if a Manta Ray skimmer is used with the vacuum truck). Remains at 200 bbl/hr year-round for pooled diesel.
• 3-inch tr ash pump: 485 bbl/hr nameplate
• 3-inch diaphr agm pump: 114 bbl/hr nameplate
• DOP 250 pump: 628 bbl/hr nameplate
• 2-inch per istaltic pump: 163 bbl/hr nameplate or or or or or

**TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 4 (2 if onl**  **y vacuum truck used) TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 2**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Vacuum Truck All Recovery 1 2 1 hr 0.5 hr DOP 250 Pump w/Power Pack ACS Recovery 1 2 1 hr

1 hr Peristaltic Pump (2-inch) ACS, Alpine Recovery 1 2 1 hr

Trash Pump (3-inch) All Recovery 1 2 1 hr

Diaphragm Pump (3-inch) All (ACS, MPU, Alpine have diesel) Recovery 1 2 1 hr
TransVac ACS, WOA Recovery 1 2 2 hr Fastank or Fold-a-Tank All Storage 1 2 for setup 1 hr Suction Hose (2-inch) All Transfer > 20 ft

— 2 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Transfer > 20 ft

— 2 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Transfer > 50 ft 2 for setup 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and

fuel occasionally 1 hr 0.5 hr

Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Haul backhoe 1 1 1 hr 0

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC R-8 **Use of Portable Skimmers with Pumps (River and Lake) (Page 1 of 2) Use of Portable Skimmers with Pumps (River and Lake) (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-8

Portable skimmers are easily mobilized, transported, and deployed and can be used in most spill situations for recovery. They can be used to recover oil from containment areas such as the apex of a diversion boom or natural or artificial deadarms. The typical portable skimming system includes:

• Skimmer , pump, or skimmer/pump (with fuel) with power pack
• Hose (suction and discharge with fittings)
• Stor age container (tank truck, storage bladder, barrels, Fastank, etc.) Portable skimmers can be deployed on land or from small boats to recover oil contained on water. A weir skimmer has a “lip” or weir at its intake over which liquids flow into the skimmer pump. The user can adjust the working depth of the weir. Weir skimmers will pick up any product on water, including emulsified and weathered product; however, they recover more water than oil in thin oil layers. (Avoid using a centrifugal pump since emulsi
fication will occur; use a diaphragm pump instead.) Oil adheres to an oleophilic skimmer, while water is repelled. These skimmers include rotating disks, rotating drums, or endless belts (including rope mop). Brush and rope mop skimmers can be effective in any oil thickness, while disk and drum skimmers require fresh oil. (Any pump can be used as long as the pump rate can be adjusted so as not to exceed the recovery rate of the skimmer.) **Moderate Current**

**Trench hose**  **Fastank Skimmer**  **Power Pack Deadman**  

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• P ortable skimmers are initially used to pick up concentrations of oil, then are used in containment areas. The

skimmers can be land-based or deployed from boats, and require power packs (a jon boat can be used for the power pack). When requesting a skimmer, always ask for the total skimming system.

• The only diff erences in equipment or techniques for road access or no road access are logistical in nature.

• P osition the skimmer or pump with suction hose in area of heaviest spill concentration. Make sure intake end of

hose is fitted with a screen. Use a diaphragm pump (not a centrifugal pump) with a weir skimmer. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• See Tactic L-6, page 3 of 8, for a list of portable skimmers and their nameplate capacities.

• The table below identifies the efficiency multiplier for derating the nameplate capacity of skimmers for planning

purposes. 

## SUPPORT

• F old-A-Tank, bladders, Fastanks, Rolligon with tank, mini-barge possible. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• T ypically, portable skimmers require 2 persons for setup and 1 or 2 to operate.

SKIMMER EFFICIENCY MULTIPLIER DERATED CAPACITY Weir 0.2 Nameplate x 0.2 Oleophilic 0.2 Nameplate x 0.2 Vikoma 30K and Morris MI-30 N/A 10 bbl/hr Foxtail 0.3 Nameplate pump capacity x 0.3 Lori LSC 0.8 217 bbl/hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC R-9 **Use of Sorbents (Page 1 of 2) Use of Sorbents (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-9

**EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

• P ersonnel requirements depend on the nature and area of oil contamination. Personnel typically work in pairs for

sorbent deployment and recovery. Additional personnel are required for loaders, dump trucks, vessel, etc. **WIND** 

# Sorbent Fences at Breakup

**Contaminated Area**

**Sorbent Material Fence** 

Sorbent pads and rolls can be used onshore to remove small pools of liquid or oil layers on rocks or man-made structures. If the spill is at the shoreline, sorbent boom can be deployed and backed up with conventional contain
ment boom as necessary to keep the oil from drifting away. Sorbents can be used with Shore Seal boom or fences to create an oil absorbent barrier. Place oiled sorbents in plastic bags marked “oily waste” for removal and disposal. Larger quantities can be placed in barrels or debris boxes. Minimize the amount of sorbent material used. Oily sorbent bags must be placed in oily waste dumpsters. 

## USE OF SORBENT FENCE

**CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING**

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• Use of sorbents should be minimiz ed because of disposal problem.

• Sorbent wr ingers can be used to extend the life of sorbents.

• Do not use P om Poms in conjunction with pumping.

• Sorbents work well on fresh crude, light refined oils, and thick sheens, but are only partially effective on solidified

or weathered oil, highly viscous oil, very thin sheens, or emulsified oil. Sorbent products are ineffective unless all layers become saturated when in contact with spilled product. Use sorbent boom when overland flow is minor, and terrain has low slope or is wetland.

• Ha y bales could be deployed in place of or in conjunction with sorbent material. 

## SUPPORT

• Suppor t equipment may include heavy-duty plastic bags and liners, shovels, rakes, poles with gripping claws,

pitchforks with wire mesh, and heavy equipment.

**TYPICAL OIL HOLDING CAPACITIES (For Fibrous Polypropylene Sorbents**  **with Medium-Grade Crude Oil) ESTIMATED RECOVERABLE VOLUME OF OIL** **(Gallons/Bale of Sorbent)**

**PERCENT SATURATION NOTE:**  Assume one-time use and 15:1 (oil to sorbent by weight) ratio, or approximately 2-gal/lb of sorbent.*

* Ratio of oil weight to sorbent weight at saturation may be as low as 10:1 for light oils (e.g., avgas, JP-4, and gasoline) and greater than 20:1 for heavy lube oils and Bunker C. **Approximate Weight**  **Sorbent Type Dimensions Units/Bale (Pounds/Bale)** (A) Rolls 3/8" x 36" x 150' 1 Roll 38 (B) Sweeps 3/8" x 19" x 100' 1 Sweep 15 (C) Sheets 3/16" x 18" x 18" 200 Sheets 18 (D) Sheets 3/8" x 18" x 18" 100 Sheets 18 (E) Sheets 3/8" x 36" x 36" 50 Sheets 38 (F) Particulate

— 1 Bag 25 (G) Pillows 5" x 14" x 25" 10 Pillows 23 (H) Booms 8" Diam. x 10' Long 4 Booms 44 (I) Double Booms 5" Diam. x 10' Long 4 Double 28 Booms THIN OIL

FILMS (Only Surface Coating of Sorbent)

THICK OIL LAYERS (Good Penetration of Sorbent) SORBENT TYPE (H) (A) (E)

(I) (F) (G) (C) (D)

(B)

0 25 50 75 100 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 **COMMON SORBENT PACKAGING CHARACTERISTICS (For Fibrous Polypropylene Products)** 

**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION Sorbent Boom (8 inch) All Double Sorbent Boom (8 inch) ACS Sorbent Boom (4 inch) All Double Sorbent Boom (4 inch) ACS

Sorbent Pads (18 x 18 inch) All Sorbent Sweeps (18 x 18 inch) All

Sorbent Pads (36 x 36 inch) All Sorbent Roll (36 inch x 150 ft) All Pom Poms ACS, WOA EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Rakes All Recovery > 1 1 per 1 hr 0 Pitchforks w/Screen All Recovery > 1 1 per 1 hr 0 Shovels All Recovery > 1 1 per 1 hr 0 Oily Waste Bags All Disposal > 1 Box
— 1 hr 0 Fencing Material ACS Containment Variable 2 1 hr 2 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC R-10 **Fairchild Gate Weir Collection System (Page 1 of 2) Fairchild Gate Weir Collection System (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-10

**Moderate Current Slow Current** 

Deadman Trench

Weir Decant Pump Vacuum Truck

The Fairchild gate weir provides a closable opening for an existing storage trench or deadarm along a river bank. Oil moving on the river is deflected so that it enters the recovery weir into the storage area, and the liquid flow can be controlled as necessary. A 3- or 4-inch trash pump is used to decant fluids back upstream into the boomed area. This will allow for greater storage capacity in the trench area. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select vessels and boom according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). Specific

personnel requirements depend on the length and type of boom and the nature of the area.

• Equipment and personnel required to set up and maintain boom are listed in the applicab le containment tactic.



## SUPPORT

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Use an e xisting trench or deadarm. If necessary, dig a new one or modify an existing one.

• Disposal of constr uction material should be taken into account before using this tactic.

• D o not excavate where excavation will cause more damage than the spill. Before excavating in tundra, check for the

presence of groundwater or permafrost. Do not excavate into frost-laden (cemented) soils, since disruption of the permafrost could accelerate thermal erosion. The depth of the trench is limited by the depth of the permafrost.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• The amount of oil will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., Coliwasa tube). Emulsion

samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Gor man Rupp 4-inch trash pump = 1,074 bbl/hr nameplate

• The typical suction rate for liquids by a vacuum truck is 200 bbl/hr in the summer and 150 bbl/hr in the winter. The

typical suction rate for pooled diesel remains at 200 bbl/hr year round. (Vacuum truck recovery rate is reduced to 34 bbl/hr if a Manta Ray skimmer is used.)

• F or planning purposes, 80% of the liquid passing over the gate is oil and 20% is free water. The responder adjusts

the moveable gate to maximize oil flow into the containment area and minimize water flow through the weir. Weir 

### TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP **7 TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 5**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Backhoe EOA, WOA, KRU, Peak, APC, AIC, Alpine Trenching 1 1 2 hr

3 hr Vacuum Truck (300-bbl) All Recovery 1 1 1 hr Fairchild Weir KRU Recovery 1 2 1 hr Trash Pump (4-inch) ACS, WOA, EOA, Alpine Decanting 1 1 1 hr Suction Hose (4-inch) ACS, WOA, Alpine Liquid transfer > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr Discharge Hose (4-inch) ACS, WOA, KRU, Alpine Liquid transfer > 50 ft

— 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Avgas Trailer ACS, GPB, KRU, Badami, Alpine Airboat fuel 1 1 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr
Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-11 **Decanting Separated Water in River (Page 1 of 2) Decanting Separated Water in River (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-11

Skimmer

River Boom Hose Decanting Water Fastank

Fastank **Moderate Current** 

## Power Pack Trash Pump Diaphragm Pump

When oil is being skimmed from the water surface, it is likely that considerable volumes of water will be recovered as well. Decanting excess water from oily water storage is an important tool to reduce the volume of oil water that must be taken for disposal. Oily water is pumped to a primary storage tank such as a Fastank or larger tanks. As the water separates, it can be pumped back into the containment area on the water. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Equipment and personnel required to set up and maintain boom are listed in the applicab le containment tactic.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Gr avity flow is the best method for decanting water from a tank.

• Ensure decanting oper ation is constantly monitored to ensure only water is decanted.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• Consider use of v alves on discharge hoses.

• The amount of oil will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., Coliwasa tube). Emulsion

samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## RECOVERY CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• 3-inch diaphr agm pump = 114 bbl/hr nameplate.

• 3-inch tr ash pump = 485 bbl/hr nameplate. **NOTE:** This illustration depicts a typical deployment for this tactic. See Tactic R-8 for recovery equipment.

**TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 5**  **TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 3** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Diaphragm Pump (3-inch) All (ACS, MPU, Alpine have diesel) Transfer 1 1 1 hr

0.5 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Transfer > 20 ft — 1 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Transfer > 50 ft 2 for setup 1 hr

Trash Pump (2-inch) All Decanting 1 1 1 hr Fastank All Temporary storage 2 2 for setup 1 hr Suction Hose (2-inch) All Decanting > 20 ft 1 1 hr Discharge Hose (2-inch) All Decanting > 50 ft 1 1 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-12 **Aggressive Breakup in River (Page 1 of 2) Aggressive Breakup in River (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-12

Tactical options are limited during the aggressive river breakup period when currents are strong from bank to bank, large pieces of ice are flowing in the river, and it is not safe to deploy airboats or other vessels. Personnel will not be placed at risk to deploy any containment or recovery equipment in the river channel. The overall strategy is to go downstream from the point where the spill is entering the water to look for mechanical recovery or burn opportunities in quiet-water areas along the stream banks where boom could be deployed. The Heli-torch can be used to ignite inaccessible oil pockets, while skimmers and pumps or vacuum trucks can be used where road access is available.

**Swift Current** Oil Streamers **Skimming Area(s) Aggressive Breakup** 

Ice
Tundra 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Oil will tend to be natur ally dispersed by the water’s turbulence and by adherence to silt and sinking.

• T wo people are needed to mix gelled fuel for the Heli-torch and to attach it to the helicopter.

• Batch mix er can be used for mixing large amounts of gelled fuel for Heli-torch.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• The amount of oil will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., Coliwasa tube). Emulsion

samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Man y different types of small skimmers may be used; see Tactic R-8. Skimmer 

## Oil Oil Oil

Hose Decanting Water Fastank Fastank **Swift Current** Oil Streamers 

### Power Pack 

### Swift Current 

### Oil Streamers

Pump 

### Ice

Ice Trash Pump OPTION A

OPTION B OPTION A

OPTION B

**TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 5**  **TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 3 TOTAL STAFF WITH HELI-TORCH**  **3 TOTAL STAFF WITH HAND-HELD IGNITERS 2**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Heli-torch (55 gal) ACS Ignition 2 2 for setup 1 hr

2 hr Helicopter with FAR Part 137 Approved Pilot Alyeska Sling-load Heli-torch 1 1 2 hr

Hand-held Igniters ACS Ignition > 6 1 1 hr Surefire Gel ACS Gelled fuel > 5 lb.
— 1 hr Fire Extinguisher All Suppress accidental fires >2
— 0.5 hr Batch Mixer (300 gal) ACS, KRU Mix gel 1 2 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Small Stationary Skimmer System ACS, KRU, EOA, WOA, Endicott, Alpine Recovery 1 1 1 hr

3 hr Diaphragm Pump (3-inch) All (ACS, MPU, Alpine have diesel) Transfer 1 1 1 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Recovery 2 > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Recovery 2 > 50 ft

— 1 hr

Trash Pump (2-inch) All Decanting 1 1 1 hr Fastank or Fold-a-Tank All Temporary Storage 2 2 for setup 1 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-13 **Cutting Ice Slots for Recovery (Page 1 of 2) Cutting Ice Slots for Recovery (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-13

Ice Slot Pump Liquids to Storage Floating Suction Head or Weir Skimmer
Ice Slot

Snow Berm Rope Mop Ice Blocks
Surface Storage Pit in Ice Wringer Assembly and Drum

Trench Pulley Oil Oil Oil

Oil



## Snow **Snow Snow** 



## Ice

**Ice Water** 

Oil moving both on the surface of ice and underneath it can be concentrated in slots cut in the ice and recovered by skimming with rope mops or other types of skimmers. If the oil in the slot is thick enough, it can be removed using weir skimmers or direct suction. Oil entrained in subsurface pockets can be reached by drilling holes with ice augers and pumping the oil directly to storage containers such as drums or bladders. Temporary storage can also be provided by excavating shallow pits in the ice surface using chain saws and chipper bars. These oil concentrations can be pumped off or burned. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Chec k ice thickness for safe bearing capacity before working on ice. The ice must be sufficiently strong to support

personnel and heavy equipment. See Tactic L-7 for realistic maximum operating limits (RMOL) for ice thickness and temperature. Also, ensure ice can withstand extra load of oil and snow on the surface without either breaking the ice or forcing oil to migrate through existing cracks. Extreme care must be taken when positioning or operating any heavy equipment close to trenches or slots in the ice. Stresses in the ice for a given load can double under these situations. Ensure that oil that accumulates in an ice trench is continually removed. If allowed to build up to a thick layer, some oil may escape the ice slot.

• “In-ice” trenches do not extend through the ice and contain spills flowing over the ice surface. “Through-ice” or slots or trenches extend through ice to free water to contain spills moving under the ice.

• Ice trenches can be configured in “U” shapes or herringbone patterns to contain oil. Remove cut ice blocks in

1-cubic-ft pieces and place on side opposite oil. The width of the trench should not exceed 4 ft.

• Use of Rube Witch chain saw is labor-intensive.

• Use of heat will mak e the rope mop and pump more effective. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Slur p skimmer = 62 bbl/hr nameplate

• 3-inch diaphr agm pump = 114 bbl/hr nameplate 

## SUPPORT

**TYPICAL ARCTIC HOLDING CAPACITY**

**VOLUME (Barrels) OILED AREA (Acres)** 

**0.1 10**  **2 1 mi**  **2 1/2 mi**  **2 1/4 mi**  **2 1/8 mi**  **2**

**~ 660' x 660'** 

**10 3**  **10 4**  **10 5**  **10 6**  **1 10**  **10 2**  **10 3**  OVER ICE Flat with Light Snow Rough with Heavy Snow

**~ 210' x 210'**  WATER SURFACE Smooth Irregular UNDER ICE

**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

### TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP AND TRENCHING **12 TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS**  **3** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Rube Witch w/Chain Saw All Trenching 3 6 1 hr 0.5 hr Ice Auger WOA, EOA, KRU, ACS, Endicott, Alpine Recovery hole 1

4 1 hr 0.5 hr
Rope Mop (4-inch) All Recovery 1 1 hr 1 hr Weatherport (10x12) ACS, WOA, Alpine Shelter 1 1 hr 1 hr

Diaphragm Pump (3-inch) All (ACS, MPU, Alpine have diesel) Recovery 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Slurp Skimmer ACS Recovery 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Recovery 2 > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr 0.5 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Recovery 2 > 50 ft — 1 hr 0.5 hr Generator All Rope mop power 1 2 for setup 1 hr 0.5 hr 4-Wheeler w/Plow All, except Badami & MPU Berming 2 2 1 hr 0.5 hr EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Mechanic Truck All Support Equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally 1 hr 0.5 hr Tioga Heater All Heat > 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-14 **Recovery of Oil Under Ice (Page 1 of 4) Recovery of Oil Under Ice (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC R-14

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Tioga Heater All Heat 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally 1 hr 0.5 hr



## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL **Snow**

**Snow Snow** 

**Water** ICE 

### Snow Surface Pit Pump to Storage



### OIL
Oil trapped in ice Oil trapped under ice Auger



### A sump is cut in the ice around a hole augered through the ice to pockets of oil under the ice or encapsulated in the ice. The oil is pumped directly from the sump to temporary storage containers. A heated shelter can be erected over the sump. Another option involves deploying rope mop through holes in the ice to recover oil trapped in under-ice depressions. Two holes are drilled in the ice using ice augers or chainsaws, and the rope mop is strung under the ice between the holes. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Depending on the thickness of a trapped oil pool, a single sump or auger hole may drain a very small lateral

area. Repeated holes may have to be drilled at a close spacing to recover most of the oil. This technique is most effective for thicker oil pockets on the order of 4 to 6 inches or more. Thin oil lenses in the ice on the order of 2 to 3 inches or less may not drain effectively to individual holes.

• 3-inch diaphr agm pump = 114 bbl/hr nameplate capacity. 

## SUPPORT

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Heat inside the shelter will mak e the rope mop and pump more effective.

• Use of the Rube Witch with chain saw is labor-intensive.

• Chec k ice thickness for safe bearing capacity before working on ice. The ice must be sufficiently strong to support

personnel and heavy equipment. See Tactic L-7 for realistic maximum operating limits (RMOL) for ice thickness and temperature. Also, ensure ice can withstand extra load of oil and snow on the surface without either breaking the ice or forcing oil to migrate through existing cracks. Extreme care must be taken when positioning or operating any heavy equipment close to trenches or slots in the ice. Stresses in the ice for a given load can double under these situations. Ensure that oil that accumulates in an ice trench is continually removed. If allowed to build up to a thick layer, some oil may escape the ice slot. **TYPICAL ARCTIC HOLDING CAPACITY**

**VOLUME (Barrels) OILED AREA (Acres)** 

**0.1 10**  **2 1 mi**  **2 1/2 mi**  **2 1/4 mi**  **2 1/8 mi**  **2**

**~ 660' x 660'** 

**10 3**  **10 4**  **10 5**  **10 6**  **1 10**  **10 2**  **10 3**  OVER ICE Flat with Light Snow Rough with Heavy Snow

**~ 210' x 210'**  WATER SURFACE Smooth Irregular UNDER ICE

**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

### TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP **> 10**  **TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 4** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Rube Witch w/Chain Saw All Sump construction 3 6 1 hr 0.5 hr

Weatherport (10x12) WOA, ACS, Alpine Shelter 1

4 1 hr 1 hr Ice Auger WOA, EOA, KRU, ACS, Endicott, Alpine Recovery hole 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Rope Mop (4-inch) All Recovery 1 1 hr 1 hr Diaphragm Pump (3-inch) All (ACS, MPU, Alpine have diesel) Recovery 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Recovery 2 > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr 0.5 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Recovery 2 > 50 ft

— 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC R-14 **Recovery of Oil Under Ice (Page 3 of 4) Recovery of Oil Under Ice (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC R-14

Bladder Tent with heater over recovery hole
Ice Oil Lens Pump

Barge Tug Tent with heater over recovery hole Ice Oil Lens Pump 

### Pumping to Shore or Island

Storage Tank Tent with heater over recovery hole
Ice

Oil Lens Pump Sea Floor Ice (1' to 2' thick)
Water Buried Pipeline Oil Pool (approx. 3" thick)



### Oil trapped under solid ice or in a lens within solid ice can be removed by augering into the oil lens and pumping out the oil. If the ice is thick enough to support heavy equipment, the oil can be pumped directly into bladders or other portable tanks and hauled to shore. In the case of thin nearshore ice, the oil can be pumped to storage con
tainers on shore. Finally, if the site can be reached by an ice-strengthened tug-and-barge combination, the oil can be pumped directly into the barge. A heated portable shelter should be placed over the auger holes to protect personnel and pumps. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING**

• 3-inch diaphr agm pump = 114 bbl/hr nameplate capacity 

## SUPPORT

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Chec k ice thickness for safe bearing capacity before working on ice. The ice must be sufficiently strong to support

personnel and heavy equipment. See Tactic L-7 for realistic maximum operating limits (RMOL) for ice thickness and temperature. Also, ensure ice can withstand extra load of oil and snow on the surface without either breaking the ice or forcing oil to migrate through existing cracks. Extreme care must be taken when positioning or operating any heavy equipment close to trenches or slots in the ice. Stresses in the ice for a given load can double under these situations. Ensure that oil that accumulates in an ice trench is continually removed. If allowed to build up to a thick layer, some oil may escape the ice slot.

• Heat in the shelter will mak e the rope mop and pump more effective.

• When appropriate, the amount of oil will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., Coliwasa

tube). Emulsion samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. **TYPICAL ARCTIC HOLDING CAPACITY**

**VOLUME (Barrels) OILED AREA (Acres)** 

**0.1 10**  **2 1 mi**  **2 1/2 mi**  **2 1/4 mi**  **2 1/8 mi**  **2**

**~ 660' x 660'** 

**10 3**  **10 4**  **10 5**  **10 6**  **1 10**  **10 2**  **10 3**  OVER ICE Flat with Light Snow Rough with Heavy Snow

**~ 210' x 210'**  WATER SURFACE Smooth Irregular UNDER ICE 

### or or **TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP >**  **4 (12 if barge used) TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 2 (12 if barge used)**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/ SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Ice Auger WOA, EOA, KRU, ACS, Endicott, Alpine Recovery hole 1 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Weatherport (10x12) ACS, WOA, Alpine Shelter 1 3 for setup 1 hr 1 hr

Diaphragm Pump (3-inch) All (ACS, MPU, Alpine have diesel) Recovery 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Recovery 2 > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr 0 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Recovery 2 > 50 ft

— 1 hr 0 hr Tank Bladder ACS, WOA Storage 1
— 1 hr 1 hr Fastank or Fold-a-Tank All Storage 1 2 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr Barge West Dock Storage 1 8 4 hr 6 hr Tug West Dock Tow barge 1 4 2 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Tioga Heater All Heat 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr

Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 05/08 

# TACTIC R-15 **Anchored V-Boom to Skimmer (Page 1 of 2) Anchored V-Boom to Skimmer (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-15

A V - shaped boom configuration is anchored with two booms of 1,000 feet each, with a typical sweep opening of 800 feet. Anchors are placed as appropriate. A skimmer may be tied in at the apex — e.g., Heliskimmer system or a Swamp vessel with a Destroil skimmer, or other skimmers may be placed in a closed boom configuration. A workboat supports the skimmer and tends the boom. The skimmer pumps oil and water into a mini-barge anchored immediately downcurrent. 

### Skimmer Mini-Barge

1,000 ft. boom



## Current 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select v essels, booms, and skimmers according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6).



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Appro val to decant is needed from the State On-Scene Coordinator. Appropriate agencies will be consulted to

determine site-specific stipulations.

• The amount of oil recovered will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., ullage tape). Emul
sion samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content.

• In shallo w water operations, a mini-barge may be grounded and used as a work platform. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• See Tactic R-28 for lightering of mini-barges.

• Boom throughput efficiency is 100% in open sea w ater and 90% in rivers. 

## SUPPORT

• An aircraft will track the oil and help coordinate the on-water task forces. A work boat with propeller tows the

mini-barge into place and leaves once the barge is anchored. **TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 9**  **TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 6** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/ SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Skimmer All On-water recovery 1

4 4 hr

3 hr Work Boat All Support skimmer and tend boom 1 1 hr
Boom All V boom 2,000 ft 1 hr Anchor System All Anchor boom Variable 1 hr Anchor System All Anchor discharge hose Variable 1 hr Anchor System All Anchor mini-barge Variable 1 hr 249-bbl Mini-barge (237

bbl available storage) West Dock, Oliktok Intermediate storage 2
— 1 hr Work Boat or Runabout All Deploy boom 1 3 for setup 1 hr Work Boat All Tow mini-barge to unload 1 2 1 hr

SKIMMER EQUIVALENT UN-DERATED LIQUID CAPACITY (BBL/HR) EFFICIENCY MULTIPLIER DERATED ORR (BBL/HR) Weir Skimmers Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.2 0.2 times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity Seavac 660 Heli-Skimmer 937 0.2 187 LORI 271 0.8 217 Vikoma 30K 189 N/A 10 Morris MI-30 142 N/A 10 Foxtail Rope Mop V.A.B. 4-9 249 0.3 75 Other Oleophilic Skimmers Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.2 0.2 times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity NOTE: Emulsification factor is 1.67 times oil volume.**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC R-16 **Hook Boom to Skimmer and Storage (Page 1 of 2) Hook Boom to Skimmer and Storage (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-16

Boom is anchored on the shore in lengths of 50 to 300 feet. An anchor holds the boom off the shore, and a work boat tends the booms and anchors. A skimmer is placed near the shore in the recovery area of the boom. Diesel power packs on shore power the skimmer. A temporary tank and a trash pump are set up on shore (see Tactic R-22). Liquids are pumped to the temporary tank on shore. Onshore tanks decant 80% of the fluids as free water into the collection boom area, with approval of the State On-Scene Coordinator. Additional Fastanks and diaphragm pumps can be added as needed depending on oil encounter rates.


## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select v essels, booms, and skimmers according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6).

• Equipment and personnel required to set up and maintain boom are listed in the applicab le containment tactic. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• Rub ber-tracked Challenger dozers or Rolligons can pull tanks across the tundra to waiting vacuum trucks on a

pad or road. Backhoes or Bobcats can dig collection pits along the shore for storage.

• Airboats can be used to mo ve oil into collection points.

• KR U has Rolligons with cranes to lift skimmers, if necessary.

• 500-gallon b ladders with cargo nets placed underneath could also be used for helicopter slinging or storage.

• Bigger b ladders could be used if Rolligon transport is available.

• The amount of oil will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., Coliwasa tube). Emulsion

samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Equipment oper ates 10 hr per 12-hr shift, 2 shifts per day.

• 3-inch diaphr agm pump = 114 bbl/hr nameplate.

• Up to 10 tactical units deployed within a 5-mile area can share the boom deployment/tending crew (e.g., one

boom crew can deploy and tend up to 2,000 ft of boom within 5 miles), but a skimmer, power pack, storage and operators must be included for each hook boom deployed. For example, to set 10 hooks deployed within a 5-mile area, the following are needed: 2,000 ft boom, 1 boat with 3 personnel, 10 skimmers each with an operator, 10 power packs each with an operator, and 10 Fastanks with associated hoses. 

## SUPPORT

Skimmer*

*A Manta Ray skimmer is shown, but other types of portable skimmers may be used. 

### Open Water Fastank
**Moderate Current** 

### Diaphragm Pump or Power Pack Boom

Skimmer to

Storage Anchor 

### Current

**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

### or EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Small Stationary Skimmer System ACS, KRU, EOA, WOA, Endicott, Alpine Recovery 1
4 for setup 2 to maintain 1 hr

3 hr Diaphragm Pump (3-inch) All (ACS, MPU, Alpine have diesel) Transfer 1 1 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Recovery 2 > 20 ft 2 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Recovery 2 > 50 ft 1 hr Fastank or Fold-a-tank All Storage 1 1 hr Tank Bladder (500 gal) ACS, WOA, Alpine Storage 1
— 1 hr 1hr EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Avgas Trailer ACS, GPB, KRU, Badami, Alpine Airboat fuel 1 1 (initial) 1 hr 0.5 hr Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr

SKIMMER EQUIVALENT UNDERATED LIQUID CAPACITY (BBL/HR) EFFICIENCY MULTIPLIER DERATED ORR (BBL/HR) Oleophilic skimmer Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.2 0.2 times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity Vikoma 30K 189 N/A 10 Vikoma 12K MKII 75 N/A 10

Morris MI-30 142 N/A 10 Foxtail Rope Mop V.A.B. 4-9 249 0.3 75 Weir Skimmer Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.2 0.2 times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity NOTE: Emulsification factor is 1.67 times oil volume**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC R-17 **J-Boom to Skimmer and Mini-Barge (Page 1 of 2) J-Boom to Skimmer and Mini-Barge (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-17

A work boat tows 350 to 500 feet of boom, with swath widths of 100 to 150 feet, respectively. The other end of the boom is connected to the boat that operates the skimmer. The boom is towed in a J - boom configuration that directs oil into a skimmer in the apex. Continued operations offshore involve boom of 350 feet. Operations that enter near
shore areas and encounter lesser waves involve boom of 500 feet. Skimmed liquids are pumped into mini-barges. A skimmer vessel tows and fills a mini-barge until it is replaced by an empty mini-barge. Free water from the bottom of the mini-barge tank is decanted during the skimming and loading. The discharge hose, fastened upcurrent of the skimmer, directs the free water into the boomed area. The operator turns off the pump when the discharge water becomes black with oil. Mini-barges are towed to, and deliver liquids to, an intermediate storage barge. Tow Boat

Skimmer Cross-Bridle Mini Barge

Shuttle Boat



## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select v essels, booms, and skimmers according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• 1 hr to load mini-barge; 1.5 hr to unload. Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity for 3-inch trash pump is 485

bbl/hr. (See Tactic R-28)

• When used with a weir skimmer and after decanting, a mini-barge contains 79 bbl oil, 53 bbl water in emulsion,

104 bbl free water, 237 total bbl.

• Equipment oper ates 10 hr in 12-hr shift, two shifts per day. 

## SUPPORT

• An aircraft tracks the oil and helps coordinate the on-water task forces (preferably twin-engined aircraft or singleengined aircraft on floats).

• See Tactic R-28 for lightering with mini-barges.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Appro val to decant is needed from the State On-Scene Coordinator. Appropriate agencies will be consulted to

determine site-specific stipulations.

• The amount of oil recovered will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., ullage tape). Emul
sion samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL (CONT.)

**TOTAL STAFF 7** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Skimmer All On-water recovery 1 3 1 hr

2 hr Work Boat All Tow boom and minibarge, operate skim mer and pump 1 1 hr

Work Boat All Tow J-boom 1 2 1 hr

Boom All On-water collection Variable 1 hr Work Boat All Shuttle mini-barge 1 2 1 hr 249-bbl Mini-Barge (237-bbl available storage) West Dock, Oliktok Intermediate storage 2
— 1 hr 

### DECANTING EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Trash Pump (3-inch) All Decanting 1 1 1 hr 2 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Decanting > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Decanting > 50 ft 2 for setup 2 hr

NOTE: Emulsification factor is 1.67 times oil volume. SKIMMER EQUIVALENT UN-DERATED LIQUID CAPACITY (BBL/HR) EFFICIENCY MULTIPLIER DERATED ORR (BBL/HR) Weir Skimmers Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.2 0.2 times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity LORI LSC 271 0.8 217 Desmi 250 (Ocean) 628 0.2 125 Desmi 250 (Habor) 440 0.2 88 Foxtail Rope Mop V.A.B. 4-9 249 0.3 75 Other Oleophilic Skimmers Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.2 0.2 times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC R-18 **U-Boom to Skimmer and Mini-Barge (Page 1 of 2) U-Boom to Skimmer and Mini-Barge (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-18

Two work boats each tow 500 feet of ocean boom in a 300-foot-wide sweep. The skimming vessel is tied into the boom. The oil passes into the boom configuration and then into a skimmer. The vessel’s hydraulics power the skim
mer and the skimmer pump. The skimmer pumps recovered liquids into a towed storage platform (mini-barge or floating storage bladder). Free water is decanted during the loading step. When the storage platform is full, a work boat replaces it and tows it to an intermediate storage platform for off-loading. Skimming continues uninterrupted. Mini-Barge Mini-Barge Skimmer Cross-Bridle Shuttle Boat



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Equipment oper ates 10 hr in 12-hr shift; two shifts per day

• The oil reco very rate and number of mini-barges required (fill to 95% capacity) vary with the oil encounter rate.

• Appro val to decant is needed from the State On-Scene Coordinator. Appropriate agencies will be consulted to

determine site-specific stipulations.

• The amount of oil recovered will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., ullage tape) prior

to offloading. Emulsion samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• When used with a weir skimmer and after decanting, a mini-barge contains 79 bbl oil, 53 bbl water in emulsion,

104 bbl free water, 237 total bbl.

• 1 hr to load mini-barge; 1.5 hr to unload.

• Man ufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity for 3-inch trash pump is 485 bbl/hr. (See Tactic R-28)



## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select v essels, booms, and skimmers according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL (CONT.) DECANTING EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Trash Pump (3-inch) All Decanting 1 1 1 hr 2 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Decanting > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Decanting > 50 ft 2 for setup 2 hr

NOTE: Emulsification factor is 1.67 times oil volume. SKIMMER EQUIVALENT UN-DERATED LIQUID CAPACITY (BBL/HR) EFFICIENCY MULTIPLIER DERATED ORR (BBL/HR) Weir Skimmer Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.2 0.2 times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity LORI LSC 271 0.8 217 LORS-2C 516 0.2 103 Desmi 250 (Ocean) 628 0.2 125 Desmi 250 (Harbor) 440 0.2 88 Foxtail Rope Mop V.A.B. 4-9 249 0.3 75 Other Oleophilic Skimmers Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.2 0.2 times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 

### NOTE: This operation may also be conducted using a work boat with integrated oil recovery system and built-in recovered oil storage tank. This option is ideal for handling smaller spills, as well as supporiing larger responses.

**TOTAL STAFF 11-13** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat All Tow boom, up to 500 ft 2 4 1 hr 2 hr

Boom All On-water recovery 1,000 ft

— 1 hr Work Boat * with two integrated skimmers Shell Tow boom and mini-barge or floating storage bladder; skim, decant and store or pump oil 1 2 0.5 hr 0.5 hr

Work Boat All Run skimmer and pump; tow mini-barge while loading; tow boom 1 4 1 hr
2 hr Skimmer All On-water recovery 2 1 hr Work Boat All Shuttle storage platforms 1 2 1 hr 249-bbl Mini-Barge (237 bbl available storage) West Dock, Oliktok Intermediate storage 2
— 1 hr Floating Storage Bladder ** Shell Intermediate storage 2
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr 

### or

or * 50 bbl onboard recovered oil tank and off-loading PDP ** Onboard 3-inch diaphram diesel decanting pump 

## SUPPORT

• A trained aerial observer in a fixed-wing aircraft or helicopter tracks the oil location and movement from above

and coordinates the on-water task force recovery effort.

• See Tactic R-28 for lightering procedures.**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC R-19 **J-Boom to Tank Barge or OSRV (Page 1 of 2) J-Boom to Tank Barge or OSRV (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-19

Two work boats each tow 1,000 feet of ocean boom into a J-shape to make a 700-foot sweep. The boom is inflated and deployed from the deck of the tank barge or OSRV. A crane lifts a skimmer from one side of barge’s deck into the apex of the boom. The crane positions the skimmers where the oil is deepest. The barge pumps up to 80% of its free water back into the boomed area. The task force advances at a speed no greater than 0.7 knot.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Equipment oper ates 10 hr in 12-hr shift; two shifts per day

• The oil reco very rate and number of mini-barges required (fill to 95% capacity) vary with the oil encounter rate.

• Appro val to decant is needed from the State On-Scene Coordinator. Appropriate agencies will be consulted to

determine site-specific stipulations.

• The amount of oil recovered will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., ullage tape) prior

to offloading. Emulsion samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

### Tugboat Tank Barge or OSRV Skimmer Cross-Bridle

Work Boat Work Boat

Crane



## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Equipment oper ates 10 hr per 12-hr shift, 2 shifts per day. DOP 250 pump = 628 bbl/hr nameplate capacity.

SKIMMER CATEGORY EFFICIENCY MULTIPLIER MANUFACTURER’S NAMEPLATE PUMP CAPACITY (BBL/HR) DERATED OIL RECOVERY RATE (BBL/HR) EMULSIFICATION FACTOR OIL/ EMULSION

STORED (BBL/HR) FREE WATER RETAINED

AFTER DECANTING

(BBL/HR) NET STORED LIQUIDS (BBL/HR) Transrec 250 Weir Skimmer 0.2 1,570 314 1.67 524 209 734 Walosep W4 Weir Skimmer 0.2 566 113 1.67 189 75 264 LORI LFS Oleophilic Skimmer 0.8 271 217 1.67 362 n/a 362 Lamor LSC-5

Skimmer 0.2 1,289 258 1.54 397 52 449 

## SUPPORT

• A trained aerial observer in a fixed-wing aircraft or helicopter tracks the oil location and movement from above

and coordinates the on-water task force recovery effort. * Two LORI LFS or Lamor LSC-5 skimmers are interchangeable with the Transrec 250 and Walosep W-4 skimmers, depending on ice conditions. ** 200 hp minimum *** This mobilization time applies after tank barge arrives on North Slope. 

### TOTAL STAFF 21-27 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select v essels, booms, and skimmers according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6).

or EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat (ACS Bay Class or equivalent*) West Dock, Northstar, Oliktok Tow boom 2 6 1 hr

3 hr Boom West Dock, Oliktok On-water collection Variable 4 1 hr Transrec 250 Skimmer* (w/ power pack) West Dock On-water recovery 1
— 2 hr Walosep W4 Skimmer* (w/ power pack) West Dock On-water recovery 1
— 2 hr LORI LFS Skimmers* West Dock On-water recovery 2
— 1 hr Lamor LSC-5 Skimmers* Shell On-water recovery 2
— — 1 hr Tug West Dock Towing 1 4 2 hr 3 hr Tank Barge West Dock Storage 1 6 4 hr**

OSRV Shell Storage 1 12 1 hr 1 hr Mobile Crane EOA, WOA, KRU, Peak Skimmer deployment 1 1 2 hr
3 hr DOP 250 Pump (w/power pack) ACS, KRU Decanting 1
— 1 hr Discharge Hose (4-inch w/ 6-inch to 4-inch reducer) ACS, WOA, KRU Decanting > 50 ft

— 1 hr PDP, with diesel/hydraulic power
pack (annular injection flanges) Shell Decanting/Offload 8
— 1 hr 1 hr 

### or or

or**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC R-19A **Use of J-Booms in Broken Ice (Page 1 of 2) Use of J-Booms in Broken Ice (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-19A

Tugboat Tank Barge Skimmer Cross-Bridle Crane Work Boat



### Two work boats each tow 400 feet of ocean boom from the barge into a J-shape to make a 300-foot sweep. Length of boom depends on the ice conditions. A crane lifts a skimmer from one side of the storage barge’s deck into the apex of the boom. The crane positions the skimmers where the oil is deepest, and the barge fills with recovered liquids. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select v essels, booms, and skimmers according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6).



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Ice management ma y be used to decrease ice concentrations encountered by the containment system.

• Appro val to decant is needed from the State On-Scene Coordinator. Appropriate agencies will be consulted to

determine site-specific stipulations.

• The amount of oil recovered will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., ullage tape). Emulsion

samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## SUPPORT

• A trained aerial observer in a fixed-wing aircraft or helicopter tracks the oil location and movement from above

and coordinates the on-water task force recovery effort. * 200 hp minimum ** Two LORI LFS skimmers are interchangeable with the Transrec 250 and Walosep W-4 skimmers, depending on ice conditions. *** This mobilization time applies after barge arrives on North Slope. 

### TOTAL STAFF 25 and/or and/or and/or and/or EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFFSHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat (ACS Bay Class or equivalent*) West Dock, Northstar, Oliktok Tow boom 2 6 1 hr

3 hr Tug West Dock Tow barge 1 4 2 hr Tank Barge West Dock Skimmer mount 1 14 4 hr***

Boom West Dock On-water collection Variable 4 for setup 1 hr Mobile Crane EOA, WOA KRU, Peak Skimmer deployment 1 1 2 hr Desmi 250 (Ocean) West Dock On-water recovery 1
— 1 hr Desmi 250 (Harbor) West Dock On-water recovery 1
— 1 hr LORI LFS Skimmer** West Dock On-water recovery 2
— 1 hr Foxtail Rope Mop V.A.B 2-9 West Dock On-water recovery 1
— 2 hr Foxtail Rope Mop V.A.B. 4-9 West Dock On-water recovery 1
— 2 hr

Transrec 250 Skimmer** (w/ power pack) West Dock On-water recovery 1
— 2 hr Walosep W4 Skimmer** (w/ power pack) West Dock On-water recovery 1
— 2 hr



## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING SKIMMER EQUIVALENT UN-DERATED LIQUID CAPACITY (BBL/HR) EFFICIENCY MULTIPLIER DERATED ORR (BBL/HR) Transrec 250 Weir Skimmer 1,570 0.2 314 Walosep W4 Weir Skimmer 566 0.2 113 LORI LFS 271 0.8 217 Other Oleophilic Skimmers Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.2 Derate times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity Desmi 250 (Ocean) 628 0.2 125 Desmi 250 (Harbor) 440 0.2 88 Foxtail Rope Mop V.A.B. 4-9 249 0.3 75 Weir Skimmer Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.2 Derate times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC R-20 **U-Boom with Open Apex to Skimming System (Page 1 of 2) U-Boom with Open Apex to Skimming System (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-20

The length of boom and boom swath width are determined by the towing capacity of the boats and the water depth. For a swath width of 650 feet, two work boats each pull 1,000 feet of ocean boom. ( Shorter lengths of boom may be necessary to avoid boom planing or entrainment based on sea conditions ). Oil funnels through the boom’s chained opening in the apex, with concentrated oil moving directly into a collection boom consisting of one or two 250-foot sections, each towed by a work boat (Options A and B). A recovery vessel (work boat, OSRB or OSRV) with skimming capability is tied into the apex of the collection boom. The recovery vessel’s engines power a hydraulic system to drive the skimmer and the pumps. For Option C, the 250-foot sec
tions of boom and towboats are replaced by two 42-foot sections of boom held in place off the recovery vessel by means of boom arms. Oil and sea water are pumped into a mini-barge or floating storage bladder. To replace when full, a shuttle boat hooks up an empty replacement to the skimmer vessel and tows away the full one. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• See Tactic R-28 for lightering mini-barges and floating storage bladders.

• Equipment oper ates 10 hr in 12-hr shift; two shifts per day

• The oil reco very rate and number of mini-barges required (fill to 95% capacity) vary with the oil encounter rate.

• Appro val to decant is needed from the State On-Scene Coordinator. Appropriate agencies will be consulted to

determine site-specific stipulations.

• The amount of oil recovered will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., ullage tape) prior

to offloading. Emulsion samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## SUPPORT

• A trained aerial observer in a fixed-wing aircraft or helicopter tracks the oil location and movement from above

and coordinates the on-water task force recovery effort. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING SKIMMER EQUIVALENT UN-DERATED LIQUID CAPACITY (BBL/HR) EFFICIENCY MULTIPLIER DERATED ORR (BBL/HR) LORI LSC 271 0.8 217 Lamor LSC-5 1,289 0.2 258

LORS-2C 516 0.2 103 

### Tow Boat Shuttle Boat 

### Chain Opening Shuttle Boat

Cross-Bridle

Mini-Barge Skimmer 

## OPTION B **OPTION A**

Shuttle Boat 

## OPTION C Cross-Bridle

Mini-Barge

Skimmer

Mini Barge

Containment Boom Boom Arm Skimmer 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select v essels, booms, and skimmers according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6).

**TOTAL STAFF OPT**  **. A: 16-24 OPT**  **. B: 13-21 OPT**  **. C: 10-18** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat West Dock, Oliktok, Northstar Tow boom for open apex 2 6 1 hr

Opt. A: 4 hr Opt. B: 4 hr Opt. C: 4.5 hr Work Boat All Tow boom, up to 250 ft Opt. A: 2 Opt. B: 1 Opt. C: 0 Opt. A: 6 Opt. B: 3 Opt. C: 0 1 hr

Boom All On-water recovery Variable
— 1 hr LORI LSC Skimmer West Dock On-water recovery Opt. A: 2 Opt. B: 1 Opt. C: 2 — 1 hr
Lamor LSC-5

Skimmer Shell On-water recovery Opt. A: 2 Opt. B: 1 Opt. C: 2 — —
LORS-2C Shell On-water recovery Opt. A: 2 Opt. B: 1 Opt. C: 2 — —
Work Boat West Dock Run skimmer and pump; tow mini-barge while loading 1 4 Opt. A: 1 hr Opt. B: 1hr Opt. C: 1.5 hr Tug and OSRB w/crane Shell Run skimmer and pump; store recovered oil; deploy equipment 1 each Tug: 5 OSRB: 6 Crane: 1 Opt. A: 1 hr Opt. B: 1hr Opt. C: 1.5 hr OSRV Shell Run skimmer and pump; store recovered oil; deploy equipment 1 12 Opt. A: 1 hr Opt. B: 1hr Opt. C: 1.5 hr 249-bbl Mini-Barge (237-bbl available storage) West Dock, Oliktok Intermediate storage Opt. A: 2 Opt. B: 2 Opt. C: 4 — 2 hr Floating Storage Bladder Shell Intermediate storage 2
— 0.5 hr 

### or

or

or or

or**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC R-21 **Hot-Water, High-Pressure Washing of Solid Surfaces (Page 1 of 2) Hot-Water, High-Pressure Washing of Solid Surfaces (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-21

Hot-water, high-pressure washing removes oil from concrete, rock, and metal surfaces. Sorbents, containment boom, and Shore Seal boom prevent re-oiling of adjacent areas. Sorbent boom and skimmers recover oil from adjacent water, while trenches collect surface and subsurface oil. The “Spillbuster” van’s high-pressure, high-temperature spray is directed over the oiled surface to remove the oil. The van has a tank, with heater, hose, and nozzle. Water pressure is approximately 3,000 psi. The removed oil is trapped downstream in a man-made lined pit or trench or in a boomed-off area of open water close to shore. The oil is then removed by direct suction, skimming, burning, or sorbent pads. The Spillbuster van has a 200-gallon water tank with a diesel heater. The van can be coupled with a water truck to give it a continuous supply of water. Without a water truck the van can operate for 4 to 6 hours. The Spillbuster is loaded onto a deck barge to access offshore oiled structures. 

## Spillbuster Van



## Tundra

Plywood Walkway Oiled Area **EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL FOR OPEN WATER**

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Oiled surfaces are cleaned up as a non-emergency project. Cleaning begins at the highest point and continues

downslope. Care is taken to avoid contaminating unaffected areas. Removed oil is concentrated for recovery. The Spillbuster van has vacuum capabilities.

• The Spillbuster units come skid-mounted (KRU) and as a mobile van (EOA). The Spillbuster units are kept in

warm storage and are not used when the temperature is below freezing. During winter, ConocoPhillips’ steam unit from Drill Site Maintenance is used. This unit virtually eliminates free liquids from cleaning.

• The hot-water, high-pressure wash method is harmful to flora and fauna and is not recommended for surfaces

that support living plants or animals. When this method is used on oiled surfaces other than boulders, man-made structures, or rock, the oil may penetrate deeper into the sediments.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• The w ater tank on the Spillbuster van has a capacity of 200 gal. 

## SUPPORT

• V acuum trucks, skimmers, and sorbents are used for collection. Trash pumps transfer the oil to mini-barges or bladders towed by work boats. Containment booming is used when recovering near or over water and the oil is washed into the boomed area (see Tactic C-4 for containment options). A water truck is attached to the Spillbuster for an additional water supply, when necessary. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL FOR ONSHORE *Optional 

### TOTAL STAFF **> 2**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Spillbuster Van EOA, KRU Surface oil removal 1 2 (3 if water truck used) 1 hr 1 hr Tug* West Dock Tow barge 1 8 2 hr 4 hr Deck Barge* West Dock Work platform, and equipment transport 1 4 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Spillbuster Van EOA, KRU Surface oil removal 1 2 (3 if water truck is used) 1 hr 1 hr Plywood All Walk path Varies 2 2 hr 2 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-22 **Temporary Storage Options (Page 1 of 2) Temporary Storage Options (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-22

**EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL** In Option A, a pump at the dockhead moves liquids from a storage barge into a temporary upright tank using a trash pump, and a Triplex pump moves the liquid from the tank through a 3-inch hard line and flange connector into a production pipeline. In Option B, a temporary open
- top tank such as a Fastank may also be used and trash pump moves the liquid from the open-top tank to a tank truck or tank trailer when a pipeline is not available. Tank Barge or Mini Barge Trash Pump Trash Pump Fastank 

### OPTION B 400 bbl Upright Tank Tank Barge or Mini Barge Flow Line
3" Hardline

Triplex Pump Trash Pump



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• When w orking with equipment around or near flow lines, a spotter must be added to each front-end loader.

• A civil w ork permit from the operator is required for all work on owner-company pads.

• Decanting takes place from the temporary storage tanks with approval from the State On-Scene Coordinator to

minimize the risk of secondary spills and to reduce the number of trips across the tundra, if necessary.

• The amount of oil will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., Coliwasa tube). Emulsion

samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Piston PZ Triplex 6-inch pump capacity = 1,428 bbl/hr nameplate.

• Gor man Rupp 4-inch trash pump capacity = 1,074 bbl/hr nameplate.

• Pumps oper ate 10 hr out of 12-hr shift; two shifts per day.

• The typical suction rate for liquids by a vacuum truck is 200 bbl/hr in the summer and 150 bbl/hr in the winter. The

typical suction rate for pooled diesel remains at 200 bbl/hr year round. (Vacuum truck recovery rate is reduced to 34 bbl/hr if a Manta Ray skimmer is used.) 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL (CONT’D)

**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

### OPTION A

OPTION A

**TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 13**  **TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 6** or EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Upright Tank (400-bbl) KRU, Alpine Store recovered fluids 1 1 intial 2 hr 2 hr Trash Pump (4-inch) ACS, WOA, EOA, Alpine Liquid transfer 1 1 1 hr

DOP 250 Pump West Dock Liquid transfer 1
— 1 hr 3 hr Piston Pump PZ Triplex (6-inch) EOA, WOA, KRU; Alpine has 2-inch Liquid transfer 1 2 1 hr

2 hr Suction Hose (6-inch) ACS Liquid transfer > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr Discharge Hose (6-inch) ACS, WOA, KRU Liquid transfer > 50 ft

— 1 hr

Suction Hose (4-inch) ACS, WOA Liquid transfer > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr Discharge Hose (4-inch) ACS, WOA, KRU Liquid transfer > 50 ft — 1 hr

Hard Line and Flange

Connector (3-in) Deadhorse Liquid transfer 1 section 7 for setup 3 hr 

### OPTION B

**TOTAL STAFF 7** or EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Rolligon CATCO Transport tank 1 1 6 hr 2 hr Diesel Power Pack ACS, KRU, EOA, WOA, Endicott Power recovery equipment 1 1 1 hr 1 hr
Fastank or Fold-a-Tank All Intermediate storage 1 2 for setup 1 hr
0.5 hr Vacuum Truck All Transfer liquid 1 1 1 hr

Trailer Tank (10,000 gal) CATCO Transfer liquid 1
— 6 hr DOP 250 Pump West Dock Transfer liquid 1
— 1 hr 3 hr Trash Pump (4-inch) ACS, WOA, EOA, Alpine Transfer liquid 2 2 1 hr 1 hr Suction Hose (4-inch) ACS, WOA, Alpine Transfer liquid > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr Discharge Hose (4-inch) ACS, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transfer liquid > 50 ft — 1 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-23 **Tank on Trailer (CATCO Fuel Tanker) (Page 1 of 2) Tank on Trailer (CATCO Fuel Tanker) (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-23

A Rolligon pulls the empty CATCO 10,000
- gallon trailer tank to a storage site. Liquids are pumped from a temporary tank into the trailer tank using a 4-inch trash pump. The Rolligon then pulls the trailer cross-country and transfers the liquid to a waiting vacuum truck or temporary storage tank on a pad or road. The Rolligon works under ACS’s permit for emergency tundra travel. 

## Skimmer

Open Water Rolligon with Tank

Fastank

Decanting Hose **Moderate Current** 

## Trash Pump Diaphragm Pump 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Equipment and personnel required to set up and maintain boom are listed in the applicab le containment tactic.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Other trailer tanks are available on the Slope. The trailer tank and the temporary storage tanks decant free water

to a recovery site. Travel across tundra by tracked vehicles and decanting require approval by the State On-Scene Coordinator.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• The amount of oil will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., Coliwasa tube). Emulsion

samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• 4 in. trash pump (Gorman Rupp) capacity = 1,074 bbl/hr nameplate.

• 3 in. diaphragm pump capacity = 114 bbl/hr nameplate.

• Pumps oper ate 10 hr out of 12-hr shift; two shifts per day

• T railer tank holds 10,000 gal.

• T ravel speed is approximately 5 mph across tundra; Rolligon travels up to 20 mph on roads. 

## SUPPORT

• T emporary storage tanks at a recovery site are the liquid source for the trailer tank. Vacuum trucks wait on gravel pads or nearby roads to empty the trailer tank. **TOTAL STAFF 3** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Rolligon CATCO, APC Transport tank 1 1 6 hr

2 hr Trash Pump (4-inch) ACS, WOA, EOA, Alpine Liquid transfer 1 1 1 hr Suction Hose (4-inch) ACS, WOA, Alpine Liquid transfer > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr Discharge Hose (4-inch) ACS, WOA, KRU, Alpine Liquid transfer > 50 ft

— 1 hr Diaphragm Pump (3-inch) All (ACS, MPU, Alpine have diesel) Recovery 1 1 1 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Recovery 2 > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Recovery 2 > 50 ft

— 1 hr Trailer Tank (10,000 gal.) CATCO Intermediate storage 1
— 6 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/07 

# TACTIC R-24 **Hoses and Pumps in Series (Page 1 of 2) Hoses and Pumps in Series (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-24

A system of hoses and pumps in series system is assembled to transfer stored liquids. Four- or 6-inch discharge hose is used in sections, with 4-inch or 6-inch trash pumps in series approximately 1,000 feet apart. Liquids are pumped to a storage tank or vacuum trucks, or are recycled into a pipeline. Hose and pumps in series are typically used across tundra, but if the hose crosses a road or pad, crossings are flagged and constructed with timbers over the hose. The hose is clearly marked. To transport pumps and hose across the tundra, plywood sheets are laid out in the path. The trash pumps are towed behind an Argo all-terrain vehicle (ATV) or 4-wheeler across the plywood. A 4-inch trash pump weighs 825 pounds, and has an axle and wheels under its skid mount. An ATV towing a trailer carries the hose. Hose in trailer ATV

Plywood 

### TUNDRA Fastank Fastank



### Trash Pump Trash Pump Diaphragm Pump 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• The length of discharge hose required is appro ximated by the distance of the fluid transfer.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• The ACS discharge hose test performed on September 27, 1997, with a Gorman Rupp pump, 4-inch suction

hose, and 2,000 ft of 6-inch discharge hose demonstrated a capacity of 690 bbl/hr. The test was performed with water, and the pump had no problem pumping large volumes of water through 2,000 ft of hose.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• The amount of oil will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., Coliwasa tube). Emulsion

samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Gor man Rupp 4-inch trash pump capacity = 1,071 bbl/hr nameplate; 3-inch trash pump capacity = 571 bbl/hr

nameplate.

• Pumps oper ate 10 hr out of 12-hr shift; two shifts per day.

• One tactical cre w unit can deploy approximately 1,500 ft of hose per hour if the hose is prestacked on a trailer. 

## SUPPORT

• A pipeline, tank, vacuum truck, or other suitable storage receives the transported liquids from the hose and pump

in series. Plywood sheets are laid across the tundra to ease travel and minimize impact to the tundra. **TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 12**  **TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 6** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME ATV All Transport equipment 2 2 1 hr
4 hr Trash Pump (3- or 4-inch) ACS, WOA, EOA, Alpine Liquid transfer > 2 4 1 hr Suction Hose (3- or 4-inch) ACS, WOA, Alpine Liquid transfer > 20 ft

— 2 hr Discharge Hose (3- or 4-inch) ACS, WOA, KRU, Alpine Liquid transfer > 500 ft 6 1 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-25 **Freighter Boat with Tank (Page 1 of 2) Freighter Boat with Tank (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-25

A 300-gallon DOT tank is mounted on a 30-foot freighter airboat. Liquid is pumped from a recovery site pit, trench, or tank with a 2-inch trash pump onboard. The boat hauls the liquids to a disposal, transfer or storage site. The airboat’s tank is unloaded with a vacuum truck or at a tank farm.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Appro val from the State On-Scene Coordinator is required for decanting available free water in inshore storage

tanks.

• Ha ve sorbent boom available at the transfer/disposal site as a contingency during tank offloading.

• The amount of oil will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., Coliwasa tube). Emulsion

samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Man ufacturer’s nameplate capacity of Multiquip/Tokai 2-inch trash pump: 312 bbl/hr

• The typical suction rate for liquids by a vacuum truck is 200 bbl/hr in the summer and 150 bbl/hr in the winter. The

typical suction rate for pooled diesel remains at 200 bbl/hr year round. (Vacuum truck recovery rate is reduced to 34 bbl/hr if a Manta Ray skimmer is used.)

• Equipment and cre ws operate 10 hr in 12-hr shift; 2 shifts per day.

• Maxim um load of freighter airboat = 8,500 lb. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**SUPPORT**

• The freighter airboat is offloaded to a tank farm or vacuum truck at a boat launch on the road system, or at a

marine dock.

• A Manta Ra y skimmer head onboard the airboat will serve as an option to recover from pits or trenches. **TOTAL STAFF 4** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Freighter Airboat ACS, KRU, Alpine Transport tank 1 4 1 hr

1 hr Trash Pump (2-inch) MPU, ACS, KRU, Alpine Fluid transfer 1
— 1 hr Discharge Hose (2-inch) All Fluid transfer > 50 ft

— 1 hr

Suction Hose (2-inch) All Fluid transfer > 20 ft

— 2 hr

Tank (300-gallon) KRU, Alpine Fluid storage 1
— 1 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-26 **Excavation and Storage of Oiled Gravel (Page 1 of 2) Excavation and Storage of Oiled Gravel (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-26

Oiled gravel not considered a regulated waste is excavated with a front-end loader into dump trucks, which then drive to a temporary storage site or a disposal site. Contaminated gravel is stockpiled in temporary lined and diked containment areas. A bulldozer or grader loosens the gravel for the front-end loader when necessary. A Bobcat replaces the front-end loader in hard-to-reach or tight quarters. Manpower with shovels may also be required under lines or facilities with less than 6-foot clearance. 

## Loader Dump Truck



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• This tactic is limited to oiled gravel with no free liquids. Depth of penetration of the spill into the gravel depends

on the type of release and the released fluid. Diesel penetrates the gravel pad to a greater depth than crude oil.

• Stor age sites must be located where they present minimal environmental impact.

• Set up a decontamination unit bef ore oil handling work is performed.

• A tempor ary storage permit will be required from ADEC.

• On pads , check for buried pipe and/or cables prior to excavation. Obtain a civil work permit from the operator. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• A front-end loader with a 3-cubic-yd bucket recovers 100 cubic yd of gravel per hour, and can fill a dump truck in

30 minutes. The average dump truck available on the Slope has a 20-cubic-yd capacity.

• A front-end loader with a 4-cubic-yd bucket recovers 150 cubic yd of gravel per hour, and can fill a dump truck in

15 minutes.

• See Tactic L-6, Table 9A, for capacities of dump trucks available on the North Slope.

• F ollowing is an example of dump-truck delivery rate of gravel for one 20-cubic-yd dump truck traveling 4 miles

round trip (equipment and crews operate 10 hr in 12-hr shift; 2 shifts per day): 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**SUPPORT**

Dump Recovery =



## T

c = Truck Capacity 

## L t = Load Time (15 min or 0.25 hr) 

## U

t = Unload Time (5 min or 0.08 hr) 

## T t = Travel Time 

# ( ) Example: 

## T c L t + T t + U t 20 cubic yd 0.25 hr + 

# ( ) + 0.08 hr = 45 cubic yd/hr 2 mi * 2 35 mph
miles to disposal * 2 trips 35 mph = or 5.6 bbl/hr or

**TOTAL STAFF 3 (4 if grader, backhoe, or doz**  **er used)** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Front-End Loader All Recover oiled gravel 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Bobcat KRU, EOA, ACS, Alpine Recover oiled gravel 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Grader Backhoe

Dozer All KRU, EOA, WOA, Peak, AIC, APC, Alpine All Loosen gravel 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Dump Truck KRU, EOA, WOA, Alpine Transfer oiled gravel 2 to 9 2 to 9 1 hr 0.5 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transport backhoe 1 1 driver 1 hr 0 Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support heavy equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC R-27 **Damaged Tank Transfer Procedures (Page 1 of 2) Damaged Tank Transfer Procedures (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-27

Typically, transfer from a tank would be required if a stationary storage tank either was damaged or developed a serious integrity problem, or if a vacuum truck rolled over on the road and was damaged. Tank holes can be patched by different methods including plug and dike, wooden stakes, and patch kits. Damaged tank transfers will generally involve flammable liquids, which require special considerations. Non-sparking pumps must be used for such transfers. Vacuum trucks are specially designed for most of these products and are readily available on the Slope. Product can also be transferred to a stationary tank in the vicinity of the damaged tank. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Suppor t personnel required include 2 responders per shift and one Safety Officer per shift.



## RECOVERY CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• The typical suction rate for liquids by a vacuum truck is 200 bbl/hr in the summer and 150 bbl/hr in the winter. The

typical suction rate for pooled diesel remains at 200 bbl/hr year round. (Vacuum truck recovery rate is reduced to 34 bbl/hr if a Manta Ray skimmer is used.)

• 3-inch diaphr agm pump capacity = 114 bbl/hr nameplate.

• Pumps oper ate 10 hr out of 12-hr shift; two shifts per day.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Iner t gases may be required for displacing flammable or explosive air mixtures.

• A Saf ety Officer should be on site conducting continuous air monitoring.

• Plug-and-patch kits are a vailable from owner company HAZMAT teams.

• Non-spar king tools may be required for working on equipment.

• The amount of oil will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., Coliwasa tube). Emulsion

samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. NOTE: Deploy times vary greatly based on the safety risk of the product involved. * Badami vacuum truck capacity = 80 bbl 

### or or

**TOTAL STAFF 3** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Vacuum Truck (300-bbl)* All Transfer 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Fuel Truck All Transfer 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Diaphragm Pump (3-inch) All (ACS, MPU, Alpine have diesel) Transfer 1 2 1 hr 1 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Transfer > 20 ft

— 2 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Transfer > 50 ft

— 2 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC R-28 **Lightering / Offloading (Page 1 of 2) Lightering / Offloading (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-28

Work boats tow recovered oil-laden mini-barges or floating storage bladders to a waiting OSR platform (tank barge, OSRV, or tanker vessel). Towing speed is 5 knots. The mini-barge or floating storage bladder is tied off using appropriate fendering. Before offloading mini-barges, a bonding cable is connected for protection against accidental ignition. A tankerman assists with the entire off-loading operation, and a Declaration of Inspection form will be completed prior to commencing transfer. To offload, a 3- to 4-inch trash pump or DOP 250 pump is used depending on the oil viscosity. Personnel moni
tor tie-up lines during offloading to minimize surge. When pumping is complete, hatches are put back in place, hoses and pumps are retrieved and secured, and bonding cable removed (where necessary). At that time, the mini-barge or floating storage bladder is ready to return to service. NOTE: Similar operations are utilized to off-load OSRBs or OSRVs to a tanker vessel. Barges may also be offloaded directly to a vacuum truck onshore. 

### Tank Barge BoomMiniBarge



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• The mini-barges ha ve davits, but the DOP 250 pumps can be deployed by hand.

• If reco vered oil is weathered to the point the 4-inch trash pump will not work, the DOP 250 pump will be used.

• Hazards include open hatches, coiled lines, and hoses. Beware of pinch points between barges and boats.

Hearing protection and possibly respirators will be required.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• The amount of oil recovered is estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., ullage tape). Emulsion

samples are collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## RECOVERY CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• 4-inch Gor man-Rupp trash pump capacity = 1,071 bbl/hr nameplate.

• DOP 250 pump capacity = 628 b bl/hr nameplate 

## SUPPORT EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Fuel Truck All Provide diesel fuel for boats and pumps 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr 

### LIGHTERING AT SEA **OFFLOADING AT SHORE**

Vacuum Truck

Boom Mini-Barge or Tank Barge 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• V essels are to be selected according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6).

or
*Work boat staff are counted in recovery. **This mobilization time applies after barge arrives on North Slope. 

### TOTAL STAFF 10-13 EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME OSRV Shell Fluid storage 1 6 0.5 hr 0.5 hr

Tug West Dock Tow barge 1 4 2 hr

2 hr Tank Barge West Dock Fluid storage 1 3 4 hr** Boom All Surround off-loading vessel Variable 2 1 hr Work Boat* All Tow mini-barge or floating storage bladder 1
— 1 hr Suction Hose (4-inch) ACS, WOA Lightering > 20 ft

— 2 hr Discharge Hose (4-inch w/ 6-inch to 4-inch reducer) All Lightering > 50 ft

— 1 hr Trash Pump (3- to 4-inch) ACS, WOA, EOA, Alpine Lightering 2 2 1 hr DOP 250 Pump w/Power Pack ACS, KRU Lightering 1 2 1 hr Vacuum Truck (300-bbl) All Offloading 1 1 1 hr 

### or or**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC R-29 **Ice Mining (Page 1 of 2) Ice Mining (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-29

**EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL SUPPORT** 

During the winter, ice rubble piles can form at shorelines and manmade structures in the Beaufort Sea. Oil entrained in these piles can be accessed by removing the oiled ice with an ice-miner that grinds up the ice and deposits it in a pile that can be picked up with a front end loader and hauled away by dump truck. This tactic can be used in winter and into breakup as long as the ice is thick enough to support the weight of vehicles and heavy equipment.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• This tactic is limited to oiled ice with no free liquids

.
• If the dump tr ucks cannot access the oiled area, build an ice road to keep the loaders from traveling too far.

• After removal of free oil, oiled snow, and after flushing, contain and monitor the area until breakup. Insulate ice

roads or ice berms to provide containment during breakup, when the oil can be removed with direct suction, portable skimmers, or burning. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Capacity of ice miner : 1,400 cubic yd per hour for sea ice, 1,420 cubic yd per hour for freshwater ice.

• A front-end loader with an 8-cubic-yd snow bucket can fill a dump truck in 10 minutes and move 500 cubic yd per

hour. The dump trucks available on the Slope typically have 10-, 20-, or 25-cubic-yd capacity. To keep pace with the ice miner, it may be necessary to load more than one truck at a time.

• See Tactic L-6, Table 9A, for capacities of dump trucks available on the North Slope.

• F ollowing is an example of recovery of oiled ice for one 20-cubic-yd dump unit: Dump Truck Recovery =



### T

c = Truck Capacity 

### L t = Load Time (10 min or 0.17 hr) 

### U

t = Unload Time (5 min or 0.08 hr) 

### T t = Travel Time 

# ( ) Example: 

### T c L t + T t + U t 20 cubic yd 0.17 hr + 

# ( ) + 0.08 hr = 55 cubic yd/hr 2 mi * 2 35 mph
miles to disposal * 2 35 mph =

**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

### Trimmer

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Ice Miner KRU, WOA, EOA Grinding oiled ice rubble 1 (3 are available on the Slope) 1 1 hr 0.5 hr
Roto Trimmer KRU, GPB Grinding oiled ice rubble 1 (3 are available on the Slope) 1 1 hr 0.5 hr
Front-End Loader All Transfer oiled snow into dump trucks 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Dump Trucks KRU, WOA, EOA, Peak, AIC, Alpine Transfer oiled snow to disposal site > 2 > 2 1 hr 0.5 hr EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transport ice miner 1 1 driver 1 hr 0 Tioga Heaters All Heat > 1 1 initial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr

Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support heavy equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plants All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally. 1 hr 0.5 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 

# TACTIC R-30 **Recovery Using Diamond Boom for Subsea Pipeline Break (Page 1 of 2) Recovery Using Diamond Boom for Subsea Pipeline Break (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-30 **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING**

During a subsea pipeline break a diamond-patterned boom can be deployed around the break. A skimmer can be used at any point of the diamond to ensure collection regardless of the wind direction. 

## SUPPORT

• See Tactic R-28 for lightering with mini-barges.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• On the Nor th Slope, this tactic is limited to shallow, slow-moving water.

• The skimming system w ould be located on the downwind side of the diamond.

• This tactic ma y also be used in broken ice conditions to deflect ice away from the spill location.

• Boom ape x may be opened to direct oil to vessel-based containment.

• Appro val to decant is needed from the State On-Scene Coordinator. Appropriate agencies will be consulted to

determine site-specific stipulations.

• T he amount of oil recovered will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., ullage tape).

Emulsion samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## Shuttle Boat Skimmer Mini Barge Work Boat

Anchor Spill Location **TOTAL STAFF 10** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat West Dock Run skimmer and pump; tow mini-barge while loading 1 4 1 hr

4 hr Work Boat West Dock Boom deployment and tending 1 3 1 hr Work Boat West Dock Tow mini-barge to unload 1 3 Skimmer ACS On-water recovery 1
— 0.5 hr

Boom All On-water recovery Variable
— 1 hr Anchor System All Anchor boom 8
— 1 hr 249-bbl Mini-Barge (237-bbl available storage) West Dock, Oliktok Intermediate storage 2
— 1 hr 2 hr

SKIMMER EQUIVALENT UN-DERATED LIQUID CAPACITY (BBL/HR) EFFICIENCY MULTIPLIER DERATED ORR (BBL/HR) Weir Skimmer Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.2 0.2 times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity LORI LSC 271 0.8 217 Vikoma 30K 189 N/A 10 Morris 30K 142 N/A 10 Foxtail Rope Mop V.A.B. 4-9 249 0.3 75 Other Oleophilic Skimmers Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.8 0.8 times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC R-31 **Free Skimming (Page 1 of 2) Free Skimming (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-31

**EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

• Select v essels, booms, and skimmers according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). 

## SUPPORT

• A trained aerial observer in a fixed-wing aircraft or helicopter tracks the oil location and movement from above

and coordinates the on-water task force recovery effort. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING A tug-pushed tank barge, OSRB, OSRV or workboat utilizing various skimmers navigates the spill area collecting oil in pockets of broken sea ice. Onboard cranes place the skimmers into the deepest pools of oil. During collection/ recovery, vessels maintain no forward speed and are not using boom. 

### OPTION B **OPTION A**

Skimmer Mini Barge

Work Boat

Shuttle Boat Crane

Tugboat Tank Barge Skimmer



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Appro val to decant is needed from the State On-Scene Coordinator. Appropriate agencies will be consulted to

determine site-specific stipulations.

• The amount of oil recovered will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., ullage tape). Emul
sion samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. SKIMMER EQUIVALENT UN-DERATED LIQUID CAPACITY (BBL/HR) EFFICIENCY MULTIPLIER DERATED ORR (BBL/HR) Weir Skimmer Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.2 0.2 times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity LORI LSC 271 0.8 217 Vikoma 30K 189 N/A 10 Morris 30K 142 N/A 10 Desmi 250 (Ocean) 628 0.2 125 Desmi 250 (Harbor) 440 0.2 88 Foxtail Rope Mop V.A.B. 4-9 249 0.3 75 Multi-functional Brush/Disc 96 0.1 10

Lamor LSC-5 Oleophilic 1,289 0.2 258 Crucial Rope Mop CV-89H 500 0.3 94 Crucial Rope Mop

ALYMOP14E/D 12 0.3 3.6 Other Oleophilic Skimmers Manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 0.8 0.8 times manufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL (CONT.) **OPTION B**

**TOTAL STAFF 5-7** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat * with integrated

skimmers Shell Tow storage platform or store internally; skimmer and pump platform 1 2 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Work Boat West Dock Tow storage platform, skim
mer and pump platform 1 4 1 hr

4 hr Skimmer (various) West Dock, Shell On-water recovery 1
— 1 hr Trash Pump (3-inch) All Decanting 1
— 1 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Decanting > 20 ft

— 2 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Decanting > 50 ft

— 2 hr Work Boat West Dock Shuttle storage platforms 1 3 1 hr 249-bbl Mini-Barge (237-bbl available storage) West Dock, KRU Intermediate storage 2
— 1 hr Floating Storage Bladder** Shell Intermediate storage 2
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr 

### or * 50 bbl onboard recovered oil tank and off-loading PDP ** Onboard 3-inch diaphram diesel decanting pump 

### or

**OPTION A**

**TOTAL STAFF 12-19** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME OSRV Shell Skimmer and pump platform; storage 1 12 1 hr 1 hr OSRB Shell Skimmer and pump platform; storage 1 6 1 hr 1 hr Tug Shell Tow OSRB 1 5 1 hr 1 hr Tank Barge West Dock Skimmer and pump platform; storage 1 14 4 hr*

3 hr Tug West Dock Tow tank barge 1 4 2 hr Skimmer (various) ACS, Shell On-water recovery 1
— 1 hr

Mobile Crane EOA, WOA, KRU, Peak Skimmer deployment 1 1 1 hr Discharge Hose (4-inch w/ 6-inch to

4-inch reducer) ACS, WOA, KRU Decanting > 50 ft

— 1 hr DOP 250 Pump (w/power pack) ACS, KRU, North Star Decanting 1
— 1 hr PDP (w/ powerpack) Shell Decanting; Off-loading 8
— — 1 hr *This mobilization time applies after barge arrives on North Slope. 

### or and

and

or

or**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

## Single Boom-Arm Skimming (Page 2 of 2) 

# TACTIC R-32A **TACTIC R-32A Single Boom-Arm Skimming (Page 1 of 2)** 

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

### or 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select v essels, booms, and skimmers according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME OSRV Shell Skimmer and pump platform; storage 1 12 1 hr 1 hr OSRB Shell Skimmer and pump platform; storage 1 6 1 hr 1 hr Tug Shell Tow OSRB 1 5 1 hr 1 hr Work Boat West Dock Deploy boom, tow mini-barge, operate skimmer and pump 1 3 1 hr

2 hr Skimmer West Dock On-water recovery 1 1 hr

Boom All On-water collection 21 ft 1 hr Work Boat West Dock Shuttle storage platforms 1 2 1 hr 249-bbl Mini-Barge (237-bbl available storage) West Dock, Oliktok Intermediate storage 2
— 1 hr Floating Storage Bladder * Shell Intermediate storage 2
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr 

### TOTAL STAFF 5-14 * Onboard 3-inch diaphram diesel decanting pump 

### or and

or

A skimmer vessel (tug-pushed tank barge, OSRB, OSRV or workboat) deployes a skimmer off one side in a boomarm configuration. The skimmer vessel can advance at a maximum speed of 3 knots, giving an increased encounter rate and maneuverability in recovery operations. Skimmed liquids are pumped into towed mini-barges or floating storage bladders. Free water from the bottom of the mini-barge tank is decanted during the skimming and loading. The discharge hose, fastened upcurrent of the skimmer, directs the free water into the boomed area. The operator turns off the pump when the discharge water becomes black with oil. Mini-barges and floating storage bladders laden with recovered oil are towed to an interme
diate storage platform for off-loading. Skimmer Mini Barge Shuttle Boat Containment Boom Boom Arm

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Trash Pump (3-inch) All Decanting 1 1 1 hr 2 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Decanting > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Decanting > 50 ft 2 for setup 2 hr 

### DECANTING



## SUPPORT

• A trained aerial observer in a fixed-wing aircraft or helicopter tracks the oil location and movement from above

and coordinates the on-water task force recovery effort.

• See Tactic R-28 for lightering procedures. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• 1 hr to load mini-barge; 1.5 hr to unload.

• Man ufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity for 3-inch trash pump is 485 bbl/hr. (See Tactic R-28) SKIMMER EQUIVALENT UN-DERATED LIQUID CAPACITY (BBL/HR) EFFICIENCY MULTIPLIER DERATED ORR (BBL/HR) LORI LSC 271 0.8 217 Lamor LSC-5 Oleophilic 1,289 0.2 258 NOTE: Emulsification factor is 1.67 times oil volume.


## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Equipment oper ates 10 hr in 12-hr shift; two shifts per day

• The oil reco very rate and number of mini-barges required (fill to 95% capacity) vary with the oil encounter rate.

• Appro val to decant is needed from the State On-Scene Coordinator. Appropriate agencies will be consulted to deter
mine site-specific stipulations.

• The amount of oil recovered will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., ullage tape) prior to

offloading. Emulsion samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content.**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC R-32B **Double Boom-Arm Skimming (Page 1 of 2) Double Boom-Arm Skimming (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-32B

Skimmer Mini Barge Shuttle Boat Containment Boom Boom Arms

Skimmer Containment Boom



### Deployable arms off both sides of the skimming vessel are configured with containment boom and skimmer. The skimmer vessel can advance at a maximum speed of 3 knots, giving an increased encounter rate and maneuverability in recovery operations. Skimmed liquids are pumped into towed mini-barges or floating storage bladders. Free water from the bottom of the mini-barge tank is decanted during the skimming and loading. The discharge hose, fastened upcurrent of the skimmer, directs the free water into the boomed area. The operator turns off the pump when the discharge water becomes black with oil. Mini-barges and floating storage bladders laden with recovered oil are towed to an intermediate storage platform for off-loading. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Trash Pump (3-inch) All Decanting 1 1 1 hr 2 hr Suction Hose (3-inch) All Decanting > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Decanting > 50 ft 2 for setup 2 hr 

### DECANTING



## SUPPORT

• A trained aerial observer in a fixed-wing aircraft or helicopter tracks the oil location and movement from above

and coordinates the on-water task force recovery effort.

• See Tactic R-28 for lightering procedures. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Equipment oper ates 10 hr in 12-hr shift; two shifts per day

• The oil reco very rate and number of mini-barges required (fill to 95% capacity) vary with the oil encounter rate.

• Appro val to decant is needed from the State On-Scene Coordinator. Appropriate agencies will be consulted to deter
mine site-specific stipulations.

• The amount of oil recovered will be estimated based on gauging by appropriate means (e.g., ullage tape) prior to

offloading. Emulsion samples will be collected and analyzed for oil content. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• 1 hr to load mini-barge; 1.5 hr to unload.

• Man ufacturer’s nameplate pump capacity for 3-inch trash pump is 485 bbl/hr. (See Tactic R-28) SKIMMER EQUIVALENT UN-DERATED LIQUID CAPACITY (BBL/HR) EFFICIENCY MULTIPLIER DERATED ORR (BBL/HR) LORI LSC 271 0.8 217 LORS-2C 516 0.2 103 NOTE: Emulsification factor is 1.67 times oil volume. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Select v essels, booms, and skimmers according to area, water depth restrictions, and function (see Tactic L-6). EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat * with integrated

skimmers Shell Tow boom and mini-barge or floating storage bladder; skim, decant and store or pump oil 1 2 0.5 hr 0.5 hr
Work Boat West Dock Run skimmer and pump; tow mini-barge while loading; tow boom 1 4 1 hr

2 hr LORI LSC Skimmer West Dock On-water recovery 2 1 hr Boom All On-water recovery 42 ft

— 1 hr Work Boat West Dock Shuttle storage platforms 1 2 1 hr 249-bbl Mini-Barge (237 bbl available storage) West Dock, Oliktok Intermediate storage 2
— 1 hr Floating Storage Bladder ** Shell Intermediate storage 2
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr 

### TOTAL STAFF 4-6 * 50 bbl onboard recovered oil tank and off-loading PDP ** Onboard 3-inch diaphram diesel decanting pump 

### or

or**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 05/08 

# TACTIC R-33 **Swift Water Recovery – Harbour Buster**  **(Page 1 of 2) Swift Water Recovery**  **– Harbour Buster (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC R-33

**Harbour Buster**  Work boat and Mini-barge with double davits

Moderate Current 20 m maximum opening 27 m Skimmer Front Sweep Otter Guide Boom



### Option A – When used under a bridge, the boom is anchored to each shore. An anchor and long tow line connects the boom to shore. Option B – For open water operations, boom is towed with work boats or used with anchor systems to create a funnel that will deflect oil into the Harbour Buster collection area. For either option listed above, a skimmer or direct suction unit is placed in the Harbour Buster collection point. Power packs on the mini-barge power the skimmer (if used). Recovered liquids are pumped into mini-barge or shoreside storage, as appropriate.


## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL
EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat West Dock Tow mini-barge and operate skimmer and pump 1

4 1 hr.

2 hr. Skimmer All On-water recovery 1 1 hr. Suction Hose (3-inch) All Skimmer recovery > 20 ft.

249-bbl Mini-Barge (237-bbl available storage) West Dock, Oliktok Intermediate storage; skim mer power pack platform 1 1 hr. Harbour Buster Not on Slope On-water containment 1 1 hr. Boom All On-water containment variable 4 1 hr. Work Boat West Dock Tow boom 2 1 hr. Anchor System All Anchor boom 2 4 for setup 1 hr. 

### or **TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP 8**  **TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 4 (8 FOR OPTION B)** 

## RECOVERY CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Mulitiple skimmers may be used with the Harbour Buster containment system. Type is limited by size of apex and

mini-barge davit capacity.


## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Using a chaffing or protective mat during Harbour Buster deployment greatly reduces the risk of damage to the

equipment's otter boom guide.

• Boom height should be considered when selecting the proper boom to a void splashover in fast current.

• Under Option A, ensure the Harbour Buster is folded and secured before towing it into position. Tow with two lines;

the first a long tow line and the second a pass-off line so the Harbour Buster remains secured to the vessel thus taking the strain off responders.

• Both pelican hooks and carabineers may be used to secure the Harbour Buster to a bridge or shore, but pelican

hooks are superior since they are safer to cut loose while under pressure during demobilization operations.

• Long towlines facilitate easier tie-off when connecting the Harbour Buster boom system to shore. Consider a

carabineer-type hookup to the shore.

• T ending vessels should carry an inflation pump onboard for re-inflating the Harbour Buster guide boom as needed. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Fuel Truck All Provide diesel fuel for boats and pumps 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr 

## SUPPORT**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC T-1 **Delineation of Oiled Snow or Tundra (Page 1 of 2) Delineation of Oiled Snow or Tundra of Tactic (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC T-1

**Contaminated Snow or Tundra** 

# Delineation of Oiled Snow

Different Colors

(Optional: GPS coordinates marked on stakes)

The extent of an oil spill on snow or tundra is delineated so that the oil can be found if subsequent snowfall or windblown snow covers the spill. Two crews walk the perimeter of the spill in opposite directions from a common point, and meet on the opposite side of the spill. As they walk, they place wood laths in the ground/snow every 50 to 100 feet at the edge of the spill, depending on terrain and the spill detail. The crews then retrace their routes to confirm their delineation. The crews may be assisted by snow machine, Argo, pickup truck with Mattracks, or similar personal motorized vehicle. The crews are part of the SRT. For a small spill, one crew is sufficient. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• If the wind is blowing contaminated snow outside the originally staked perimeter, make subsequent delineations

as necessary.

• Use flagging on the ne w stakes to distinguish delineation events.

• Designate fur ther staking with different colors of flagging.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Each staking cre w has 2 SRT staff.



## SUPPORT **TOTAL STAFF 4** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Wooden Lath Stakes All Delineation One for every 100 ft of spill perimeter 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally. 1 hr 0.5 hr

GPS Unit All Mapping 1 per crew
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Argo ACS, KRU, WOA Support 2 4 1 hr 0.5 hr Snow Machines All Support 2 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Tracked Vehicle KRU, WOA, Alpine Support 1/crew 2 to 3 1 hr 0**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC T-2 **Mapping and Surveillance of Spill on Land (Page 1 of 2) Mapping and Surveillance of Spill on Land (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC T-2

TUNDRA

GRAVEL PAD
Heavily Oiled

GPS Coordinates

Lightly Oiled

An initial hand-drawn map is delivered to other responders by the staff performing the initial surveillance. A more detailed and accurate map is then provided using one of the following options:

• The crews performing the delineation take GPS readings at each stake point. The point is recorded on the

stake with a permanent marker, recorded in the GPS unit, and later entered into MapInfo® GIS software (available at all owner locations). A detailed map is drawn by one Situation Unit support staff using MapInfo®. The map is available within two hours after the information is provided to the SRT support staff.
• A survey crew is called out after the delineation crew has staked the area, and the contractor records the

staked points with GPS or survey equipment. The contractor transfers the information to MapInfo®, and a detailed map is drawn from that information.
• T he Kuparuk Twin Otter flies over the spill-affected area, recording the fly-over with the forward-looking infrared

(FLIR) system. The IR readings recorded by the fly-over are then overlain on a MapInfo® map of the area, and a detailed map of the spill is produced from that. This same task can be performed by a hand-held IR sensor available at Kuparuk. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• The choice of surveillance and mapping instruments is determined by the size of the spill, site access, available

equipment, and weather.

• If the spill is re-delineated, update the maps

.
• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**SUPPORT**

• Suppor t for this function is administrative. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Kuparuk Twin Otter with FLIR KRU Surveillance 1 3 1 hr 1 hr Hand-Held FLIR KRU Mapping 1/crew Part of delineation staff 0.5 hr 0.5 hr MapInfo ® Software All Mapping 1 Part of delineation staff

— — GPS Unit All Mapping 1/crew Part of delineation staff 0.5 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC T-3 **Detection and Delineation of Under-Ice Oil (Page 1 of 2) Detection and Delineation of Under-Ice Oil (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC T-3

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

### Ice

Water Snow Drift

Under-Ice Cavity Oil

Oil released under a solid sea-ice sheet or that finds its way under the ice through cracks and leads will spread under the ice and collect in under-ice pockets. The underside of sea ice contains many of these pockets that reflect snow drifts on the surface of the ice. Snow drifts insulate the ice, thereby reducing ice growth and forming pockets. Once in a pocket, oil will tend to stay in place, since it takes a current of approximately 0.7 feet/second to push the oil out. Oil in pockets will become encapsulated as the ice grows. Use an ice auger to drill holes and place underwater lights to shine up through the ice (the snow must first be removed from surface). A series of auger holes can be drilled in a line from the source to delineate the extent of under-ice oil contamination. 

### Buried Pipe Oil Leak Under Ice
Auger Holes

**Hand-Held Diving Light** 

### Underwater **Light w/Cord** 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Chec k ice thickness before moving heavy equipment onto ice (see Tactic L-7).

• A loader with tundr a tires or possibly a Challenger rubber-tracked dozer may have to move snowdrifts.

• Winds will aff ect water movement even under ice. • During the ice-growth period from December to April, oil films up to several inches thick can be completely

encapsulated by new ice within 36 hours.

• In some situations, it may be most effective to cut a hole in the ice and have divers conduct an underwater survey

for oil. 

## SUPPORT **TOTAL STAFF 6** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Ice Auger All Detection 2 4 1 hr 0.5 hr Underwater Light ACS, WOA, Alpine Detection 2 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Front-end Loader w/Bucket All Snow Removal 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr ATVs w/Plow ACS, EOA, END, KRU, WOA, Alpine Snow Removal 2 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Snow Machine All Personnel Transportation 4 4 1 hr 0.5 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Generator All Electricity 2 2 for setup 1 hr 0.5 hr Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and

fuel occasionally 1 hr 0.5 hr

Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC T-4 **Discharge Tracking in Open Water (Page 1 of 2) Discharge Tracking in Open Water (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC T-4

T h e o i l s l i c k i s t r a c k e d b y v i s u a l o b s e r v a t i o n f r o m a n a i r c r a f t . T h e a i r c r a f t provides radio reports and forward-looking infrared (FLIR) video images. The thicker areas of oil within an oil slick emit more thermal radiation than the surrounding water and show up in the image as white or hot spots. The FLIR system works day or night. Boat operators deploy satellite tracking buoys into the slick from response vessels. The buoys transmit collected position information and other pertinent data to overhead satellites for retransmission to authorized oil spill response personnel end users. 

## Open Water Aircraft equipped with FLIR

Satellite Tracking Buoys 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Each aircraft carries two observation personnel: the FLIR operator and an additional oil observer. The response

vessel crew deploys the satellite tracking buoys.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Most skimming operations receive aerial observation reports to help them position for oil recovery. A helicopter

can also help coordinate on-water operations. 

## SUPPORT

• A response v essel deploys the satellite tracking buoys into the slick during response operations. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Aircraft with FLIR KRU Aerial tracking and response coordination 1 3 1 hr 1 hr Satellite Tracking Buoys ACS Track the oil slick 24
— 2 hr 1 hr Work Boat All Deploy tracking buoys 1 2 2 hr 0**NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC T-4A **Discharge Tracking in Ice (Page 1 of 2) Discharge Tracking in Ice (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC T-4A

Helicopter operators deploy ice beacons into the slick. The beacon system consists of a GPS receiver, antenna, and beacon equipped with a transmitter. Beacon positions are transmitted to the Command Center via e-mail. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• This tactic is used to tr ack oil in ice that is not thick enough to support on-ice response tactics.

Ice Beacon
Oil 

## Solid Ice

Ice Beacon EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Helicopter Deployment of beacons 1 2 1 hr 1 hr Ice Beacons ACS Base Track oil in ice 6
— 2 hr 1 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC T-5 **Trajectory Calculations (Page 1 of 2) Trajectory Calculations (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC T-5

Current component = 0.3 mph @ 0 ° (north)

Resultant 0.23 mph @ 60 °

Wind component = 0.3 mph @ 135 ° (northwest)

**VECTOR ADDITION** Movement of oil on the open ocean is affected by two forces: water current and the wind. Oil is predicted to move at the same speed as the underlying water and at about 3% of the wind speed. The direction and speed of movement of oil on water can be predicted by vector addition. An example is provided above. Reports of current wind and temperature and 24-hour weather forecasts are available from 659-5888 (recording) and 659-5251 (Prudhoe Bay airport tower). Surface water direction and speed may be estimated by three methods:

• Repor ts of observed water movement from field staff,
• The oceanography volumes of the Endicott Environmental Monitoring Program annual reports (e.g., U.S.

Army Corps of Engineers, 1990), and
• Alaska Clean Seas Technical Manual Atlas. Wind generally drives ocean surface currents in the vicinity of the North Slope oil production facilities. Wind shifts can reverse surface water currents within a few hours (Bryan Trimm, pers. comm., 1997). Coastal landforms affect the nearshore currents. 

## In response to a release of oil, please provide spill trajectories for the next 24 hour period. Transmit the trajectories by Internet to Alaska Clean Seas NOAA account. Notify Alaska Clean Seas of the transfer at (907) 659-2405. Gentlemen:

Incident Name Release Location Lat. Long. Geographic Description: Is release continuing? Yes No Time of Release Volume Spill If continuing release, what is rate? bbl/hr Material Spilled Current Weather Air Temp. ° F Wind Speed kt Wind Direction 24 hour Forecast Air Temp ° F Wind Speed kt Wind Direction Current Slick Location Lat. Long. Time of Current Slick Location
FOR DRILLS ONLY 1. Is this a tabletop drill? Yes No 2. Is this an equipment deployment drill? Yes No 3. Are objects in water being used to simulate oil? Yes No 4. Are other trajectory models being used? Yes No (Optional) (Optional)



## REFERENCES Waldman, G. A., R. A. Johnson, and P. C. Smith. 1973. The spreading and transport of oil slicks on the ocean in the presence of wind, waves, and current. AVCO Systems Division. USCG Report CG-D-17-73. Fay, J . A. 1969. The spread of oil slicks on a calm sea. Pages 53-63 in Oil on the Sea . D. P. Hoult (ed.). Plenum Press, New York. McCourt, J. 1998. Interaction between oil and suspended particulate matter in the Yukon River. Prepared by S. L. Ross Environmental Research Ltd. for Alyeska Pipeline Service Company. 22 pages plus appendices. National Research Council. 1989. Using Oil Dispersants on the Sea . Marine Board Commission on Engineering and Technical Systems. National Academy Press, Washington, D.C. 335 pages. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 1990. Endicott Environmental Monitoring Program Final Report. Prepared by Sci
ence Applications International Corporation. 

## TRAJECTORY MODELLING The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) has the ability to provide computer-generated pre
dictions of oil movement on water. NOAA provides the predicted trajectory based on data on the product released, its location, current and predicted weather. ACS maintains an Internet account with NOAA for downloading trajectory predictions. NOAA requires approximately 3 hours to calculate the trajectory. The model can also be accessed by contacting Dr. John Whitney, Scienti f﻿i c Sup
port Coordinator, USCG Marine Safety Office in Anchorage (phone 907-271-3593 and fax 907-271-3139) or NOAA Hazardous Materials Response and Assessment Division in Seattle (206-526-6317). An example of the exact information required to run the trajectory analysis is provided below. 

## SAMPLE VECTOR ADDITION

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC T-6 **Blowout Modeling (Page 1 of 6) Blowout Modeling (Page 2 of 6)**  

# TACTIC T-6

The purpose of this tactic is to provide contingency planners with a method for approximating how oil will be deposited from a well blowout, for use in developing response scenarios in facility-speci f﻿i c contingency plans. An unobstructed surface well blowout, while a highly unlikely event, could send a plume of oil into the atmosphere. The distribution of oil falling from the aerial plume depends upon the height that the oil is propelled and the size of the oil droplets. Factors such as pipe diameter and gas flow rate control the plume height and subsequent fallout distribution. Downwind oil distribution predictions are found in Oil Deposition Modeling for Surface Well Blowouts (Belore, 1997, prepared by S.L. Ross Environmental Research Ltd. for Alaska Clean Seas). The model assumes the following conditions:

• Alaska Nor th Slope crude oil
• Atmospher ic Stability Class D
• Median oil drop diameter of 750 μm
• Release height (f eet above ground surface) of 0 Wind speed has no practical net effect on the deposition pattern. A high wind reduces the plume-rise height by bending the rising plume, but it also carries the oil downwind faster. Drops fall to the ground sooner but travel just as far from the source. Figures 1A and 1B associate typical gas flow rates with oil flow rates and gas-to-oil ratios. A gas flow rate found in these figures is then used to select curves in Figures 2 through 7, which have been developed using an oil-drop-sizedistribution with a 750 μm volume median diameter. This drop-size distribution was derived from an annular, twophase flow situation. The shaded area in Figure 1B identifies flows outside the annular flow conditions for which this drop-size distribution was derived. The oil drops formed under these low-flow conditions are likely to be larger than those used to develop Figures 2 through 7; therefore, these are not valid for flow conditions that fall in the shaded areas below the limits plotted for each of the pipe diameters in Figure 1B. Figures 2 through 7 show the downwind length and width of the aerial plume where a percentage of the total oil flow has fallen to the surface. Ten percent of the oil is assumed to be in the form of drops so small (50 μm or less) that they do not fall to the ground but are held aloft by atmospheric turbulence. 

## Aerial Oil Plume Aerial Oil Plume
Blowout Well

**FIGURE 1A GAS FLOW - OIL FLOW - GOR**  The following example illustrates how to use Figures 1 through 7:

A well is assumed to be discharging oil and gas at a rate of 12,000 bopd with a gas-to-oil ratio (GOR) of 750 scf/bbl through a 6.3-inch-diameter (7-inch outer diameter) pipe. To determine the amount of oil that falls within 200 meters from the source, complete the following steps: From Figure 1, determine the gas flow to be about 8.75 mmscf/d. On Figure 4, interpolate between the 5 and 10 mmscf/d curves to approximate the 8.75 curve. From this inter
polated curve, get the percent of oil falling within 200 meters of the source (about 72%). The total volume of oil falling within 200 meters of the source will be the total oil flow of 12,000 bopd times 0.72 times the duration of the blowout period. To determine the width of the fallout at 200 meters, use Figure 5 in the same way, and determine the fallout width at 72% of oil on “ground” (about 35 meters). This is the width that would be oiled if the wind came from the same direction during the entire release. If the wind is shifting, the plume will deposit oil over a much wider area. If the wind’s directional persistence throughout the release period is known, these values can be applied to determine the percentage of oil falling and the resulting oil thickness in the various sectors around the spill source.



## FIGURE 1B **GAS FLOW - OIL FLOW - GOR (LOW FLOWS)**

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC T-6 **Blowout Modeling (Page 3 of 6) Blowout Modeling (Page 4 of 6)**  

# TACTIC T-6

**FIGURE 2 OIL FALLOUT PERCENT VS. DISTANCE FROM SOURCE (4-INCH ID PIPE)** 

**FIGURE 3 FALLOUT WIDTH VS. PERCENT ON THE GROUND (4-INCH ID PIPE)**  **FIGURE 5 FALLOUT WIDTH VS. PERCENT ON THE GROUND (6.3-INCH ID PIPE)**  **FIGURE 4 OIL FALLOUT PERCENT VS. DISTANCE FROM SOURCE (6.3-INCH ID PIPE)** 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC T-6 **Blowout Modeling (Page 5 of 6) Blowout Modeling (Page 6 of 6)**  

# TACTIC T-6

**FIGURE 7 FALLOUT WIDTH VS. PERCENT ON THE GROUND (7 5/8-INCH ID PIPE)**  **FIGURE 6 OIL FALLOUT PERCENT VS. DISTANCE FROM SOURCE (7 5/8-INCH ID PIPE)** 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC T-7 **Spill Volume Estimation (Page 1 of 2) Spill Volume Estimation (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC T-7

**SPILL VOLUME ESTIMATION OIL IN OR ON SOILS** 

• It is difficult to estimate the amount and extent of subsurface pollution from hydrocarbons spilled and trapped

in soil.
• Hydrocarbons in soil ma y exist in three phases:

– As v apors within the pore spaces

– As residual liquid attached to or tr apped between soil particles

– As dissolv ed components of oil in moisture surrounding soil particles
• Gener ally, oil retention increases with: decreasing grain size, poorer sorting of soils, and increasing oil viscos
ity.
• Oil retention of initially w ater-saturated soils is generally lower than for initially dry soils.
• The “retention capacity” factor for different types of soils provides an estimate of volume of liquid retained per

unit pore volume. Following are rules of thumb for retention capacity of soil types: **Silt Sand**  **Gravel Crude Oil**  12% - 20% 4% - 13% 0% - 5% **Diesel** 7% - 12% 2% - 8% 0%- 2% **Gasoline** 3% - 7% 1% - 5% 0% - 1%
**OIL ON ICE AND SNOW**

• Field experience and data from actual spills indicate that oil-holding capacities of ice and snow range as high

as 1,600 barrels per acre.
• Equations f or estimates: V (b bl) = (4.14 x 10 5 

### ) x A (mi 2 

### ) x t (in.) V (b bl) = 647 x A (acres) x t (in) V (b bl) = (1.48 x 10 -2 

### ) x A (ft 2 

### ) x t (in.) V (gal) = 42 x V (bbl) V = Volume of oil spill A = Area of oil slic k or contaminated zone t = Thickness of oil slick or contaminated zone (with snow, t = equivalent oil thickness)
**OIL ON WATER**

• Oil Color

– Sheen (silv er-gray): Use 10 -6 

### inch as average thickness

– Ir idescent (blue green): Use 10 -4 

### to 10 -5 

### inch as average thickness

– Blue-b lack (aged, wind-blown): Use 10 -2 

### to 10 -3 

### as average thickness

– Blue-b lack (fresh/equilibrium conditions): Use 10 -1 

### inch as average thickness

– Em ulsion (brown/ “chocolate mousse”): Use 10 -1 

### inch as average “oil” thickness (actually 2 to 3 x 10 -1



### inch with 50% to 70% water).

• Equations f or estimates: V (bbl) = 4.14 x 10 5 

### A (mi 2 

### ) x t (inches) V (bbl) = 647 A (acres) x t (inches) V (bbl) = 1.48 x 10 -2 

### A (ft 2 

### ) x t (inches) V (gal) = 0.624 A (ft 2 

### ) x t (inches) V = Volume of oil spill A = Area of slick at thickness t t = Thickness of oil slick 

## NOTE: The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration publishes an observer’s guide that contains more information on estimating oil spill volumes. 

## ESTIMATING SPILL SOURCE VOLUMES AND FLOW RATES **LEAK RATE CALCULATIONS** One drop/second = 1 gallon per day Thin stream breaking to drops = 24 gallons per day Small stream (about 1/8 inch) = 84 gallons per day Large stream (about 1/4 inch) = 936 gallons per day A simple rule of thumb is to divide 10,000 by the number of seconds it takes to fill a five-gallon pail.
**ESTIMATES FOR CAPACITY**

• Pipeline per linear f oot

– F or volume in gallons per foot: square the inside diameter (in inches) and multiply by 4 percent

(0.04)

– F or volume in barrels per foot: square the inside diameter (in inches) and divide by 1,000

– T o find the volume of a pipeline in barrels per mile: square the inside diameter (in inches) and multiply by 5.13

• F or vertical cylindrical tanks: V (gal) = 0.0034 d (in.) x d (in.) x h (in.) V (gal) = 5.88 D (ft) x D (ft) x H (ft) d = diameter in inches D = diameter in f eet h = height of liquid in inches H = height of liquid in f eet **ENCOUNTER RATE CALCULATIONS**

• Calculations used to estimate the amount of oil moving past in a stream, entering a collection boom, or in a

windrow/patch of oil. EnR (gpm) = 37 x W (ft) x V (ft/sec) x t (in) EnR (bbl/hr) = 53.33 x W (ft) x V (ft/sec) x t (in) EnR (bbl/day) = (1.28 x 10 3 

### ) x W (ft) x V (ft/sec) x t (in) W = Width of oil swath V = Velocity in feet per second (1 knot = 1.68 ft/sec) t = Thickness of oil slick

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 05/08 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 05/08 

### Before in-situ burning can be used a spill control measure, regulatory approval must be obtained. First complete the application and burn plan in Tactic B-1A and submit it to the Unified Command. Approval is required for the burn to proceed. Refer to pages 3 and 4 of this tactic for information on safe distances from downwind human populations. This information is taken from the In-Situ Burning Guidleines for Alaska , Revision 1, March 22, 2001, prepared by the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation, the U.S. Coast Guard, and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 10. Once in-situ burning is approved, the following steps are involved: 1. Collect and concentrate the oil using a fire-resistant boom, ice floes, ice pits, or other natural features as gathering places for burn. 2. Ignite the oil using the Heli-torch or hand-held igniter, making sure to avoid flashback and ignition of the spill source. 3. Monitor the burn, maintaining constant watch on the fire and smoke plume, condition of containment boom, speed and position of towing vessels, and other safety hazards and issues. 4. Reco ver and dispose of the burn residue.



## Proper safety procedures must be followed for burning, and the necessary personal protective equipment (PPE) must be used. 

# NOTE **STEP 1**

**STEP 2**

**STEP 3**

**STEP 4 APPLICATION**  **SUBMITTED TO FEDERAL AND STATE**  **ON-SCENE COORDINATORS** 



### YES

**YES**

**YES**

**YES NO** 

**NO NO**  **ARE MECHANICAL**  **CONTAINMENT AND RECOVERY**  **FEASIBLE AND SUFFICIENT?** 

**IS IN-SITU BURNING**  **FEASIBLE?**

**WILL THE PUBLIC** 

**BE SAFE FROM SMOKE?** 

**ARE PUBLIC**  **WARNINGS IN PLACE?**  **BURN WITH**  **CONDITIONS DO NOT BURN**  

# TACTIC B-1 **In-Situ Burning Plan (Page 1 of 4) In-Situ Burning Plan (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC B-1

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 05/08 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 05/08 

# TACTIC B-1 **In-Situ Burning Plan (Page 3 of 4) In-Situ Burning Plan (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC B-1 3. Safe Distance

15 Revision 1, 03/22/01 

### Figure 1 **Zones for In Situ Burns on Populated Flat Land, and on Water Within 3 Miles of Shore** 

**The dashed circle shows an example of a 1,000-ft radius site safety zone for workers, determined under a separate site safety plan.**  **45 o** 



### 45 **o**



### Red Zone **1 mile**
**3 miles Green Zone** 

**Yellow Zone** 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS The following information is taken from the In-Situ Burning Guidelines for Alaska , Revision 1, March 22, 2001, pre pared by the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation, the U.S. Coast Guard, and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 10. Table 1 below lists the general safe distances separating an in-situ burn and downwind, populated areas in flat terrain. Figure 1 below shows a bird’s-eye of the zones for in-situ burns on populated flat land and on water within 3 miles of shore. 3. Safe Distance

13 Revision 1, 03/22/01 

## Safe Distance in Populated, Flat Terrain The on-scene coordinator determines whether the flat terrain safe distance guidelines apply. Among the conditions of authorization is that the in situ burn lies a safe distance from human populations. With a topographic map, the on-scene coordinator finds the rise of the terrain downwind of the fire. With a phone call to the National Weather Service, the on-scene coordinator learns the predicted atmospheric mixing layer height. Where the mixing layer height is less than 10 times the rise of the land above the fire, the area is considered complex terrain; safe distance rules are not available there. Where the expected mixing layer height exceeds 10 times the topographic rise above the fire, the area is considered flat terrain. In flat terrain, the on-scene coordinator considers the safe distance recommendations outlined in this section. Table 4 lists the general safe distances separating an in situ burn and downwind, populated areas in flat terrain. Figures 1 through 4 show bird’s-eye and cross-sectional views of the safe distances. 

### Table 4 **Safe Distances Between In Situ Burns and Downwind Human Populations in Flat Terrain**  **Location of Fire Green Zone Yellow Zone Red Zone**  Flat terrain on land Water <3 miles from shore >3 miles 1 to 3 miles <1 mile
Water >3 miles from shore >1 mile not applicable <1 mile On water more than 3 miles from shore, the green zone safe distance is 1 mile from the public. On land or on water less than 3 miles from shore, the green zone safe distance is 3 miles from the public. Burning at a green zone safe distance from the public is acceptable following Level 1 public notification. The yellow zone distance extends from 1 to 3 miles downwind of an in situ burn, and within 45 degrees of the smoke plume, when the burn is on land or on water within 3 miles of shore. The quadrant shape of the zone protects people from smoke subjected to minor wind shifts. The on-scene coordinators may authorize burning following Level 2 and Level 3 public notifications, warning, and sheltering in place or evacuation. The red zone distance is within 1 mile of any in situ burn and within 45 degrees of the smoke plume. The on-scene coordinators may authorize burning in the red zone following public notifications, warnings, and sheltering in place or evacuation, and if the on-scene coordinators’ best professional judgment supports the expectation of PM 2.5 less than 65 micrograms per cubic meter 1-hour average in populated areas. 

### Table 1 **Safe Distances Between In-Situ Burns and Downwind Human Populations in Flat Terrain** 

SOURCE: In-Situ Burning Guidelines for Alaska , Revision 1, March 22, 2001. Prepared by the Alaska Department of Environ
mental Conservation, the U.S. Coast Guard, and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 10. On water more than 3 miles from shore, the green zone safe distance is 1 mile from the public. On land or on water less than 3 miles from shore, the green zone safe distance is 3 miles from the public. Burning at a green zone safe distance from the public is acceptable following Level 1 public notification. The yellow zone distance extends from 1 to 3 miles downwind of an in-situ burn, and within 45 degrees of the smoke plume, when the burn is on land or on water within 3 miles of shore. The quadrant shape of the zone protects people from smoke subjected to minor wind shifts. The on-scene coordinators may authorize burning following Level 2 and Level 3 public notifications, warning, and sheltering in place or evacuation. The red zone distance is within 1 mile of any in-situ burn and within 45 degrees of the smoke plume. The on-scene coordinators may authorize burning in the red zone following public notifications, warnings, and sheltering in place or evacuation, and if the on-scene coordinators’ best professional judgment supports the expectation of PM2.5 less than 65 micrograms per cubic meter 1-hour average in populated areas. The red zone radius takes into account that the risk of smoke exposure becomes greater close to the fire. In addition, the ALOFT model does not predict the behavior of smoke close to the fire before it lofts. The red zone downwind boundary also lies downwind of the expected in-situ burn operations site safety area. For example, a 1,000-foot radius around an in-situ burn of oil in a fire boom may be designated as the worker site safety zone by the site safety officer. The Table 1 rules apply only in the following situations:

• In the vicinity of human populations
• F or a burn of any size from a single source
• F or simultaneous burns less than 100 yards apart The Table 1 rules do not apply in the following situations:

• In unpopulated areas • In-situ b urns less than 3 miles upwind of terrain that rises more than 10 percent of the mixing layer height
• F or simultaneous burns more than 100 yards apart 

### Figure 1 **Zones for In-Situ Burns on Populated Flat Land, and on Water Within 3 Miles of Shore** 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 05/08 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 05/08 

### 38 Revision 1, 03/22/01 

### APPLICATION AND BURN PLAN **In Situ Burning Guidelines for Alaska** Incident Name: Date Prepared Operational Period Incident Location: Date Time Incident Date: Time Prepared Start: Incident Time: End: Title of Applicant: Address: Affiliation: Phone: Fax: 

### STEP 1 Site Location ____________________________ Site Description __________________________ Latitude ________________________________ Longitude_______________________________ Type of Incident (check one): _______Grounding _______Transfer Operations _______Explosion _______Collision _______Blowout _______Other ___________________________ Product Released (check one): _______North Slope Crude _______Cook Inlet Crude _______Chevron Residual _______Diesel #2 _______JP4 _______Other ___________________________ Estimated Volume of Released Product: ________________________ gallons, or ________________________ BBL Estimated Volume of Product That May Potentially be Released: ________________________ gallons, or ________________________ BBL Release Status (check one): ______Continuous ______Intermittent ______One time only, now stopped If Continuous or Intermittent, Rate of Release: ________________________gallons, or ________________________BBL Estimated Water Surface Covered (square miles)

____________________________________ Why is mechanical recovery alone inadequate to control the spill? Consider the spill size, forecasted weather and trajectories, amount of available equipment, time to deploy, and time to recover._________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________ Will you use mechanical recovery in conjunction with in situ burning? yes no Have you evaluated dispersants? yes no Will you use dispersants in conjunction with in situ burning? yes no Why is in situ burning preferred? _____________________

_______________________________________________

_______________________________________________ 

### APPLICATION AND BURN PLAN **In Situ Burning Guidelines for Alaska**

39 Revision 1, 03/22/01 

### STEP 2 Did source burn? yes no Is source still burning? yes no Is product easily emulsified? yes no Is product already emulsified? (check one) _______No _______Light emulsion (0-20%) _______Moderate emulsion (21-50%) _______Heavy emulsion (>50%) _______Unknown Estimated Percent Oil Naturally Dispersed and Evaporated Within First 24 Hours: _______________________
Check boxes and enter wind values in the following table: Current Conditions 12-hour Forecast 24-hour Forecast Clear Partly cloudy Overcast Rain Snow Fog Wind Speed (kt) Wind Direction (from) Percentage Ice Coverage (check one): _______No ice present _______<10% _______11-30% _______31-50% _______51-100% Tidal state at ____________ o’clock (check one): ______Slack tide ______Incoming (flood) ______Outgoing (ebb) **Attach a graph** with tidal information for three tidal cycles. Dominant current (not drift): Speed (knots) _________________________ Direction (to) __________________________ Current Speed (knots) Relative to the Containment Boom __________________________________ Sea State (check one): ______Calm ______Choppy ______Swell Waves (estimate height in feet)____________ Does your site safety plan cover this in situ burn plan? yes no Will response workers be briefed on the site safety plan before burning? yes no Are the responders trained and equipped with safety gear? yes no **Attach an ICS 204 form, or similar document** . On it, list the following equipment you will use: Vessels Aircraft for ignition and aerial observation Lengths of fire boom Residue containment equipment Fire fighting equipment Ignition systems Burn promoters Communications systems Proposed Burn Date and Time ______________ This form is taken from the In-Situ Burning Guidelines for Alaska , Revision 1, March 22, 2001. Prepared by the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation, the U.S. Coast Guard, and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 10 

# TACTIC B-1A **In-Situ Burning Plan and Application Form (Page 1 of 4) In-Situ Burning Plan and Application Form (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC B-1A

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 05/08 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 05/08 

# TACTIC B-1A **In-Situ Burning Plan and Application Form (Page 3 of 4) In-Situ Burning Plan and Application Form (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC B-1A

**APPLICATION AND BURN PLAN In Situ Burning Guidelines for Alaska** 

40 Revision 1, 03/22/01 

### Describe how you intend to carry out the burn.

_______________________________________ Check one: _______Ignition is away from source after containment and movement of the oil to safe location (i.e., controlled burn). _______Ignition of uncontained slick(s) is at a safe distance from the source. _______Ignition is at or near source without controls. How will you ignite the oil?____________________________

_________________________________________________ Enter the volume of oil you expect to burn: Fire No. Oil Volume (BBL__ or Gal__) Fire Duration (Hrs__ or Min__) 1 2 3 4 5 Attach a list for more fires. Total Vol.: How many simultaneous burns are planned?

_________________________________________________ What distance will separate simultaneous burns?

_________________________________________________ Are you planning sequential or repeat (not simultaneous) burns? yes no Estimated area of oil in uncontrolled burn (square feet) ______________________________________ Describe your ability and procedures to extinguish the burn if necessary or directed to do so.

_________________________________________________

_________________________________________________ 

### Step 3 **Attach a chart with a distance scale** . Show estimated spill trajectory and landfalls, with time. Show the location and distance of your proposed burns relative to the following features: 1. Source: Location__________________________________________ Distance from Burn (miles) ________________________ 2. Ignitable slicks: Location__________________________________________ Distance from Burn (miles) ________________________ 3. Nearest Land (burns on water) or Non-Flat Terrain (burns on land): Location__________________________________________ Distance from burn (miles) ________________________ 4. Nearby Human Populations and Human Use Areas (names of towns, etc.): Location__________________________________________ Distance from Burn (miles) ________________________ Location__________________________________________ Distance from Burn (miles) ________________________ Location__________________________________________ Distance from Burn (miles) ________________________ 5. Show your mechanical recovery and in situ burning equipment configurations. 

### Step 4 How do you plan to collect burned oil residue?

________________________________________________

________________________________________________ How do you plan to store and dispose of burned oil residue?

________________________________________________

________________________________________________ 

### APPLICATION AND BURN PLAN **In Situ Burning Guidelines for Alaska**

41 Revision 1, 03/22/01 

### Describe the risk of accidental (secondary) fire.

_________________________________________________ How much will your burn impair visibility at airports?

_________________________________________________ How far is your proposed burn from the nearest Class I airshed? 1



### _________________________________________ 1 Class I airsheds in Alaska: • Denali National Park and Preserve • Bering Sea National Wildlife Refuge National Wilderness Area • Simeonof National Wildlife Refuge National Wilderness Area • Tuxedni National Wildlife Refuge National Wilderness Area (this

area lies adjacent to Cook Inlet) Special protection of visibility is also designated in the following

areas • Mt. Deborah and the Alaska Range East viewed from the Savage River Campground area • Mt. McKinley, Alaska Range, and Interior Lowlands viewed from

Wonder Lake 

## Signatures

Signature of Applicant
Printed name of Applicant

Date and Time Submitted to Federal and State On-Scene Coordinators



### Prepared By: ICS Position: Phone:

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 9/01 

### A response worker rakes oiled vegetation with a metal rake so that grass stems are oriented more or less vertically. A second response worker uses a weed burner, which consists of a flame nozzle, hosing, and a propane tank. The weed burner is held just above the oiled vegetation until the vegetation is burned down to a stubble. Care is taken not to burn vegetation down to soil, which would damage the root system. Work is started on the upwind edge of the oiled area and proceeds downwind so that response workers are not exposed to smoke. 

# WIND **EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Proper safety procedures must be followed, and the necessary personal protective equipment (PPE) must be

used.

• Do not w alk on oiled vegetation. Snowshoes can be used to protect unoiled tundra.

• Bur ning of oiled vegetation is conducted as a non-emergency project and has the objective of reducing re-oil
ing of adjacent areas. Burning proceeds downwind from its starting point. Care is taken to avoid contaminating unaffected areas. Burning is most effective immediately after the spill, before evaporation of volatile compo
nents.

• T ake care to avoid secondary fires. If there is access to water, the oiled area and the surrounding vegetation can be saturated with water. Wet vegetation will still burn under the direct flame of a weed burner.

• Fire suppression m ust be on hand, with staff in direct control of it.

• Bur ned tundra can regenerate itself, as long as the root structure is left intact. Sedges and grasses recover more

quickly than mosses and lichens, which do not have much of an underground structure. It is normally preferable to burn the oil in the tundra rather than to leave oiled vegetation. Tundra vegetation cannot survive under heavy oiling, but it can survive if the oil and vegetation are burned, leaving a healthy root structure.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• An ADEC open-b urn permit is required. 

## CAPACITIES

• One w eed burner can cover approximately 50 sq. ft in an hour, depending on terrain and degree of oiling. 

## SUPPORT

• Pic kup trucks and four-wheelers transport personnel and equipment.

• Sorbent ma y be used in conjunction with the weed burners. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF 2 EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Weed Burner, with

Propane Tank All Surface oil removal 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Rake (metal) All Rake vegetation upright > 1 1 1 hr 0 Fire Extinguisher All Suppression of unwanted fires > 2
— 0.5 hr 0 

# TACTIC B-2 **Burning Oily Vegetation (Page 1 of 2) Burning Oily Vegetation (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC B-2

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC B-3 **In-Situ Burning with Heli-Torch and Other Igniters (Page 1 of 2) In-Situ Burning with Heli-Torch and Other Igniters (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC B-3

Numerous methods are available for the ignition of floating oil. Hand-held pyrotechnic devices such as ACS’s Dome igniters can be armed and tossed by hand from a helicopter or vessel. If such devices are unavailable, one can often make a simple though effective igniter on location using oil-soaked rags, sorbents, or even a roll of toilet paper. When it is unsafe to use such igniters, and particularly when a large, intense ignition area is needed, a Heli-torch may be used. The Simplex Model 5400 Heli-torch owned by ACS is a helicopter-slung device for delivering measured amounts of burning gelled fuel to an oil slick for purposes of igniting the slick. The Heli-torch can be used to ignite inaccessible oil pockets collected in quiet-water areas or on melt pools on the ice. 

## BASIC DESIGN AND INTERNAL COMPONENTS OF THE DOME IGNITER **EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

**CAPACITIES**

• Bur ning on water reduces the volume of a crude oil spill by 75% or more. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Proper saf ety procedures must be followed, and the necessary personal protective equipment (PPE) must be used.

• F ollow all manufacturer’s instructions carefully. Designated personnel on the surface and in the air maintain a constant

watch of the fire and smoke plume, the condition of the boom, the speed and positions of the towing vessels, and the proximity of the burn operations to other vessels, oil slicks, the shoreline, etc. In addition, each vessel should maintain constant contact with the supervisor. The supervisor of the burn operation must be in direct radio contact with all ele
ments of the burn team, including aircraft and the mixing/loading crew.

• It is critical that communications be available to ensure coordination between the burn operations supervisor and all

elements of the response. All personnel involved in the operation must be in constant contact with the burn operations supervisor. The following communications are necessary for a burn on water:

– Dedicated r adio links and equipment with speci f﻿i c frequencies for air-to-air and air-to-ground communications

– Dedicated radio links and equipment with speci f﻿i c frequencies for vessel-to-vessel and vessel-to-command com
munications

– Repeater stations as appropr iate for distant or blocked communications paths

– Emergency man ual signal (e.g., light or siren)

• T ake care when filling, mixing, and dispensing raw or gelled fuel. Always connect a ground wire to an earth ground. Use a non-sparking pump in a well-ventilated area. When mixing by hand, use wooden or aluminum paddles. Have at least two 20-lb dry-chemical fire extinguishers in both the fuel mixing and Heli-torch filling areas. Personnel mixing and dispensing fuel must wear antistatic protective clothing.

• The charter company supplying the helicopter for the Heli-torch must be FAA-certified to sling-load petroleum. In ad
dition, the pilot must have FAR Part 137 certification.

• Bur ning gelled fuel may sometimes fall off the Heli-torch while in transit to or from the burn site. Pilots should plan

their flight path to minimize the risk of starting unwanted fires.

• Cer tain environmental limitations restrict the feasibility of in-situ burning. Optimal environmental conditions are:

– Winds less than 20 kt

– W aves less than 2 to 3 ft

– Currents less than 3/4 kt relativ e velocity between boom and water

• The f ollowing oil thicknesses are required to support combustion:

– 2 to 3 mm (0.08 to 0.12 inch) f or fresh crude oil

– 3 to 5 mm (0.12 to 0.2 inch) f or diesel and weathered crude

– 5 to 10 mm (0.2 to 0.4 inch) f or emulsions and Bunker C

• Em ulsification can affect ignitability. Most oils are readily combustible if water content is less than 25%. For water

contents greater than 25% it may be necessary to apply an emulsion breaker to obtain ignition. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF **> 4**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Heli-torch (55-gal) ACS/KRU Ignition 2 3 1 hr

2 hr Helicopter with FAR Part 137 Approved Pilot Alyeska Sling-load Heli-torch 1 2 hr

Hand-held Igniters ACS, Northstar, Alpine Ignition > 6 2 1 hr Surefire Gel w/Fuel ACS Gelled fuel > 5 lb.
— 1 hr Batch Mixer (300 gal) ACS/KRU Mix gel 1 2 1 hr

Fire Extinguisher All Suppress accidental fires > 2
— 0.5 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

### Fire containment boom can be deployed in a stationary mode either anchored to a shore or on the water. In addi tion, it can be towed like a standard containment boom in a U-configuration to collect oil on water and concentrate it for burning within the boom. To use the full holding capacity of the boom, oil should fill the lower one-third of the boom’s apex while the boom is being towed. During a burn, the oiled area may be expanded by slowing down. This increases the size of the burn and the oil elimination rate. In-situ burning, without boom, may be used in ice conditions. The ice would act as the containment mechanism. 

## DEPLOYMENT WITH TOW BOATS **3M FIRE BOOM**

Tow Boats Burning Oil

3M Fire Boom 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Proper safety procedures must be followed, and the necessary personal protective equipment (PPE) must be

used.

• F ollow all manufacturer’s instructions carefully. Designated personnel on the surface and in the air maintain a

constant watch of the fire and smoke plume, the condition of the boom, the speed and positions of the towing vessels, and the proximity of the burn operations to other vessels, oil slicks, the shoreline, etc. In addition, each vessel should maintain constant contact with the supervisor. The supervisor of the burn operation must be in direct radio contact with all elements of the burn team, including aircraft and vessels.

• It is critical that communications be available to ensure coordination between the burn operation supervisor and

all elements of the response. All personnel involved in the operation must be in constant contact with the burning operations supervisor. 

## CAPACITIES

• Bur ning on water reduces the volume of a crude oil spill by 75% or more.

• F or layers of oil 0.5 inch thick or greater, the removal rate is 4.2 gal of oil per hour for every sq. ft of burning oil. 

## SUPPORT

(Continued on next page) **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP **8 TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 7 (including personnel**  **to pic k up burn residue)**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Fire Boom ACS, KRU, WOA, Endicott Contain oil for burning on water > 500 ft 4 to unload conex 1 hr

2 hr Work Boat All Tow boom 2 per configuration 2 per boat 1 hr Tow Line (with bridles and anchors) ACS Tow boom 500 to 800 ft per towboat — — Hand-held Igniters ACS, Northstar, Alpine Ignite oil 10 per platform 1 1 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Work Boat All Recovery and storage of burn residue 1 per configuration 3 per boat 2 hr 1 hr Fire Extinguishers All Fire suppression > 2 per configuration — 0.5 hr
— Fire Boom Repair Kit ACS Boom repair 2
— — — 

# TACTIC B-4 **Deployment and Use of Fire Containment Boom (Page 1 of 4) Deployment and Use of Fire Containment Boom (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC B-4

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 05/08 

# TACTIC B-4 **Deployment and Use of Fire Containment Boom (Page 3 of 4) Deployment and Use of Fire Containment Boom (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC B-4

ICE CONDITIONS FIRE BOOM (20 lb/linear ft) FIRE BOOM (7 lb/linear ft) FIRE BOOM (6 lb/linear ft) DELTA BOOM Groundfast or Shorefast Ice (with overflood) 100 ft 300 ft 350 ft 750 ft Broken Ice: Large, Dense, First-Year, Afloat 100 ft 300 ft 350 ft 750 ft Broken Ice: Smaller, Less Dense, Rotted 200 ft 600 ft 700 ft 1,000 ft 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS (CONT’D) (Continued from previous page)

• The f ollowing communications are necessary for a burn on water:

– Dedicated radio links and equipment with speci f﻿i c frequencies for air-to-air and air-to-ground communic
ations

– Dedicated radio links and equipment with speci f﻿i c frequencies for vessel-to-vessel and vessel-to-command

communications

– Repeater stations as appropr iate for distant or blocked communications paths

– Emergency man ual signal (e.g., light or siren)

• The f ollowing oil thicknesses are required to support combustion:

– 2 to 3 mm (0.08 to 0.12 inch) f or fresh crude oil

– 3 to 5 mm (0.12 to 0.2 inch) f or diesel and weathered crude

– 5 to 10 mm (0.2 to 0.4 inch) f or emulsions and Bunker C

• Cer tain environmental limitations restrict the feasibility of in-situ burning. Optimal environmental conditions are:

– Winds less than 20 kt

– W aves less than 2 to 3 ft

– Currents less than 3/4 kt relativ e velocity between boom and water

• Note that Fire Boom is v ery heavy, and proper lifting techniques must be used during deployment.

• T owing vessels should be positioned to avoid any direct contact with floating oil that could accidentally be ig
nited.

• K eep the operation out of the smoke plume.

• One to wing vessel should be designated as the lead vessel for determining course and speed.

• T ow at speeds of 1/2 to 3/4 kt or less and avoid sudden speed changes.

• All personnel and equipment should remain at least 2 to 3 fire diameters a way from the pool of burning oil.

• As conditions allow, the rate at which oil can be eliminated may be increased by a factor of 2 to 3 by slowing the

boom-towing vessels and permitting the contained burn to spread forward within the boom. Oil should not be allowed to spread within 50 ft or less of the leading (upstream) ends of the boom.

• Boom-to wing personnel should be familiar with procedures to terminate the burn.

• Be ware of flashback! After the fire appears to be extinguished, unexpected re-ignition can occur.

• As the burn begins to die down, keep the tow at just enough forward speed to let the remaining oil burn as com
pletely as possible.

• Select size and length of boom based on expected wind and sea conditions, staging and logistics constraints,

and the volume of oil to be burned.

• Use con ventional boom-deployment practices to avoid snags, twists, and fouling with other equipment.

• Select tow line size based on a safety factor of 7. Use long tow lines for each tow vessel (typically 500 to 800

ft) to reduce oil entrainment from prop wash, to position tow vessels safely away from the burn, and to provide additional reaction time in an emergency.

• As necessary, increase oil encounter rate by connecting sections of conventional boom to the leading ends of

the fire containment boom. (Maintain a gap ratio of 0.3). (Continued on next page) 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS (CONT’D) (Continued from previous page)

• Be careful if b urning while towing to avoid smoke blowing directly into the vessels.

• Ensure that spotter aircraft are available to direct the boom-towing vessels to the heaviest oil concentration or

the highest-priority slick.

• I f a U-configuration with collected oil is to be moved before ignition, don’t locate it directly upstream or downstream

of the source or other ignitable slicks. About 1/4 to 1/2 mile side-wind is adequate.

• Inspect boom after each b urn before using again; repair or replace damaged sections.

• Belo w are boom towing limitations for airboats during overflood conditions in the nearshore Beaufort Sea (based

on 2005 ACS seasonal recovery testing):

• In extreme shallow water conditions, sheet metal may be used in lieu of boom in the apex. Use 36 pieces of metal

and 37 stakes per 100 ft.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

### Oil can be burned on any solid surface provided the oil is thick enough to support combustion. This includes tundra, ice, snow, or gravel. In-situ burning on land should be considered only if there is a layer of ice covering underlying vegetation to protect it from heat damage. If this is the case, the oil should be pooled into one area and a buffer zone created around this area. Pooling of oil can be accomplished by digging a pit for oil to flow into. Oil on land can be ignited with torches, igniters, propane weed burners, or a Heli-torch. If the spill is on tundra, some sort of dike should be built around the oil using sandbags. The diked area should never cover more than 4,000 square feet. Once the dike is in place, flood the diked area with water until the tundra root mass is covered with one-half to one inch of water. In the case of oil initially spilled on the surface and mixed with snow, burning of oiled snow piles can be successfully achieved even in midwinter conditions. Depending on the initial oil spill volume per unit area of ice, the technique of plowing oiled snow into concentrated piles may be the only way of achieving successful ignition and burning. In many cases, waiting for the snow to melt could result in thin oil films incapable of supporting combustion and spread over a large ice area. Snow Berm

Ice

**Oil** Sandbags

Tundra **Oil**

Dump Truck Snow Berm **Oil**

**CHALLENGER CAT**  Challenger Melt Pools with Oil

Sea Ice



## CAPACITIES

• F or layers of oil 0.5 inch thick or greater, the removal rate is 4.2 gal of oil per hour for every sq. ft of burning oil.

• A backhoe on a tracked, amphibious marsh buggy is capable of gathering snow at the rate of 9 cubic yards per

minute and of transiting natural sea ice at 1.2 miles per hour.

• A Tucker Sno-Cat with blade is capable of moving snow into berms at the rate of 2 acres per day, assuming 10

hours of operation in each of two, 12-hour shifts per day at 70 sq. ft. per minute.


## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Proper safety procedures must be followed, and the necessary personal protective equipment (PPE) must be

used. Designated personnel on the surface and in the air should maintain a constant watch of the fire and smoke plume.

• The f ollowing oil thicknesses are required to support combustion:

– 2 to 3 mm (0.08 to 0.12 inch) f or fresh crude oil

– 3 to 5 mm (0.12 to 0.2 inch) f or diesel and weathered crude

– 5 to 10 mm (0.2 to 0.4 inch) f or emulsions and Bunker C

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad), which

must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra. 

## SUPPORT **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).

*Marsh buggies may be used in rotting ice conditions. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME 966 Loader All Unload sandbags 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Water Truck All Flooding 1 2 2 hr 0.5 hr Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup and 1 to check and

fuel occasionally 1 hr 0.5 hr
Fire Extinguisher All Suppress unwanted fires > 2
— 0.5 hr
—

Marsh Buggy* AIC Transportation to site 1 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Marsh Buggy with Hoe AIC Move ice and snow 1 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Tucker Sno-Cat KUP, APSC, AIC Transportation to site 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr
Tucker Sno-Cat with Blade KUP, APSC, AIC Move snow 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Amphibious Personnel Carrier (e.g., Haaglund) AIC Transportation to site 1 1 2 hr 0.5 hr



## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

or *Number of personnel depends on number of sandbags needed. 

### TOTAL STAFF **> 3**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Heli-torch (55-gal) ACS/KRU Ignition 2 3 1 hr

2 hr Helicopter with FAR Part 137 Approved Pilot Alyeska Sling-load Heli-torch 1 2 hr Surefire Gel w/Fuel ACS Gelled fuel > 5 lb.
— 1 hr Batch Mixer (300 gal) ACS/KRU Mix gel 1 2 1 hr Sand Bags ACS, KRU, EOA, WOA, Alpine Containment > 100 >6 for setup* 2 to maintain 2 hr 1 hr Propane Weed Burner All Ignition 2 2 1 hr

Hand-held Igniters ACS, Northstar, Alpine Ignition > 6 1 1 hr 

# TACTIC B-5 **Burning Oil Pools on any Solid Surface (Page 1 of 2) Burning Oil Pools on any Solid Surface (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC B-5

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 9/01 

# TACTIC B-6 **Burn Residue Recovery (Page 1 of 2) Burn Residue Recovery (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC B-6

The type and amount of residue from an in-situ burn of oil on water depend on the starting oil type and condition, as well as the way in which the oil is contained and/or herded throughout the burn. If wind or currents are available to push burning oil against a barrier (boom, ice, steel structure, etc.), adequate combustion thicknesses will be maintained for a much more efficient burn. The residue may be an inch or more thick. The residue may continue to pile up on itself and reach an average thickness of several inches. Most burns result in taffy-like layers of weathered, viscous material that is relatively buoyant. Some residues, however, may quickly become negatively or neutrally buoyant because of combustion and/or sediment uptake. If the residue is sufficiently buoyant, it may be possible to leave it in the apex of the U-boom configuration. By combining the residue with newly collected oil, a major portion of the residue can be eliminated during subsequent burns. If the burn residue remains buoyant, and it is practical to recover it before collecting and burning additional oil, the residue can be released to secondary collection booms or nets. Whether recovered from secondary booms or thefire containment boom, the burn residue can normally be picked up with large strainers or handtools, with viscousoil sorbents, or with standard viscous-oil skimmers. If not recovered, burn residue will normally break up and be dispersed as highly weathered tar balls. Residue from burning oil on ice will be manually recovered from the surface of the ice. 

## Fire Boom

Residue
Water 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Proper safety procedures must be followed, and the necessary personal protective equipment (PPE) must be

used.

• Be ware of flashback! After the fire appears to be extinguished, unexpected re-ignition can occur. Wait until the

residue cools before approaching.

• Shor tly after it cools, the burn residue becomes viscous and continues to cool to a thick, tarry substance best

removed with handtools or nets.

• Initially , the residue floats, but eventually (several hours to several days), it may sink.

• Containers such as dr ums or plastic bags can be used for temporary storage.

• Handle the residue in the same manner as recovered oil. Testing is necessary to ensure that the residue is not

hazardous. A State of Alaska permit is needed for final disposal. 

## CAPACITIES

• Bur ning on water reduces the volume of a crude oil spill by 75% or more.

• F or layers of oil 0.5 inch thick or greater, the removal rate is 4.2 gal of oil per hour for every sq. ft of burning oil. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF 3 EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Handtools All Recovery Varies Varies 1 hr

1 hr Large Strainers All Recovery Varies Varies 1 hr Viscous-Oil Sorbent All Recovery Varies Varies 1 hr Viscous-Oil Skimmers All Recovery 1 2 2 hr Work Boat All Recovery > 1 3 2 hr Fire Extinguisher All Suppress unwanted fires > 2
— 0.5 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 9/01 

### It may be necessary to terminate in-situ burning for a variety of reasons:

• P ersonnel safety
• Adv erse weather
• Dar kness, especially for aircraft (vessels may still be able to operate with limited light)
• Do wnwind effects of smoke plume
• Completion of b urning Boom-towing personnel should be familiar with procedures to terminate the burn.

• The oil can be released from the boom and allowed to spread until it is too thin to burn (The potential spread

area is possibly as large as ten contained fire diameters).
• The tow speed can be quickly increased to force the oil under the boom. This is less likely to involve down
stream combustion; however, anticipate the potential for a tenfold increase in burn diameter. 

### Burning Oil Tow Boats Fire Boom **A. SPEED UP THE TOW**

**B. RELEASE THE BOOM**


## Open boom configuration to let oil spread thin enough to extinguish fire. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Proper safety procedures must be followed, and the necessary personal protective equipment (PPE) must be

used.

• Ensure released b urning oil will not start unwanted fires.

• Ensure good comm unications between both vessels prior to initiating extinguishment procedure. 

# TACTIC B-7 **Burn Extinguishment on Water (Page 1 of 2) Burn Extinguishment on Water (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC B-7

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 09/09 

## Dispersant Application Via Vessel (Page 2 of 2) 

# TACTIC DT-1 **TACTIC DT-1 Dispersant Application Via Vessel (Page 1 of 2)** 

**EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

**SUPPORT**

• An aircraft, either fixed-wing or helicopter with a trained observer, is important in guiding spray vessels to the

heaviest oil concentrations as well as the leading edges of slicks that could threaten sensitive resources.

• In the event of a fixed point-source spill (e.g., a blowout or sub-sea pipeline rupture), the need for aerial support

may be reduced by spraying directly downstream of the source.

• O perations will normally involve strong support from the USCG and/or trained contractors to monitor and document

the results of dispersant use following Special Monitoring of Applied Response Technologies (SMART) protocols.


## CAPACITIES

• With good visibility (especially with a fixed, continuous spill source), the equipment has the potential to operate

24 hours per day.

• F or each 1,000 gallons of dispersant carried onboard, the vessel could treat as much as 20,000 gallons of oil

(based on a dispersant-to-oil ratio of 1:20).

• T ypical areal coverage rates for vessels with swaths of 60 to 100 feet, spraying at 5 knots, run between 0.7 and 1.2 acres/min. (i.e., ~0.06 to 0.11 mi 2 

### /hr).

• Ref erence NOAA's Dispersant Mission Planner to determine incident-specific operating and application param
eters. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Spr ay arms provide relatively low areal coverage rates.

• It can be difficult to obser ve oil on the water surface from the vessel's wheelhouse. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF 7 EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME OSRV Shell Dispersant Application 12 6 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Dispersant Spray Arm Shell Dispersant Application 2 1 0.5 hr 0.5 hr CorExit 9500 Shell Dispersant > 100 bbls



### Chemical dispersants, once authorized for use, may be applied from spray arms off one or both sides of a vessel. Large vessels offer unique advantages over aerial systems involving the potential for large payloads of dispersant, continuous spraying for long periods, higher dosages (avoiding the need for multiple passes), and relatively simple, on-site application systems. Working with spotter aircraft, the vessel can be guided to the heaviest concentrations of oil where it can apply dispersants over swaths of typically 60 to 100 feet, depending upon the beam of the spray vessel and the length of the spray arms. With application speeds of approximately 3 to 8 knots, dispersants can be sprayed undiluted (neat) or diluted. Neat application, yielding higher efficiencies, is usually preferred. **NOTE: Permission to use dispersants MUST be requested in advance, and approval received, in accordance with Alaska Regional Response Team (ARRT) Unified Plan, Annex F.**  Spray systems are designed and positioned on the vessel to give slightly overlapping spray patterns at the surface, yielding droplet-sizes that are typically 250 to 750 microns (1/4 to 3/4 mm), and making initial contact directly with the oil, thereby avoiding any wasteful treatment of oil that has been mixed into the water column by the vessel's bow wave and wake. With dosages of typically 5 to 15 gallons of dispersant per acre, pump rates are controlled to operate within that range based on the vessel's spray swath and speed. NOAA's Open Water Oil Identification Job Aid (characterizing oil slicks at various thicknesses) and its Dispersant Mission Planner 2 are helpful in determining appropriate slicks for chemical treatment and system operating parameters for both vessel and aerial spray systems.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 09/09 

## Dispersant Application Via Aircraft (Page 2 of 2) 

# TACTIC DT-2 **TACTIC DT-2 Dispersant Application Via Aircraft (Page 1 of 2)** 

The aerial application of dispersants can be conducted as a primary response option when wind/sea conditions preclude the safe and effective use of booms for containment and recovery or burning operations. Dispersants may also be used strategically to treat oil that has escaped recovery and/or burning operations. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF 6 EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME C-130 Hercules aircraft Anchorage Dispersant Application 1 2 24 hrs 0.5 hr CorExit 9500 Anchorage Dispersant 25,000 gals 4 4 hrs 1 hr



## SUPPORT

• Whene ver possible, a second spotter aircraft (fixed-wing or helicopter) would be used to help align the Hercules

with each pass over the oil, giving “start” and “stop” instructions for spraying as the aircraft enters and leaves the desired spray zone. The spotter aircraft can provide important information to the pilot of the spray plane regarding wind effects on targeting of the dispersant, proper overlap with previous spray paths, effectiveness of dispersion, and any other adjustments that may be needed for the flight path.

• Flight cre ws manning aerial dispersant C-130 and spotter planes should be trained to work in tandem.

• T he spotter aircraft can also be of help to those conducting the Special Monitoring of Applied Response Technolo
gies (SMART) protocols by directing those boats to the regions where dispersants had been applied.

• Additional support is required back at the staging location for refueling of the aircraft and for the rapid loading of

dispersant between sorties.

• Reloading dispersant pac k requires two staff in PPE. 

## CAPACITIES

• T he MSRC dispersant application platform consists of a built-in tank with removable spray arms that are positioned

just forward of the tail. The booms, 15 ft on each side, deliver a swath width of 150 ft at altitudes of 50 to 100 ft.

• The Hercules' MSRC Dispersant system can deliver up to 4 payloads, depending upon the actual transit distance

from staging to spill location, over a 12 to 18-hour period resulting in treatment of up to 10,000 bbl of oil (using a dispersant-to-oil ratio of 1:20).

• With good visibility there is the potential for dispersant application 24 hours per day during periods of extended

daylight in the summer months.

• See NO AA's Dispersant Mission Planner to determine incident-specific operating and application parameters. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Distance of sor tie from staging location to application site.

• High wind and rough sea conditions ma y degrade application effedtiveness.

• Oil type , thickness, emulsification, and weather are other factors determining effectiveness.

• SMAR T protocols require a test application to evaluate effectiveness. **NOTE: Permission to use dispersants MUST be requested in advance, and approval received, in accordance with Alaska Regional Response Team (ARRT) Unified Plan, Annex F.**  Once authorized for use, dispersants may be applied from a large fixed-wing aircraft, with the important advantage being speed of application with a relatively wide swath. MSRC’s dedicated C-130 Hercules has a built-in tank and spray system with a dispersant carrying capacity of 3,250 gallons. Dependent upon the aircraft type and dispersant spray system storage capacity, a C-130 Hercules may be flown with up to 5,000 gallons per sortie and can oper
ate effectively with a 100 ft altitude and application speeds of typically 145 to 150 knots. Since higher speeds and altitudes can be used for transit to the spill site and observation of the spill, the aircraft provides an opportunity to select the optimum direction and pattern for delivery of the dispersant. The large payload of this system, combined with its long-range capabilities and high areal coverage rates, typically many tens of acres/minute, make the Hercu
les one of the most effective options for treating large areas and volumes of oil far from shore (100 miles or more).

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol., 09/09 

## Dispersant Application Via Helicopter (Page 2 of 2) 

# TACTIC DT-3 **TACTIC DT-3 Dispersant Application Via Helicopter (Page 1 of 2)** 

Dispersant application from a “bucket” slung beneath a helicopter provides the capability for “surgical” spraying over oil that has escaped containment during recovery or burning operations. Helicopters can also access relatively large areas (typically 10 acres/min or more), maneuver well to hit the highest concentrations of oil, and make quick altitude adjustments locating oil from 500 feet or more, and then dropping to a 50-ft altitude or less for spraying. Helicopter spray buckets will vary in size from approximately 150 to 300 gallons of dispersant. For example, a 240-gallon bucket can spray with a swath width of 75 to 100 feet at speeds of typically 50 to 85 knots. Depending upon the payload/range capabilities of the helicopter, such spray systems are somewhat restricted to waters that are typically less than 20 n mi from shore or offshore staging. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Helicopter Shell Dispersant Application 1 2 1 hr 1 hr Spray Bucket (mobilized with aircraft) Shell Dispersant Application 1 2 1 hr 1 hr CorExit 9500 Shell Dispersant 1 

### Slung Bucket System Spray Boom 

## SUPPORT

• A spotter aircraft (fixed-wing or helicopter), if available, can greatly enhance the operation by locating slicks, guid
ing the spray helicopter to those regions, and documenting the effectiveness of dispersion.


## CAPACITIES

• With good visibility there is the potential for dispersant application 24 hours a day during periods of extended

daylight in the summer months.

• Depending upon the distance from shore and the availability of backup dispersant supplies and ground support,

a helicopter spray system could deliver well over a dozen sorties in a single day. If 200 gallons of dispersant are sprayed during each of 12 sorties, the system could treat nearly 1,200 bbls of oil (assuming a dispersant-to-oil ratio of 1:20).

• Each staging location may store at least 2,000 gallons of dispersant for each helo-bucket system to be serviced

for each day of operation.

• Ref erence NOAA's Dispersant Mission Planner to determine incident-specific operating and application param
eters.

• AES spr ay bucket has a capacity of 200 gallons. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Due to the limited range of most small helicopters and the added risks of flying over water, helicopter spraying

operations should be conducted from staging locations relatively close to the spill.

• Remote locations, far offshore, would need to be supported by vessels or a platform with heli-pad, refueling facili
ties and dispersant for reloading the bucket between sorties. **TOTAL STAFF 4 NOTE: Permission to use dispersants MUST be requested in advance, and approval received, in accordance**  **with Alaska Regional Response Team (ARRT) Unified Plan, Annex F.**

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. 

# TACTIC SH-1 **Shoreline Assessment (Page 1 of 2) Shoreline Assessment (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC SH-1

**PURPOSE OF SHORELINE ASSESSMENT** If a spill impacts the shoreline, it is important to have a clear and accurate understanding of the nature and extent of the oiling, particularly before cleanup commences. The Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Team (SCAT) approach is used to collect data on shoreline oiling conditions and support decision-making for cleanup. The objectives are to:

• Systematically collect data on shoreline oiling conditions
• Identify and describe human use, ecological and cultural resource effects and the constraints that they impose on

cleanup operations
• Cross-chec k pre-existing information on environmental sensitivities or clarify observations from aerial surveys
• Identify an y constraints that may limit operations
• Pro vide decision support for onshore response operations Priorities for shoreline assessment surveys may be determined using information from aerial surveys and pre-existing sen
sitivity atlases and databases. Priority setting criteria include:

• Deg ree of oiling
• En vironmental resources
• Projected tide and wind conditions
• A vailable transportation and logistics Information collected from the SCAT process is the basis for development of the shoreline treatment or cleanup operation. SCAT may involve:

• An aer ial reconnaissance survey to identify areas of current or potential impact
• A n aerial video survey to document shoreline oil conditions and geomorphology and to establish locations and

priorities for ground surveys
• A g round survey to document shoreline oil conditions, geology, ecology, cultural resources, and identify constraints PT/T 2x40 TB/B 1x42

TB/S 1x150

PT/T 2.5x25 TB/P 1.5x45

PT/S 3.5x130 Sand

Tundra Gravel Dock Meters 

## N

Berm Crest
LHTS TB

Granule PT

PT TB Step

Step

Berm TB LHTS LHTS

Erosional Scarp C C

B

13 6 7 5 4 11 10 3 12 15

14 2 1 

### B

A A

Step

Crest Coarse-Grained Sand 

### 0 20 40 60 

## SAMPLE SHORELINE ASSESSMENT SKETCH MAP **SHORELINE SEGMENTATION** Shoreline segmentation provides a systematic and uniform framework for documentation, planning and response consid
eration.

• The shoreline is divided into working units, called “segments”, within which the shoreline character is relatively homo
geneous in terms of physical features and sediment type.
• Each segment is giv en a unique location identifier and is surveyed.
• S egment boundaries can be either prominent geological features (headlands, streams, etc.), changes in shore/substrate

types, or changes in oil conditions.
• Segment lengths are small enough to obtain adequate resolution and detail on the distribution of oil, but not so small

that too much data is generated. Most segments in oiled areas would be in the range of 0.2 to 2.0 km.
• Segments are identified on an alphanumeric scheme with an alphabetical prefix, keyed to a geographic place name

(e.g., MP = Milne Point), followed by a number based on an alongshore sequence (MP-4). Segmentation for the North Slope region has already been accomplished as part of the pre-planning exercise (see the ACS Technical Manual Map Atlas ). It should be reviewed for suitability at the time of a spill, since the segment boundaries may need to be adapted to existing spill conditions. Predesignated segments can be subdivided if oiling conditions vary signifi
cantly within the segment; segment subdivision can be identified by a suffix (e.g., MP-4-A). 

## SCAT SURVEY TEAM AND RESPONSIBILITIES Primary team members for the surveys and their responsibilities are outlined below. Assignments can be modified according to survey objectives and the composition of the team. Government or landowner representatives will participate and may assist in the data collection.

Detailed information on the SCAT process is provided in the two following documents:

• Ow ens Coastal Consultants. 1994. North Slope Shoreline Oil Spill Countermeasures Manual . Prepared for Alaska Clean

Seas, Prudhoe Bay, Alaska.

• Michel, J. and I. Byron. 1997. Shoreline Assessment Manual . Hazardous Materials Response and Assessment Division,

National Ocean Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Report No. HAZMAT 97-4. TEAM MEMBER RESPONSIBILITIES Oil Spill Geomorphologist • Logistical direction and management of the sur vey team • Re view of existing data, maps and photos
• Re viewing and verifying existing shoreline segmentation and adapting it as necessary • Photog raphic/video documentation
• Collection and documentation of an y sediment/oil samples that may be required
• Consultation with the spill response oper ations representative and other team members concerning appropriate response options and constraints for a given site
• P ost-survey mapping, documentation, and categorization of the severity of oiling based on on-site observations Ecologist • Cross-chec king information from existing sensitivity atlases and databases with actual conditions • Descr ibing the abundance and location of different coastal ecosystems in the segment • T abulating information on the general character and health of indicator species along the shoreline • Pro viding information on nearshore, shallow areas and wildlife observations
• Recommending ecological constr aints on operations or cleanup activities • Pro viding photo documentation and a sketch map of the surveyed area Archaeologist • Ev aluate the foreshore areas to identify likely site locations
• Update kno wn site by recording additional information on site location, size, depth, presence of surface features and conditions
• Document ne wly discovered sites • Complete f orms as required (Cultural Resource Evaluation Form and Human Use Summary Form)
• Apply constr ains as necessary on operations or cleanup activities • Pro vide photo documentation and draw a sketch map

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. 

# TACTIC SH-2 **Natural Recovery of an Oiled Shoreline (Page 1 of 2) Natural Recovery of an Oiled Shoreline (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC SH-2

Natural recovery allows the shoreline to recover without intervention. This option requires field observations of the oiling conditions and of the resources at risk to assess the effects of allowing the oil to weather naturally. In some cases, monitoring the location may be necessary to ensure that the assessment is correct. Natural recovery can be applicable on any spill incident and for any shoreline type, but requires a decision that:

• T o treat or clean stranded oil may cause more damage than leaving the site to recovery naturally, or
• Response techniques cannot acceler ate natural recovery, or
• Saf ety considerations could place response personnel in danger either from the oil (itself) or from environ
mental conditions (weather, access, etc.). Other factors include an analysis of the:

• Resources at r isk,
• The type and amount of oil, and
• The location of the site

. For example, a decision could be made that a small amount of nonpersistent oil on an exposed shore at a remote location may weather and degrade without any active or potential future threat to the local environment. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Unified Command appro val is required for any shoreline cleanup tactic.

• Natur al recovery of oiled shorelines is more applicable for :

– Small than large amounts of oil,

– Nonpersistent than persistent oil, and

– Exposed shorelines than sheltered or lo w wave-energy environments.

• Natur al recovery may not be appropriate if important ecological resources or human activities/resources are

threatened.

• Natur al recovery should always be considered as the preferred option, particularly for small amounts of oil. The

trade-off analysis involves (1) natural recovery, (2) the possible benefits of a response to accelerate recovery, and (3) any possible delays to recovery that may be caused by response activities.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC SH-3 **Shoreline Cleanup Using Flooding and Flushing (Page 1 of 2) Shoreline Cleanup Using Flooding and Flushing (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC SH-3

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

### Physical removal involves a variety of washing or flushing tactics to move oil from the shore zone to a location for collection and removal. The variables that distinguish each tactic are pressure and temperature. For all these tactics, booms or other methods of trapping and containment are used to collect the oil for removal. **FLOODING (“DELUGE”)**A high-volume (50 to 250 gpm), low-pressure supply of seawater at ambient temperature is pumped using largediameter (3- to 6-inch) pipe and/or hose (“header”) to the upper section of the oiled area. Water can be pumped either directly from a hose without a nozzle, or the pipe or hose can be perforated (0.1- to 0.2-inch holes) at intervals and placed along the shoreline parallel to the water line. Output pressures are less than 20 psi. The high volume of water floods the surface area (in the case of impermeable man-made shorelines) or the beach sediments. Mobile or non-sticky oil is transported with the water as it flows downslope. Flooding can be used in combination with trenches or sumps and vacuum systems to float and collect oil for recovery. **LOW-PRESSURE, COLD-WATER FLUSHING** Hand-operated or remote-controlled hoses use ambient temperature seawater to flush, wash, and herd oil to a col
lection point for removal. Output pressures are controlled, usually by a nozzle, and are low (less than 50 psi). The tactic can be used with flooding to prevent redeposition of the oil. **LOW-PRESSURE, WARM/HOT-WATER FLUSHING** Hand-operated or remote-controlled hoses use heated (80°F to 212°F) seawater to flush, wash, and herd oil to a collection point. This tactic is used primarily to dislodge and flush oil that cannot be washed using low-pressure, ambient-temperature water. Output pressures are controlled, usually by a nozzle, and are low (less than 50 psi). This tactic can be used with flooding to prevent redeposition of the oil. **HIGH-PRESSURE, COLD-WATER FLUSHING** Hand-operated or remote-controlled hoses use ambient temperature seawater jets to flush, wash, and herd oil to a collection point. The higher water pressures dislodge and flush oil that cannot be washed or mobilized using lower pressure, ambient temperature water. Output pressures are controlled and are in the range of 100 psi or greater. On sloping outcrops or structures this technique can be used with flooding to prevent redeposition of the oil. **HIGH-PRESSURE, WARM/HOT-WATER FLUSHING** Hand-operated or remote-controlled hoses use high-pressure, heated (80°F to 212°F) seawater to flush, wash, and herd oil to a collection point. Output pressures may be fixed or controlled by a nozzle and are in the range of 100 psi or greater. The higher pressure and warm water dislodge and flush oil that cannot be washed by lower pressure and temperature water. On sloping structures, this technique can be used with flooding or low-pressure flushing to prevent redeposition of the oil. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING**

• A 2-inch tr ash pump operates at 220 gpm.


## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Unified Command approval is required for any shoreline cleanup tactic. Additional permits may be required for

beach or upland access, and to anchor boom to the beach (e.g., ADF&G, ADNR, SHPO, etc.).

• W ashing oil and/or sediments downslope to lower intertidal zones that may have plant or animal communities

should be avoided, particularly if these were not initially oiled. This can be avoided by working at only mid-tide or higher water levels so that these communities are below the water line. This oil and oiled sediment should be contained and collected as part of the treatment process. If it cannot be recovered, the technique only disperses oil rather than cleans the shoreline.

• Flooding is effective on most shoreline types, but it may have limited application only on sand or mud flats and

on steep man-made solid structures. Generally, flooding is not a very intrusive technique.

• Low-pressure, cold-water flushing is effective on most impermeable shoreline types and on some permeable shores or marshes. It may have limited application only on sand beaches, sand-gravel beaches, or sand flats, and is probably not appropriate on mud flats. Generally, this is not an intrusive technique and leaves most organisms in place.

• Low-pressure, warm/hot water flushing is effective on most impermeable shoreline types, but may have limited application only on sand beaches, sand-gravel beaches, and sand flats and is probably not appropriate on mud flats. Generally, this is not a highly intrusive technique if used carefully in conjunction with high-volume flooding, which minimizes the potential adverse effects on shoreline organisms of using heated water.

• The effectiveness of flooding and low-pressure flushing decreases as oil viscosity increases and as depth of

penetration increases on cobble beaches.

• High-pressure, cold-water flushing has limited application only for oiled bedrock or solid man-made shorelines. High-pressure water can dislodge attached organisms and may damage others.

• High-pressure, warm/hot-water flushing usually has only limited application for solid man-made structures. The heated water or the pressures may dislodge attached organisms or damage others. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).

*Warm/hot-water flushing would be used only where road access is available to truck heated water to the site. 

### TOTAL STAFF 2 (3 if water truck is used) EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Trash Pump (2-inch) ACS, KRU, MPU, Alpine Deluge > 1 2 1 hr

2 hr Suction Hose (2-inch) All Suction > 20 ft 2 for setup 2 hr Discharge Hose (3-inch) All Deluge > 50 ft

— 2 hr Perforated Header Hose ACS Deluge > 100 ft 2 for setup 1 hr

Water Heating Plant* EOA Heat water
— — — Water Truck* All Transport heated water 1 1 2 hr



### • See tactics on booming and skimming for additional equipment and personnel needs for recovery of free oil

generated by these tactics.

• Ambient sea water for flooding and flushing operations may also be supplied via pumps located aboard off-shore

response vessels.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. 

# TACTIC SH-4 **Shoreline Cleanup Using Steam Cleaning or Sand Blasting (Page 1 of 2) Shoreline Cleanup Using Steam Cleaning or Sand Blasting (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC SH-4

**STEAM CLEANING** Hand-operated or remote-controlled units are used to dislodge, wash, and herd oil to a collection point. Output pressures from the unit are generally over 100 psi and may be as high as 1,000 psi with steam temperatures over 200°F. This tactic can be used with flooding to prevent redeposition of the oil. **SAND BLASTING** Hand-operated or remote-operated units are used to dislodge oil or abrade stains and thin weathered films of oil from a hard surface. Output pressures from the hose are usually less than 100 psi. Spent sand and dislodged oil can be collected by a drop-cloth arrangement below the working area. Open Water

**Deadman**



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Unified Command appro val is required for any shoreline cleanup tactic.

• W ashing oil and/or sediments downslope to lower intertidal zones that may have plant or animal communities

should be avoided, particularly if these were not initially oiled. This can be avoided by working at only mid-tide or higher water levels so that these communities are below the water line. This oil and oiled sediment should be contained and collected as part of the treatment process. If it cannot be recovered, the technique only disperses oil rather than cleans the shoreline.

• Steam cleaning has limited application and is used only on impermeable man-made surfaces. Generally, this is a very intrusive technique. Steam cleaning will kill most organisms.

• Sand blasting has limited application and is used only on impermeable man-made surfaces. Generally, this is a very intrusive technique. Sand blasting will remove all organisms and leave a clean and pristine, but barren, surface.

• Sand blasting systems use up to 1,000 lb. of sand per hour so that a considerable amount of waste material is

generated. The movement of sand and oiled sand to lower intertidal zones that have attached plant or animal communities should be avoided. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• See tactics on booming and skimming for additional equipment and personnel needs for recovery of free oil

generated by these tactics. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### or or
**TOTAL STAFF 2** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Small Sand Blaster ACS Sand blasting 1 2 2 hr 2 hr

Air Compressor All Air for sand blaster 1
— 1 hr Spillbuster Van EOA, KRU Steam cleaning 1 2 1 hr 2 hr Steam Cleaner ACS Steam cleaning 1 2 2 hr 1000-Gal Water Tank ACS Water 1
— 2 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. 

# TACTIC SH-5 **Shoreline Cleanup Using Manual Removal and Vacuum Methods (Page 1 of 2) Shoreline Cleanup Using Manual Removal and Vacuum Methods (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC SH-5

This group of physical methods involves removal of the oil or oiled materials (sediments, debris, vegetation etc.) from the shore zone to a location where it can be disposed of. **MANUAL REMOVAL** The technique involves picking up oil, oiled sediments, or oily debris using gloved hands, rakes, pitchforks with screens, trowels, shovels, sorbent materials, buckets, etc. It may include scraping or wiping with sorbent materials or sieving if the oil has come ashore as tar balls. Collected material can be placed directly in plas
tic bags, drums, etc., for transfer. If the containers are to be carried to a temporary storage area they should not weigh more than can be easily and safely carried by one person. This tactic can be used practically and effectively in any location or on any shoreline type or oil type where access to the shore zone is possible and safe. **VACUUM** Truck-mounted vacuum systems may be used; the suction end usually is deployed manually to collect oil and/or oily water. These vacuum systems are primarily used where oil is pooled in natural depressions or hollows, or has been herded into collection areas. Vacuums can be used in combination with flooding or deluge techniques to float and collect oil. Vacuum trucks can be used to remove oil that is collected in sumps. A dual-head wash-vacuum system can be used in locations that are hard to access, such as between boulders and logs. Vacuum Truck

Suction Hose



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Unified Command appro val is required for any shoreline cleanup tactic.

• Manual removal is most applicable for:

– Small amounts of viscous oil (e .g., asphalt pavement removal),

– Surf ace or near-surface oil, and

– Areas inaccessib le to vehicles.

• Man ual removal is labor intensive and slow for large oiled areas; although slower than mechanical removal, it

generates less waste and the waste materials can be segregated easily at the source.

• F oot traffic should avoid the oiled zone to prevent carrying oil from there into previously clean locations. Foot

traffic can have an adverse impact on marshes or in tidal flat areas. Excessive foot traffic can impact vegetated areas, such as backshore tundra, or can disturb adjacent resources, such as nesting birds. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING**

• The typical suction rate for liquids by a vacuum truck is 200 bbl/hr in the summer and 150 bbl/hr in the winter. The

typical suction rate for pooled diesel remains at 200 bbl/hr year round. (Vacuum truck recovery rate is reduced to 34 bbl/hr if if a Manta Ray skimmer is used.) **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF 2 EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Rakes All Recovery > 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Pitch Forks w/Screen All Recovery > 1 1 1 hr 1 hr Shovels All Recovery > 1 1 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Sorbents All Recovery > 1 Pkg. 1 1 hr 1 hr Vacuum Truck All Recovery 1 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Oily Waste Bags All Disposal > 1 Box
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. 

# TACTIC SH-6 **Shoreline Cleanup Using Mechanical Removal (Page 1 of 2) Shoreline Cleanup Using Mechanical Removal (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC SH-6

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL Mechanical removal is more rapid than manual removal but generates larger quantities of waste. The method of operation varies considerably depending on the type of equipment that may be available and on the ability of that equipment to operate on a section of shore. The cleaning efficiency for each type of equipment is expressed in terms of the rate of cleaning that can be achieved and the amounts of waste that are generated. Some equipment (e.g., Bobcats, front-end loaders, or vacuum trucks) can remove and transfer material directly to a truck or temporary storage area in a single step. Other types (graders and bulldozers) are less efficient and require two steps to move or side cast material that must then be picked up by other equipment (Bobcats, front-end loaders or backhoes) for transfer. Several mobile beach cleaners have been developed specifically for oil spill cleanup; however, these are not locally available on the North Slope but may be brought in for medium- or large-scale response operations, if appropriate. Other beach cleaners designed for cleaning of debris can be adapted to pick up oiled tarballs. A commonly-used example is a mobile sieving unit drawn by a tractor. Off-site beach cleaning machines that treat or wash and replace oiled materials are included in this part as they involve a waste management program of transfer, temporary storage and treatment, even if replaced on the shore. These off-site cleaners involve a multistep process as oiled material is removed from a beach and subsequently replaced by one or more types of earth-moving equipment. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Unified Command appro val is required for any shoreline cleanup tactic.

• Mechanical removal can be used on all but solid, man-made shoreline types, although it has limited applicability

for tidal flats, due to poor bearing capacity. The bearing capacity of the sediments and the slope of the shore zone, as well as the performance characteristics of the individual equipment, control the applicability of different types of machines.

• T he various types of commercially-available earth-moving equipment have different operational requirements and

different applications. The most important variable is the ability of a piece of equipment to travel on a beach type without becoming immobilized. Traction for wheeled equipment on soft sediments (low bearing capacity) can be improved by reducing tire pressures. Tracked equipment may be able to operate where wheeled vehicles cannot, but is not a preferred option as tracks disturb sediments or tundra surfaces to a much greater degree than tires. Each type of equipment has a particular application:

– **Graders:** Can operate on only hard and relatively flat surfaces and are capable of moving only a thin cut (<3

inches) of surface material.

– **Loaders, bulldozers and backhoes:** Can operate in a wider range of conditions and are designed to move

large volumes of material and can dig as well as move material.

– **Backhoes:** Use an extending arm or crane so that they may be operated from a backshore area and can

reach to pick up material.

– **Beach cleaning machines:** Operate in a number of different ways: mobile equipment cleans or treats on a

beach whereas other equipment operates off-site (adjacent) to treat sediment so that cleaned material may be replaced on the beach.

– **Vacuum trucks:** Remove pooled oil or oil collected in lined sumps.

• Use of mechanical techniques on tidal flats or marshes can cause significant adverse impacts, either by mixing

oil with clean and/or subsurface sediments or by damaging plant stems and root systems.

• All earth-moving equipment is designed to move large volumes of material in a rapid and efficient manner, which

is not always an appropriate approach for shoreline cleanup. Frequently the objective of a cleanup program is to use the equipment in such a way that only a thin cut of oiled sediment is removed. Usually the operator can advise on which piece of equipment is the most appropriate or practical to achieve a particular goal.

• Repeated handling or transfer of oiled sediments during mechanical removal should be avoided as much as

possible as this increases the potential for spillage and decreases efficiency. 

## SUPPORT

**CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING**

• The typical suction rate for liquids by a vacuum truck is 200 bbl/hr in the summer and 150 bbl/hr in the winter. The

typical suction rate for pooled diesel remains at 200 bbl/hr year round. (Vacuum truck recovery rate is reduced to 34 bbl/hr if a Manta Ray skimmer is used.)

• See Tactic R-1 for capacities of dump trucks available on the North Slope. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### or or
or

or

**TOTAL STAFF >**  **3** *Alpine and Western Geo have 1 Challenger with blade and Caribou Construcion has 6. Western Geo and Caribou Challengers are normally out with seismic crews in winter and would not be available for at least 24 hours. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Bobcat ACS, KRU, EOA, Alpine Recovery 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Front-End Loaders All Recovery 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Backhoe EOA, WOA, KRU, Peak, AIC, APC, Alpine Recovery 1 1 2 hr 0.5 hr Challenger Dozer EOA, KRU, Alpine, Western Geophysical, and

Caribou Construction* Sediment Reworking 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Grader All Recovery 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Vacuum Trucks All Recovery 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Dump Trucks WOA, KRU, EOA, AIC, Peak, Alpine Disposal 2 2 1 hr 0 EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Haul equipment 1 1 driver 1 hr 0

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. 

# TACTIC SH-7 **Shoreline Cleanup Using Sorbents and Vegetation Cutting (Page 1 of 2) Shoreline Cleanup Using Sorbents and Vegetation Cutting (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC SH-7

**SORBENTS** Sorbent materials such as rolls or snares are placed in the shore zone to collect oil as it comes ashore (protection mode) or in the oiled area after it has been stranded (cleanup mode). Usually the sorbents are deployed in fixed position, by stakes and/or anchors, as a line or parallel lines in the form of a floating boom or rope so that they are lifted and can move at the water’s edge. Alternately, individual sorbents may be staked to swing over a fixed area as the water rises and falls. In both the protection and cleanup modes, the sorbent material is left in place to collect oil for subsequent removal and disposal. This technique is distinguished from the use of sorbent materials to manually remove oil. That technique is described under manual removal. **VEGETATION CUTTING** Vegetation cutting removes oiled plants to prevent remobilization of the oil and contact by wildlife or to accelerate the recovery of the plants. Usually, this is a manual operation involving knives, powered weed cutters, and/or rakes. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Unified Command appro val is required for any shoreline cleanup tactic.

• Vegetation cutting is a labor-intensive technique that is used in marshes or on attached plants, such as seaweed, where there is concern that the oil may be released later to affect other resources, particularly wildlife. Also applicable where the continued presence of oil may pose a contact threat to animals and birds that use the area or to adjacent healthy organisms.

• F oot traffic from vegetation cutting can cause considerable damage in low-lying, drowned tundra, or marsh areas.

Loss of plants or of stems and leaves can delay natural recovery rates and remove habitat for some species.

• Sorbents can be used on any shoreline type and for most oil types. Less applicable for very viscous, volatile oil types and for semisolid oils.

• Sorbents can quickly reach their capacity when in contact with large amounts of oil. When frequent replacement

is necessary, which can occur even for relatively small amounts of oil, this is a labor-intensive activity that can generate large amounts of waste on a daily basis.

• Sorbents can be r un through a sorbent wringer and reused.

• Sections of sorbent boom can be placed at the water level and secured with fence posts every 10 feet to catch

any oil that may be going back out into the water. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF **> 2**  EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Knives All Vegetation removal > 1 1 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Weed Eater EOA, KRU Vegetation removal > 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Rakes All Vegetation removal > 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Sorbents All Recovery > 1 pkg. 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC SH-8 **Shoreline Cleanup Using Mechanical Tilling/Aeration (Page 1 of 2) Shoreline Cleanup Using Mechanical Tilling/Aeration (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC SH-8

Mechanical tilling/aeration exposes or breaks up surface and/or subsurface oil to accelerate evaporation and other natural degradation processes. Heavy equipment is used to break up surface oil layers or to expose subsurface oil to natural weathering processes. This tactic may involve the use of farm-type equipment such as a disc system, harrow, plough, rakes or tines, or earth-moving equipment such as front-end loaders, graders, or bulldozers. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Unified Command appro val is required for any shoreline cleanup tactic.

• Mechanical tilling/aeration can be used on coarse sediment (pebble/cobble) or sand beaches and is particularly

useful in promoting evaporation (safety evaluations are crucial to ensuring that volatile fractions are not present). This method may be used in conjunction with manual removal (to pick up patches of oil that are exposed) or bioremediation.

• If oil or oiled sediments have been buried by a clean layer of material, it may be appropriate to remove that clean

layer to a temporary storage location, replacing it after tilling or aeration and after the exposed oiled materials have been allowed to weather.

• C are should be taken to not alter the shoreline such that erosion/accretion occur. This method may affect biological

populations. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**SUPPORT NOTE:**  “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### or or or or

**TOTAL STAFF >**  **2** or EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Aerator KRU Aeration 1 1 2 hr 1 hr Roto-tiller EOA Aeration 1 1 2 hr 1 hr Front-End Loader All Aeration 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Grader w/Scarifying Teeth All Aeration 1 1 2 hr 0.5 hr

Dozer w/Ripper Teeth EOA, KRU, WOA, Peak, AIC Aeration 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Tractor w/Tilling

Attachment Peak Aeration 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Haul equipment 1 1 driver 1 hr 0 Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Lube Truck All Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC SH-9 **Shoreline Cleanup Using Sediment Reworking and Surf Washing (Page 1 of 2) Shoreline Cleanup Using Sediment Reworking and Surf Washing (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC SH-9

Sediment reworking/surf washing accelerate natural degradation by exposing oil and oiled materials to higher levels of physical (wave) energy. Earth-moving equipment is used to move oil or oiled sediments to a location where these processes are more ac tive — from surface or subsurface areas where they are protected from natural physical abrasion and weathering processes or where these processes occur at relatively slower rates. Farm-type machinery (such as a disc system, harrow, plough, rakes or tines) or earth-moving equipment (such as front-end loaders, graders, or bulldozers) can be used. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Unified Command appro val is required for any shoreline cleanup tactic.

• If oil or oiled sediments have been buried by a clean layer of material, it may be appropriate to remove that clean

layer to a temporary storage location, replacing it after reworking or washing the exposed oiled materials and after they have been redistributed by wave action.

• Sediment reworking/surf washing can be used on coarse sediment (pebble-cobble) or sand beaches, and is

particularly useful:

– In promoting e vaporation and physical abrasion;

– Where sediment remo val may cause beach instability (i.e., potential erosion);

– Where oiled sediments are located abo ve the limit of normal wave action;

– Where oil or oiled sediments have been buried or oil has penetrated to a level below the normal or seasonal

wave-action zone; and

– Where other cleanup or treatment activities have removed most of the oil or oiled sediment and only light

oiling (i.e., stains) remains.

• Deg radation requires wave action, so that the applicability of the technique decreases in sheltered or low waveenergy environments.

• Sediment reworking/surf washing is not appropriate if large amounts of oil might be released that could threaten

to re-oil the beach or adjacent locations. Oiled materials should not be moved into shoreline areas where the oil and/or the sediments could damage other resources. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**SUPPORT NOTE:**  “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### or or

**TOTAL STAFF >**  **2** or
*Alpine and Western Geo have 1 Challenger with blade and Caribou Construction has 6. Western Geo’s and Caribou’s Challengers are normally out with seismic crews in winter and will no be available for at least 24 hours. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Front-End Loader All Sediment reworking 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Grader All Sediment reworking 1 1 2 hr 0.5 hr Challenger Dozer KRU, EOA, Alpine, Western Geophysical, and Caribou Construction* Sediment reworking 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Tractor w/Tilling

Attachment Peak Aeration 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Haul equipment 1 1 driver 1 hr 0

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. 

# TACTIC SH-10 **Shoreline Cleanup Using Burning (Page 1 of 2) Shoreline Cleanup Using Burning (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC SH-10

Oil on a beach will not sustain combustion by itself unless it is pooled or has been concentrated in sumps, trenches, or other types of containers. This technique is used primarily where combustible materials, such as logs or debris, have been oiled and can be collected and burned, or where vegetation, such as a marsh, has been heavily oiled. Torches can be used to burn oil from hard substrates, but this is a labor-intensive method that uses large amounts of energy to remove small amounts of oil. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Proper safety procedures must be followed, and the necessary personal protective equipment (PPE) must be

used.

• Unified Command appro val is required for any shoreline cleanup tactic.

• Responders should work from upwind edge of spill to downwind edge.

• Bur ning is applicable primarily for oiled peat, logs or debris, or where oil has been collected and can be ignited

with sustained combustion in sumps or drums.

• Bur ning has been used effectively for oil spills on ice.

• Bur ning of heavily oiled marsh vegetation has a major impact on the ecosystem if the marsh soils are dry, as

the root systems can be destroyed. Wet soils protect the root systems from heat damage so that recovery from burning is more rapid.

• Gener ation of smoke may be an undesirable side effect, although this is not a health or safety issue provided that

standard precautions are observed.

• Bur ning requires that appropriate permit(s) be obtained (see Tactic B-1). 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### or **TOTAL STAFF >**  **2** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Propane Weed Burner All In-situ burning 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Hand-Held Igniter ACS In-situ burning > 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. 

# TACTIC SH-11 **Biological/Chemical Shoreline Response Tactics (Page 1 of 2) Biological/Chemical Shoreline Response Tactics (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC SH-11

This technique involves chemical agents or nutrients that alter the character of the stranded oil either to facilitate removal of the oil from the shore zone or to accelerate in-situ weathering. Nutrient enrichment and bio
remediation can use products that have been developed for other applications. The other techniques in this group involve agents or materials that are designed speci f﻿i cally for oil spill response and that are available commercially from manufacturers and/or suppliers. Only bioremediation is a stand-alone technique; the remaining methods require an additional removal component. **SHORELINE CLEANERS** Shoreline cleaning (or surface washing) agents contain a surfactant that alters the surface tension of the oil, by a mechanism often referred to as detergency, so that the oil does not stick to substrate materials. The oil is lifted by rising tidal water levels and can be transported away from the shore. Cleaners may also be used to pretreat shore
lines to prevent oil from becoming stranded. Cleaning agents can be applied directly to an oiled area with a hand spray or hose system. It may be used directly or as a presoak that is left for some time prior to flooding or flushing. The soak time varies depending on temperature and on the character of the oil. The preferred application is to use the agent on a rising tide so that the oil is im
mediately lifted from the shore, particularly on coarse-sediment beaches, as this minimizes the amount of oil that can be carried into the subsurface. **SOLIDIFIERS AND VISCO-ELASTIC AGENTS** Visco-elastic agents increase the viscosity of oil to enhance recovery and collection. Solidifiers alter the oil from a liquid to a solid in order to make recovery easier or to prevent remobilization or spreading of the oil. Agents may be available in a powder form that can either be applied directly or mixed with water prior to application. The agent is spread over and mixed with the oil. These agents are used in conjunction with removal techniques. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL Equipment for biological/chemical shoreline response tactics must be obtained from out of region. **NUTRIENT ENRICHMENT/BIOREMEDIATION** Naturally-occurring microorganisms (bacteria) use oxygen to convert hydrocarbons into water and carbon dioxide. This process usually occurs at the water interface and is limited by oxygen and nutrient availability and by the exposed surface area of the oil. If these three factors can be increased, then the rate of biodegradation can be accelerated. Fertilizers can be obtained in solid or liquid form. Solid fertilizers can be broadcast using seed spreaders. On contact with water, the fertilizer slowly dissolves and releases water-soluble nutrients over time. Liquid fertilizers can be sprayed onto a shoreline using a number of commercially available types of equipment, such as paint sprayers.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Unified Command appro val is required for any shoreline cleanup tactic.

• The use of chemicals to control oil discharges or treat oiled shorelines is controlled by state and federal regu
lations; appropriate approvals and permits are required.

• Shoreline cleaners can be used on fresh or salt water, and the technique is applicable for all types of oil. Shoreline cleaners are usually used in conjunction with collection techniques, such as sorbents and skimmers, to contain and recover the oil as is it released.

• The effectiveness of shoreline cleaners is a function of oil type, and decreases as the specific gravity of the oil

increases. The success of the method is dependent, to a degree, on the ability to contain and collect the oil that is released.

• Solidifiers and visco-elastic agents can be used in either fresh or salt water conditions. These agents are not applicable where large pore spaces (cobble or boulders) might result in loss of the oil in the subsurface sedi
ments or where there is oiled vegetation, as it may incorporate or smother healthy plants and animals. The dose increases as the viscosity of the oil decreases so that for some agents, approximately 10 to 20 times more agent is required to alter the viscosity of a light fuel oil than for a heavy fuel oil.

• Bioremediation can be used on all shoreline types without affecting plants or animals. Bioremediation is best for use on residual oil after other techniques have been used to remove mobile or bulk oil from the shoreline. Appli
cations may be repeated periodically to continue the supply of nutrients. Bioremediation may require tillers for mixing treatment agents with contaminated material.

• Fertilizers may be used alone on a shore to degrade residual surface and/or subsurface oil, but the process is more effective if combined with tilling or other methods of breaking the oil into smaller particles, thereby signi f﻿i
cantly increasing the surface area for the microorganisms to affect.

• Nutrient enrichment/bioremediation is relatively slow compared to other response options. Since the rate of bio
degradation decreases with lower temperatures, nutrient enrichment is more effective during warmer summer months.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purpose only. 

# TACTIC SH-12 **Summary of Potential Impact of Shoreline Cleanup Techniques (Page 1 of 2) Summary of Potential Impact of Shoreline Cleanup Techniques (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC SH-12

**SUMMARY OF RELATIVE POTENTIAL IMPACT OF RESPONSE TECHNIQUES IN THE ABSENCE OF OIL** 

H = High M = Moderate L = Low 

## SUMMARY OF RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS, RELATIVE RATES, AND **WASTE GENERATION FOR REMOVAL TECHNIQUES SUMMARY OF WASHING OR FLUSHING TECHNIQUE RANGES** 

SOLIDMANMADE PEBBLE COBBLE MIXEDSANDGRAVEL SAND BEACH SAND FLAT MUD FLAT MARSH PEAT LOWLYING TUNDRA TUNDRA CLIFF 1) Natur al Recovery **L L**  **L L**  **L L**  **L L**  **L L**  **Physical Cleaning — Washing** 2) Flooding **L L**  **M L**  **L L**  **L L**  **L L**  3) Lo w-Presure Cold-Flush **L M**  **M M**  **M H**  **L L**  **L L**  4) Lo w-Pressure Hot/Warm Flush **L M**  **M H**  **H H**  **H M**  **H L**  5) High-Pressure Cold Flush **L H**  **H H**  **H H**  **H H**  **H M**  6) High Pressure Warm/Hot Flush **M H**  **H H**  **H H**  **H H**  **H H**  7) Steam Cleaning **L H**  **H H**  **H H**  **H H**  **H H**  8) Sand Blasting **H H**  **H -**  **- -**  **- -**  **- H**  **Physical Cleaning — Removal/Disposal** 9) Man ual Removal **L L**  **L L**  **M H**  **H L**  **M L**  10) V acuums **L L**  **L L**  **M H**  **M L**  **M L**  11) Mechanical Removal **- M**  **M M**  **M H**  **H M**  **H L**  12) V egetation Cutting **M -**  **- -**  **- H**  **H -**  **H -**  13) P assive Sorbents **L L**  **L L**  **L M**  **L L**  **L L**  **Physical Cleaning — In Situ**  **14) Tilling**  **- M**  **M M**  **M H**  **H H**  **H -**  **15) Surf**  **Washing -**  **M M**  **M H**  **H H**  **M H**  **L 16)**  **Burning M**  **H H**  **H M**  **M H**  **H H**  **- Treatment — Chemical/Biological**  17) Shore Cleaners **L L**  **L L**  **- -**  **M -**  **M L**  18) Solidifiers **- L**  **L L**  **M M**  **M L**  **M L**  19) Bioremediation **L L**  **L L**  **L L**  **L L**  **L L**  TECHNIQUE PRESSURE RANGE (psi) TEMPERATURE RANGE (°F) (2) Flooding ("deluge") < 20 Ambient seawater (3) Low-pressure, cold flushing < 50 Ambient seawater (4) Low-pressure, warm/hot flushing < 50 80 - 212 (5) High-pressure, cold flushing 50 - 1,000 Ambient seawater (5) " Pressure washing" > 1,000 Ambient seawater (6) High-pressure, warm/hot flushing 50 - 1,000 80 - 212 (7) Steam cleaning 50 - 1,000 212 (8) Sand blasting ~ 50 n/a

TECHNIQUE RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS CLEANUP RATE WASTE GENERATION (9) Man ual removal Labor intensive Slow Minimal (10) V acuums (manual) Labor intensive Slow Moderate (11) Mechanical remo val Gr ader/scraper Minimal labor support Very rapid Moderate F ront-end loader Minimal labor support Rapid High Bulldoz er Minimal labor support Rapid Very high Bac khoe Minimal labor support Medium High Dr agline/clamshell Minimal labor support Medium High Beach cleaners Minimal labor support Slow Low V

acuum trucks Minimal labor support Rapid Low (12) V egetation cutting Labor intensive Slow Can be high (13) P assive sorbents Labor intensive if used extensively with large amounts of oil Slow Can be high if frequent change-outs required

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

# TACTIC W-1 **Wildlife Protection Strategy and Permits (Page 1 of 2) Wildlife Protection Strategy and Permits (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC W-1

**WILDLIFE PROTECTION STRATEGY** The wildlife protection strategy for the North Slope is based on the Wildlife Protection Guidelines for Alaska (Annex G of the Alaska Regional Response Team Unified Plan ). There are three response strategies to protect wildlife:



## PRIMARY RESPONSE Containment and Recovery of Oil

**TERTIARY RESPONSE** Capture, Stabilization, and Treatment of Oiled Wildlife **SECONDARY RESPONSE** Wildlife Hazing 

# 1.

**2.**

**3. Wildlife Response**  **Strategy**

• Control release and spread of oil.
• Reco ver oil as quickly as practicable.
• K eep oil from contaminating critical habitat.
• Collect oiled carcasses

.

• Haz e wildlife away from spill area.
• Deter wildlif e from entering spill area.

• U se as a last resort if primary and secondary

response strategies are unsuccessful. 

## WILDLIFE PERMITS Permits are required for any secondary or tertiary wildlife response (i.e., hazing or collecting and holding). ACS has obtained permits from the Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G) and the U.S. Fish and Wild
life Service (USFWS) to allow ACS to deal with birds and land (terrestrial) mammals during an oil spill. This can include hazing of non-oiled animals to keep them away from the spill and capture, stabilization, transport, and rehabilitation of oiled animals. Note that ACS does not have the required permits to haze or handle marine mammals (polar bears, walruses, sea otters, whales, porpoises, seals, or sea lions). ACS defers to BP Exploration and/or ConocoPhillips for hazing and incidental take of polar bears. BP Exploration and/or ConocoPhillips maintain these permits on behalf of ACS. ACS has the following permits from ADF&G:

• P ermit FG05-III-0012: Hazing, capture, stabilization, transport, and rehabilitation of birds.
• P ermit FG05-III-0013: Hazing terrestrial mammals.
• P ermit FG05-III-0014: Stabilization, transport, and disposition of large terrestrial mammals. Each ADF&G permit requires that:

• The Plan of Oper ations that is attached to the permit must be followed.
• P ersonnel performing hazing must be appropriately trained (personnel covered by the permit include con
tractors and employees of ACS and its member companies).
• Hazing is prohibited dur ing oil spill drills and exercises or during construction or maintenance activities.
• The ADF&G Habitat and Restoration Division in Fairbanks must be notified as soon as practical after hazing

activities have begun.
• A wr itten report must be submitted to ADF&G within 30 days after hazing has stopped. The ACS permit from the USFWS covers hazing, capture, stabilization and treatment of migratory birds. This provides the required federal authorization to perform the functions allowed in the ADF&G permit. Even though ACS has permits for secondary and tertiary response activities, it is still necessary to complete ap
propriate sections of the Oil Spill Response Checklist: Wildlife Hazing and/or Oil Spill Response Checklist: Wildlife Capture, Transportation, Stabilization, and Treatment (from Appendices 24 to 25 of the Wildlife Protection Guide
lines ). These completed checklists must be submitted to the Federal On-Scene Coordinator and appropriate wildlife resource agency representatives within 24 hours following initiation of pre-permitted wildlife response activities.


## STATE AND FEDERAL PERMITS AND/OR AUTHORIZATIONS **REQUIRED FOR HAZING, COLLECTING OR HOLDING LIVE ANIMALS**

1. An ADF&G per mit is also needed to collect, hold, or haze any species on the State endangered species list. 2. P assive hazing (e.g., balloons, scare eye balloons, Mylar tape) does not require an ADF&G permit. 3. Includes salv age of dead, oiled wildlife. 4. A USFWS permit is also needed to haze species managed by USFWS including those listed on the Federal endangered species list. ALASKA DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND GAME FISH & WILDLIFE SERVICE NATIONAL MARINE FISHERIES SERVICE Collect and Hold Haze Collect and Hold Haze Collect and Hold Haze Migratory Birds NO YES YES NO NO NO Sea Otters, Walruses, and Polar Bears NO NO YES YES NO NO Whales, Porpoises, Seals, and Sea Lions NO NO NO NO NO YES Terrestrial Mammals YES YES NO NO NO NO 1 2 3 3 1 4

1 1

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 

# TACTIC W-1A **RRT Hazing Checklist (Page 1 of 8) RRT Hazing Checklist (Page 2 of 8)**  

# TACTIC W-1A

G-157 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## APPENDIX 24 OIL SPILL RESPONSE CHECKLIST: WILDLIFE HAZING Responders who do not have pre-authorization to haze wildlife as part of a spill response must receive authorization from the Federal On-Scene Coordinator (OSC) and appropriate wildlife resource agencies; i.e., Fish and Wildlife Service, National Marine Fisheries Service, and Alaska Department of Fish and Game prior to initiating hazing activities. Responders may apply for authorization to haze wildlife by completing Sections I-V of this form and submitting it to the Federal OSC and appropriate wildlife resource agency representatives. Responders who do not have pre-authorization to haze wildlife should note that completing the requested information on this checklist does not satisfy wildlife resource agencies permitting requirements. However, the information contained in the completed checklist should provide wildlife resource agencies with the necessary information for determining whether or not it is appropriate to issue requested permits. Responders who have pre-authorization to conduct wildlife hazing and who choose to initiate a hazing program should (1) follow the terms of their permit, and (2) complete Sections I-V of this checklist and submit it to the Federal OSC and appropriate wildlife resource agency representatives within 24-hours following the initiation of a wildlife hazing program.

I. SPILL DATA A. Name of incident: B. Date of incident: C. Spill location: _____________________ latitude: _________ longitude: _________ D. Spill location: land _________; water _________; land and water _________ E. Distance to nearest water body, if on land: _____________ km/mi F. Product released: North Slope Crude __________; Diesel #2 __________; Cook Inlet Crude __________; Chevron Residual __________; JP4 __________; Other __________ G. Estimated volume of product released: ____________ gals/bbls H. Release status: Stopped ________ ; Continuing ________; Unknown ________ I. Is spill: Contained _________ ; Spreading _________; Unknown _________ J. Estimated volume of product potentially released: _________ gals/bbls APPENDIX 24, CONT.

G-158 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## II. WILDLIFE DATA SPECIES/SPECIES GROUPS ESTIMATED NUMBERS OF WILDLIFE AND LOCATION RELATIVE TO SPILL RELEASE e.g., Waterfowl e.g., 100 eiders 1 mile from leading edge of spill

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC W-1A **RRT Hazing Checklist (Page 3 of 8) RRT Hazing Checklist (Page 4 of 8)**  

# TACTIC W-1A

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 

## APPENDIX 24, CONT.

G-159 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## III. PRIMARY RESPONSE ACTIONS

Describe any response actions underway or previously taken: (1) to protect wildlife and/or wildlife habitat, and (2) that may affect proposed hazing activities. APPENDIX 24, CONT.

G-160 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## IV. SECONDARY RESPONSE ACTIONS: HAZING

A. Describe hazing plan for each species or species group identified in Section II, including objectives, procedures, equipment, number of persons, and location(s):

B. Information on Person in Charge of Hazing Name: Affiliation: Address: Qualifications: Telephone number: Fax number: Permit holder:

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC W-1A **RRT Hazing Checklist (Page 5 of 8) RRT Hazing Checklist (Page 6 of 8)**  

# TACTIC W-1A

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 

## APPENDIX 24, CONT.

G-161 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## V. REQUESTOR SIGN-OFF

Signature of requestor: Printed name of requestor: Title of requestor: Requestor affiliation: Requestor representing: Time and Date Request Submitted to Federal On-Scene Coordinator:



# NOTE: SECTIONS I-V NEED TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE FEDERAL ON-SCENE COORDINATOR AND APPROPRIATE WILDLIFE RESOURCE AGENCY REPRESENTATIVES LISTED IN APPENDIX 26 APPENDIX 24, CONT.

G-162 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## VI. WILDLIFE RESOURCE AGENCY RESPONSE TO REQUEST A. Date and time request received by wildlife resource agency representative(s): Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G) Name: _________________________________________________________ Date: _____________ Time: ________ Phone #: __________ Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) Name: _________________________________________________________ Date: _____________ Time: ________ Phone #: __________ National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) Name: _________________________________________________________ Date: _____________ Time: ________ Phone #: __________ B. ADF&G Recommendation/Decision : ____ Approve requested program(s) as proposed ____ Approve requested program(s) with the following conditions: ____ Deny requested program(s) Signature: _______________________________ Time: ______ Date:_____ C. FWS Recommendation/Decision : ____ Approve requested program(s) as proposed ____ Approve requested program(s) with the following conditions: ____ Deny requested program(s) Signature: _______________________________ Time: ______ Date:_____ D. NMFS Recommendation/Decision : ____ Approve requested program(s) as proposed ____ Approve requested program(s) with the following conditions: ____ Deny requested program(s) Signature: _______________________________ Time: ______ Date:_____

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC W-1A **RRT Hazing Checklist (Page 7 of 8) RRT Hazing Checklist (Page 8 of 8)**  

# TACTIC W-1A

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/031 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 

## APPENDIX 24, CONT.

G-163 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002]



## VII. FEDERAL AND STATE ON-SCENE COORDINATOR RESPONSE TO REQUEST A. State On-Scene Coordinator's decision regarding wildlife response program: Request received by State On-Scene Coordinator: Time: _______________ Date: __________________ ____ Concur with wildlife resource agencies ____ Concur with attached conditions ____ Do not concur Signature: _______________________________ Time: ______ Date:_____ B. Federal On-Scene Coordinator's decision regarding response program: Request received by Federal On-Scene Coordinator: Time: _______________ Date: __________________ ____ Concur with wildlife resource agencies ____ Concur with attached conditions ____ Do not concur Signature: _______________________________ Time: ______ Date:_____

G-164 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC W-1B **RRT Capture/Transportation/Stabilization/Treatment Checklist (Page 1 of 10) RRT Capture/Transportation/Stabilization/Treatment Checklist (Page 2 of 10)**  

# TACTIC W-1B

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 

## G-165 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## APPENDIX 25

OIL SPILL RESPONSE CHECKLIST: WILDLIFE CAPTURE, TRANSPORTATION, STABILIZATION, AND TREATMENT Responders who do not have pre-authorization to capture, transport, stabilize, or treat wildlife as part of a spill response must receive authorization from the Federal On-Scene Coordinator (OSC) and appropriate wildlife resource agencies; i.e., Fish and Wildlife Service, National Marine Fisheries Service, and Alaska Department of Fish and Game prior to initiating those activities. Responders may apply for authorization to capture, transport, stabilize, and/or treat oiled wildlife by completing Sections I-VIII of this form and submitting it to the Federal OSC and appropriate wildlife resource agency representatives. Responders who do not have pre-authorization for wildlife capture, transportation, stabilization, or treatment should note that completing the requested information on this checklist does not satisfy wildlife resource agencies permitting requirements. However, the information contained in the completed checklist should provide wildlife resource agencies with the necessary information for determining whether or not it is appropriate to issue requested permits. Responders who have pre-authorization for wildlife capture, transportation, stabilization, or treatment and who choose to initiate one or more of those activities should (1) follow the terms of their permit, and (2) complete Sections I-VIII of this checklist and submit it to the Federal OSC and appropriate wildlife resource agency representativ es within 24-hours following the initiation of those activities.

I. SPILL DATA A. Name of incident: B. Date of incident: C. Spill location: ________________ latitude: ________________ longitude:

____________ D. Spill location: land ________; water _________; land and water ___________ E. Distance to nearest water body, if on land: ______________ km/mi F. Product released: North Slope Crude ______; Diesel #2 ______; Cook Inlet Crude _____; Chevron Residual ________; JP4 ________; Other ________ G. Estimated volume of product released: _______ gals/bbls H. Release status: Stopped _________ ; Continuing ________; Unknown ________ I. Is spill: Contained _________ ; Spreading __________; Unknown ___________ J. Estimated volume of product potentially released: _________ gals/bbls

G-166 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## APPENDIX 25, CONT.
II. WILDLIFE DATA SPECIES/SPECIES GROUPS ESTIMATED NUMBERS OF WILDLIFE AND LOCATION RELATIVE TO SPILL RELEASE e.g., Waterfowl e.g., 100 eiders 1 mile from leading edge of spill

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC W-1B **RRT Capture/Transportation/Stabilization/Treatment Checklist (Page 3 of 10) RRT Capture/Transportation/Stabilization/Treatment Checklist (Page 4 of 10)**  

# TACTIC W-1B

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 

## G-167 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## APPENDIX 25, CONT.
III. PRIMARY RESPONSE ACTIONS

Describe any response actions underway or previously taken: (1) to protect wildlife and/or wildlife habitat, and (2) that may affect proposed capture, transport, stabilization, or wildlife treatment activities.

G-168 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## APPENDIX 25, CONT.
IV. SECONDARY RESPONSE ACTIONS: PRE-EMPTIVE CAPTURE A. Describe pre-emptive capture plan for each species or species group identified in Section II, including objectives, procedures, equipment, number of persons, and location(s):

B. Information on Person in Charge of Pre-emptive Capture Name: Affiliation: Address: Qualifications: Telephone number: Fax number: Permit holder:

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC W-1B **RRT Capture/Transportation/Stabilization/Treatment Checklist (Page 5 of 10) RRT Capture/Transportation/Stabilization/Treatment Checklist (Page 6 of 10)**  

# TACTIC W-1B

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 

## G-169 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## APPENDIX 25, CONT. V. TERTIARY RESPONSE ACTIONS: CAPTURE, TRANSPORTATION, STABILIZATION AND TREATMENT A. Describe capture, transportation, stabilization, and treatment plan for each species or species group identified in Section II, including objectives, procedures, equipment, number of persons, and location(s):

G-170 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## APPENDIX 25, CONT. V. TERTIARY RESPONSE ACTIONS: CAPTURE, TRANSPORTATION, STABILIZATION AND TREATMENT, CONT. B. Information on Stabilization Facility Address: Specific location (if not discernible from address): Telephone number: Fax number: C. Information on Treatment Facility Address: Specific location (if not discernible from address): Telephone number: Fax number: D. Information on Person in Charge Name: Affiliation: Address: Qualifications: Telephone number: Fax number: Permit holder(s):

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC W-1B **RRT Capture/Transportation/Stabilization/Treatment Checklist (Page 7 of 10) RRT Capture/Transportation/Stabilization/Treatment Checklist (Page 8 of 10)**  

# TACTIC W-1B

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 

## G-171 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## APPENDIX 25, CONT. VI. REQUESTOR SIGN-OFF
Signature of requestor: Printed name of requestor: Title of requestor: Requestor affiliation: Requestor representing: Time and Date Request Submitted to Federal On-Scene Coordinator:



# NOTE: SECTIONS I-VI NEED TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE FEDERAL ON-SCENE COORDINATOR AND APPROPRIATE WILDLIFE RESOURCE AGENCY REPRESENTATIVES LISTED IN APPENDIX 26

G-172 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## APPENDIX 25, CONT. VII. WILDLIFE RESOURCE AGENCY RESPONSE TO REQUEST A. Date and time request received by wildlife resource agency representative(s): Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G) Name: ________________________________________________________ Date: _____________ Time: ________ Phone #: __________ Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) Name: ________________________________________________________ Date: _____________ Time: ________ Phone #: __________ National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) Name: ________________________________________________________ Date: _____________ Time: ________ Phone #: __________
B. ADF&G Recommendation/Decision : ____ Approve requested program(s) as proposed ____ Approve requested program(s) with the following conditions: ____ Deny requested program(s) Signature: _______________________________ Time: ______ Date:_____ C. FWS Recommendation/Decision : ____ Approve requested program(s) as proposed ____ Approve requested program(s) with the following conditions: ____ Deny requested program(s) Signature: _______________________________ Time: ______ Date:_____
D. NMFS Recommendation/Decision : ____ Approve requested program(s) as proposed ____ Approve requested program(s) with the following conditions: ____ Deny requested program(s) Signature: _______________________________ Time: ______ Date:_____

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC W-1B **RRT Capture/Transportation/Stabilization/Treatment Checklist (Page 9 of 10) RRT Capture/Transportation/Stabilization/Treatment Checklist (Page 10 of 10)**  

# TACTIC W-1B

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 

## G-173 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## APPENDIX 25, CONT.
VIII. FEDERAL AND STATE ON-SCENE COORDINATOR RESPONSE TO REQUEST A. State On-Scene Coordinator's decision regarding wildlife response program: Request received by State On-Scene Coordinator: Time: _______________ Date: __________________ ____ Concur with wildlife resource agencies ____ Concur with attached conditions ____ Do not concur Signature: _______________________________ Time: ______ Date:_____

B. Federal On-Scene Coordinator's decision regarding response program: Request received by Federal On-Scene Coordinator: Time: _______________ Date: __________________ ____ Concur with wildlife resource agencies ____ Concur with attached conditions ____ Do not concur Signature: _______________________________ Time: ______ Date:_____

G-174 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC W-1C **RRT Contact Information for Wildlife Resource Agencies (Page 1 of 2) RRT Contact Information for Wildlife Resource Agencies (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC W-1C

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 

## G-175 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002] 

## APPENDIX 26 CONTACT INFORMATION FOR WILDLIFE RESOURCE AGENCIES: MIGRATORY BIRDS, MARINE MAMMALS, AND TERRESTRIAL MAMMALS SPECIES AGENCIES/CONTACTS Migratory Birds Sea Otters Pacific Walruses Polar Bears Caribou Muskoxen Moose Sitka Black-Tailed Deer Bison Mountain Goats Dall Sheep Brown and Black Bears Wolves Red Foxes Arctic Foxes Mink River Otters Muskrats Beavers Wolverine Marten Miscellaneous Small Mammals Fish and Wildlife Service Primary contact Catherine Berg Fax: 271-2786 Wk: 271-1630 Hm: 694-7379 Cell: 244-1529 catherine_berg@fws.gov Alternate contact Philip Johnson Fax: 786-3350 Wk: 786-3483 Hm: 345-0300 Cell: 242-6893 philip_johnson@fws.gov Alaska Department of Fish and Game Primary contact Mark Fink Fax: 267-2464 Wk: 267-2338 Hm: 337-7933 markf@fishgame.state.ak.us
Alternate contact Jack Winters Fax: 456-3091 Wk: 459-7285 Hm: 479-2320 jwinters@fishgame.state.ak.us APPENDIX 26, CONT.
SPECIES AGENCIES/CONTACTS

G-176 [Revision 4–June 4, 2002]



## Northern Fur Seals Northern (Steller) Sea Lions Ringed Seals Harbor Seals Spotted Seals Bearded Seals Ribbon Seals Cetaceans National Marine Fisheries Service Primary contact Brad Smith Fax: 271-3030 Wk: 271-5006 Hm: 248-4211 brad.smith@noaa.gov Alternate contact Matt Eagleton Fax: 271-3030 Wk: 271-6354 Hm: 338-2822 matthew.eagleton@noaa.gov Alaska Department of Fish and Game Primary contact Mark Fink Fax: 267-2464 Wk: 267-2338 Hm: 337-7933 markf@fishgame.state.ak.us Alternate contact Jack Winters Fax: 456-3091 Wk: 459-7285 Hm: 479-2320 jwinters@fishgame.state.ak.us

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC W-2 **Wildlife Hazing Equipment (Page 1 of 2) Wildlife Hazing Equipment (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC W-2

The ACS inventory of wildlife hazing equipment includes:

• P assive excluders (balloons, reflector tape).
• Propane e xploder cannons.
• 15-mm single-shot pistol/launcher with 22-caliber caps , screamers, and bangers.
• 12-gauge single-shot shotgun with cracker shells, rubber bullets (bear deterrence), and slugs (bear pro
tection).
• Electr ic fencing. The ACS equipment is available upon notification 24 hours a day, but will be issued only to certified trained personnel (i.e., those that have completed the ACS wildlife training course). ACS maintains a list of such personnel. 

## 12-GAUGE SHOTGUN

**PROPANE EXPLODER CANNON 15-MM PISTOL**  **FIREARM SAFETY** The 15-mm pistols and 12-gauge shotguns in ACS’s hazing inventory must be handled properly to ensure the safety of all personnel. No one will be allowed to use ACS firearms without the appropriate training. Following are the primary safety precautions that should be taken when you are using any firearm:

• Ne ver point the muzzle of the gun at anyone at anytime — regardless of whether the gun is empty or load
ed.
• Ne ver put your finger on the trigger until you are ready to shoot.
• Ne ver load the gun until you are ready to use it; keep the action open. When you pick up a gun, open the

action right away to make sure the chamber is empty.
• Do not use the shotgun or pistol unless y ou have received training.
• Mak e sure you use the right ammunition.
• Mak e sure you know where you’re shooting and that no one could be accidentally hit.
• W ear ear and eye protection when shooting. 

## 15-MM PISTOL ACS’s hazing equipment includes 15-mm single-shot pistols/launchers with 22-caliber caps, screamers, and bangers. The “caps” are small explosive charges that are placed in the firing mechanism of the pistol and that launch the screamer or banger when the gun is fired. These should be fired above the animals and not at them. The person shooting the gun must wear ear protectors and safety goggles. 

## 12-GAUGE SHOTGUN ACS uses 12-gauge shotguns with cracker shells to scare both birds and mammals. Rubber bullets can be used for bear deterrence, and slugs are available for bear protection if all else fails and humans are threatened by a bear. The guns used are single-barrel, single-shot shotguns that break and load at the breach. The barrel should be inspected for blockage after each shot. Cracker shells are 12-gauge shotgun shells in which the shot has been replaced with a bulldog firecracker. When fired, the firecracker travels 75 to 150 yards and explodes in the air with a loud sound. It should be noted that cracker shells leave a heavy residue in the barrel of the shotgun, and this residue should be cleaned out regularly. 

## FIRING PROCEDURES The following procedures must be followed for firing either the pistol or the shotgun:

• Chec k the barrel for blockage after each shot.
• F or the shotgun, run the cleaning rod with bore brush through the barrel after every third shot.
• Be aware of fire hazards. Never use cracker shells where smoldering debris may fall into dry areas or on

building roofs. Keep a fire extinguisher nearby.
• Ne ver fire into a strong wind.
• Y ou should normally fire at a 45-degree angle above the horizon.
• After firing, if you do not see or hear the firecracker explode, do not look down either end of the shotgun

barrel. It is possible that the firecracker is lodged in the barrel, and it could explode in your face. Extreme cold combined with the use of old primer caps can cause the gun to misfire or not fire at all. 

## ELECTRIC FENCING The 5,000 feet of electric fencing ACS maintains can be used to surround a spill area to keep out larger terrestrial mammals. The fence can be used with or without electric current. When electrified, the fence is more effective in keeping out large mammals. In addition, the fence can be used as protection around a remote camp where bears may be a problem.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC W-2A **Mammal Hazing (Page 1 of 2) Mammal Hazing (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC W-2A

Terrestrial mammals that may be present on the North Slope include caribou, muskoxen, moose, brown (grizzly) bear, and foxes. Techniques for hazing mammals involve visual methods, auditory methods, pain (use of rubber bullets), or exclusion by fencing, netting, or gridding. The choice of appropriate method depends on the species involved, the local environment, the spill situation, and the time of year. The table on the next page summarizes available methods. ACS’s permit (ADF&G Permit No. FG94 - III - 02H) allows trained personnel to haze mammals. ADF&G is responsible for overseeing and providing guidance for ACS hazing personnel and may assist ACS with hazing. The minimum amount of hazing required to move animals away from a spill site will be used. The animals should not be unduly stressed during hazing. Hazing of moose, muskoxen, and caribou would involve either surface or aerial methods. The ACS hazing kits can be used for individual animals and for small groups of animals, including small muskox herds that should be prevented from forming protective circles and encouraged to move away from the spill. According to the permit, prior to initia
tion, ACS must seek guidance and help from ADF&G on the most appropriate hazing technique for bears. I n a d d i t i o n , s c a r e eye b a l l o o n s, s n ow fe n c e s, o r e l e c t r i c fe n c e s m ay b e i n s t a l l e d around isolated spill areas, field camps, staging areas, waste disposal sites, or other spill-related areas. The distance from the spill site, staging area, etc. at which hazing of mammals would begin and end must be deter
mined on a case-by-case basis. In some cases, it may be advantageous to haze animals at a considerable distance from a spill site. For example, a large moving herd of caribou a considerable distance away may be deflected on its course with minimal effort, while it may be nearly impossible to deflect the same herd once it is a few hundred yards from the spill site. To protect mammals from oil:

• Contain the oil bef ore it reaches the mammals.
• Haz e them (scare them away) from oiled areas.
• Collect dead, oiled wildlif e to prevent contamination through scavenging.
• Selected capture and stabilization of mammals on case-b y-case basis. 

## 12-GAUGE SHOTGUN **MAMMAL HAZING TACTICS** SPECIES TECHNIQUE(S) COMMENTS Bear Pyrotechnics Propane exploder cannons Helicopters Airboats Ground vehicles (snow machines, ATVs, trucks) Rubber bullets The preferred option is the use of pyrotechnics, if spill conditions allow. Helicopters, airboats, and ground vehicles are also effective tools, with helicopters being the most versatile of this group.

Fences (electrified) Effective for isolating small spill areas, field camps, etc. Caribou Pyrotechnics Propane exploder cannons Most effective on individual animals or small groups. Helicopters Airboats Ground vehicles (snow machines, ATVs, trucks) Most effective on herds. Helicopters are the most versatile and can be used on a herd while it is still far away from the spill.
Fences Effective for isolating small spill areas, field camps, etc. Moose Pyrotechnics Propane exploder cannons Air horns Helicopters Airboats Ground vehicles (snow machines, ATVs, trucks) Helicopters and ground vehicles are the best tools to use on moose. Pyrotechnics can be used individually or with hazing equipment.

Fences Effective for isolating small spill areas, field camps, etc. Muskoxen Pyrotechnics Propane exploder cannons Helicopters Airboats Ground vehicles (snow machines, ATVs, trucks) Ensure that animals are not hazed to the point that they form a defensive ring. Drive them slowly with a ground vehicle (ATV or truck).

Fences Effective for isolating small spill areas, field camps, etc.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC W-2B **Bird Hazing (Page 1 of 2) Bird Hazing (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC W-2B

Birds can be deterred from entering a spill area or hazed from an area by either visual or auditory methods, or both. The choice depends on the species involved, the local environment, and the spill situation. The table on the next page summarizes the available techniques. The primary method for protecting birds from an oil spill is to prevent oil from reaching areas where birds are con
centrated, including migration staging areas, seabird colonies, major feeding areas, nesting colonies, and wintering areas of marine birds. The secondary response is to deter birds from an oil slick or contaminated shoreline. A deterrent may be used to discourage birds from landing in or near an oil slick or oiled area. ACS uses the following guidelines for selecting the primary hazing method:

• Use propane exploder cannons to disperse birds where waterfowl, shorebirds, and raptors are dominant.

This should include frequent human attendance at the site and supplemental use of shotgun cracker shells or pistol-launched noisemakers to ensure the highest effectiveness and to reduce habituation.
• Visual methods (Mylar tape, balloons) can be used to disperse birds in close proximity to the spill. This is

most effective for waterfowl.
• Flightless birds may need to be herded with boats and/or helicopters (aircraft should not be used to disperse

birds in any other circumstances). Flightless birds include young birds and molting birds. (“Molting” refers to the annual loss of feathers. Birds that are molting cannot fly.) Capture and relocation is a tertiary method for dealing with flightless birds that will not leave an area. This could be used for small populations of birds of critical sensitivity. However, it is very labor-intensive and usually not practi
cal. 

## PROPANE EXPLODER CANNON **BIRD HAZING TACTICS**

BRECO Bird Scare Buoy CATEGORY TECHNIQUE GENERAL APPLICABILITY NORTH SLOPE APPLICABILITY Visual Methods Floating or Stationary Figures Human effigy (e.g., a scarecrow) has been shown to be effective in daylight Scare eye balloons are available from ACS inventory. Preferred response. This is an authorized activity. Helium-Filled Balloons Can prevent birds from landing Not available on the North Slope, but available from Alyeska. Mylar Tape Can prevent birds from landing Mylar tape is available from ACS inventory. Auditory Methods Propane Cannons and Alarms • Bird density reduction r anges from 50% to 100% depending on species and amount of human attendance

• W orks for 2 to 3 days

• Ma y not be effective in rough, open sea Propane exploder cannons and pyrotechnics are available from ACS inventory.

Visual and Auditory Methods Herding or Hazing with Aircraft • Used f or flying waterfowl or waterfowl on the ground that fly in response to disturbances

• Aircr aft may cause diving birds to dive into contaminated area

• Helicopters can be used to herd flightless birds (e.g., young or molting birds) Use of aircraft is not approved in ACS permits; aircraft will not be used unless specifically authorized by agency personnel for a specific spill.

Herding with Boats or by Personnel on Foot • Slo w and labor-intensive

• Ma y be effective with flightless waterfowl

• Ineff ective for diving birds Small boats available for summer use.

BRECO Bird Scare Buoys Floating scare devices Available from ACS inventory.
Other Methods Capture and Relocation • F or small populations of birds of critical sensitivity

• Labor-intensiv e and not practical in most cases Will be used only if visual and auditory methods fail, and only with specific authorization by agency personnel for a specific spill.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC W-3 **Wildlife Capture and Rehabilitation (Page 1 of 2) Wildlife Capture and Rehabilitation (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC W-3

**CAPTURE, STABILIZATION, AND TRANSPORT OF LARGE MAMMALS** Tertiary response strategy for wildlife on the North Slope involves the capture and initial stabilization of oiled wildlife. When birds are captured, they will receive initial treatment at the ACS North Slope Wildlife Stabilization Center. Once the birds are stabilized, they will be transported to Anchorage for long-term care and rehabilitation. ADF&G will be responsible for the capture of brown bear, caribou, muskoxen, and moose. ACS, under the supervi
sion of a veterinarian or in consultation with or with assistance from ADF&G, will be responsible for stabilization, transport, and disposition of these species. ACS will use the table below as a guide for activities. A Data Sheet for Collected Live, Oiled Wildlife will be completed for each animal. Any mammal or bird with serious injuries which would require extensive treatment or which may be unable to survive in the wild will be euthanized. All decisions to euthanize will be reviewed and approved by a licensed veterinarian or an individual with veterinary and rehabilitation experience. Agency approval is required before euthanasia is utilized. Euthanasia drugs are not maintained on the Slope because of North Slope drug restrictions. Licensed veterinarians assisting with wildlife response will be required to bring sufficient quantities of euthanasia drugs. 

## DATA SHEET FOR COLLECTED LIVE, OILED WILDLIFE **(Adapted from Alaska RRT Wildlife Protection Guidelines for Alaska**  **)**
**Date: ID Number:**  **Oil Spill Incident: Capture Location (Specific):**  **Latitude: Longitude:** 
**Common Name:**
**Genus: Species:**  **Was Specimen Obviously Oiled? (circle one): Yes No Extent of Oiling (circle one):**  **1. Completely Covered 3. Discrete Spots**  **2. Ventral or Dorsal Surface Only 4. No Obvious Oil**
**Field Treatment: 1. Mouth & Nostrils cleaned of oil yes____ no____ not applicable____**  **2. Excess oil removed from body yes____ no____ not applicable____ 3. Gavaged yes____ no____ Quantity____Liters**  **4. Eyes irrigated yes____ no____ not applicable____ Collected by:**  **Printed Name:_______________________________________________________________________ Signature: __________________________________________________________________________**  **Date: ______________________________________________________________________________ Telephone Number: __________________________________________________________________**  **Affiliation: __________________________________________________________________________ Relinquished to:**  **Printed Name: ______________________________________________________________________ Signature: __________________________________________________________________________**  **Date: ______________________________________________________________________________ Telephone Number: __________________________________________________________________**  **Affiliation: __________________________________________________________________________** ACTIVITY BROWN BEARS POLAR BEARS CARIBOU (collared only) MUSKOX MOOSE (collared only) Personnel - Capture ADF&G personnel only USFWS ADF&G personnel only ADF&G personnel only ADF&G personnel onlyPersonnelStabilization, Transport, and Disposition ADF&G or ACS under supervision of DVM USFWS ADF&G or ACS under supervision of DVM ADF&G or ACS under supervision of DVM ADF&G or ACS under supervision of DVM Capture Methods Culvert traps or tranquilizer Culvert traps or tranquilizer Tranquilizer Tranquilizer Tranquilizer Stabilization ACS facility (5 bears maximum) ACS facility (5 bears maximum) Field cleaning only Field cleaning only Field cleaning only Transportation By truck or helicopter By truck or helicopter N/A N/A N/A Disposition Released back into wild unless can’t survive. Then look into a facility that might want a bear (zoo). Last resort would be euthanasia. Released back into wild unless can’t survive. Then look into a facility that might want a bear (zoo). Last resort would be euthanasia. Field released Field released Field released

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC W-4 **Salvage of Dead Wildlife (Page 1 of 2) Salvage of Dead Wildlife (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC W-4

**PURPOSE OF SALVAGING DEAD WILDLIFE** Birds and mammals killed by an oil spill must be collected as quickly as possible to prevent secondary poisoning of scavengers due to hydrocarbon ingestion. “Salvage” is the collection of oiled carcasses by certified personnel. This activity requires:

• Notification and appro val of state and federal agencies
• Proper recordk eeping
• T emporary storage
• Ultimate stor age and disposal Only persons certified in bird hazing or bird collection and stabilization may salvage dead, oiled birds and mam
mals. Trustee agencies listed in the ACS Plan of Operations for Salvage (see ACS permit book) must be notified. If the agencies cannot be reached, proceed with salvage, but continue and log attempts to reach agencies. 

## SALVAGE PROCEDURE The following list of salvage procedures will be included in an incident-specific plan for retrieving dead oiled wildlife. The plan will be reviewed and approved by the appropriate wildlife resource agency(ies), and implemented by the responsible party. 1. Place each animal in a plastic bag, with a copy of the record form filled out and inserted into the bag. Ensure the form is protected from oiling. 2. T ake the plastic bags to the Wildlife Stabilization Center in BP EOA Building U-8 to be logged in and placed in refrigerated trailer for holding. 3. Response Center personnel will copy or record the information in the bag, assign a control number, complete any missing information, and file the form. Leave the original collection tag or form in the bag with the carcass. 4. Agency personnel will inspect and catalogue all collected carcasses

. 5. F ollowing inspection, carcasses are transferred to the freezer trailer for storage, until plans are made for final disposition. 6. The responsib le party will coordinate plans for final disposition with appropriate agencies. 

## DATA SHEET FOR COLLECTED DEAD, OILED WILDLIFE **(Adapted from Alaska RRT Wildlife Protection Guidelines for Alaska**  **)**
Fill out one of these data sheets for each oiled carcass collected. **Date: Control Number: Oil Spill Incident:**  **Location Animal Found (Specific): Latitude/Longitude:**  **Species Found: Is Specimen Obviously Oiled? (circle one): Yes No**  **Was Specimen Scavenged? (circle one): Yes No Collected by:**  **Printed Name: ____________________________________________________________________ Signature:________________________________________________________________________**  **Date: ____________________________________________________________________________ Telephone Number:________________________________________________________________**  **Affiliation:________________________________________________________________________ Relinquished to:**  **Printed Name: _____________________________________________________________________ Signature:_________________________________________________________________________**  **Date: _____________________________________________________________________________ Telephone Number:_________________________________________________________________**  **Affiliation:_________________________________________________________________________**

**Remarks:**

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC W-5 **Deployment of ACS Mobile Wildlife Stabilization Center (Page 1 of 2) Deployment of ACS Mobile Wildlife Stabilization Center (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC W-5RefrigeratorWasher Dryer72 x 30 x 18 Alum.Gray Water TankEdge of ExistingFloor Deck atARCO Bldg. U-8Recess With 6 Each 120V GFIProtected Receptacles for Blow DryersBoosterWater Htr.54 KWElevated24 x 24Rinse BasinElevated24 x 24Rinse Basin125 Gal.Water Htr.34 KWWater Filters3/4" Pot.WaterSupplyConnect9' 8"14' 6"13'8'3-0 L.H.3-0 L.H.Trans-formerBrineTank5 x 8 Work TablePlasticTubPlasticTubPlasticTubPlasticTub1" WastewaterDrainConnectionAll 4 FaucetsSupplied byTemperatureControl ValveSet at 100 ̊FAutomatic FloorMatting Wash-DownSump PumpLocate at Low Point;Base Must Be 7" BelowSurrounding GradeSleeve for Waste WaterLine to External TankAccess Hatchto Sumps (2)WaterSoftenerPackage25 ftPower Cable3' x 8' Intake Table(stored when not in use)Power Cable StoresWithin Module for ShippingElectr.PanelsFormica Counter**Lab Module Utility Module** Micro-wave26 cu ftChest Type Deep FreezerUpper CabinetsPress. Reg.Set 45 PSIG

**Existing Compressor Room**This drawing indicates layout for ARCO Building U-8 at Prudhoe Bay. Balance offloor area with bird holding cages, floor matting, sump pumps, etc. is not shown.There is a separate 20-ft standard shipping conex that contains a 60-ft x 150-ftfabric pit liner and approximately 40 pre-packaged bird cages.**ALASKA CLEAN SEAS WILDLIFE STABILIZATION CENTER**  

### ACS maintains an initial stabilization facility consisting of air-transportable modules stored at Prudhoe Bay.


## FACILITY CAPABILITIES **DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS**

• Initial stabilization of up to 500 duc ks or 250 geese
• Long-ter m treatment of up to 10 birds
**FACILITY CAPABILITIES**

• Gross oil decontamination
• T ake vital statistics
• Blood w ork
• Reh ydration
• Stabilization
**MOBILIZATION TIME**

• 4 to 6 hours (longer if f acility needs to be transported to remote site)
• 2 personnel are required f or shipping or setup


## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS **TRANSPORTATION MODES:**

– T ruck

– Hercules C-130 or C-141 aircr aft

– Modules ha ve fork pockets for lifting

• Modules will be placed on a lo wboy trailer for loading into the aircraft.
**MODULE DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS**

**SETUP CONSIDERATIONS/REQUIREMENTS** Electrical: 480 v olt, 3 phase, 125 Kw or 208 volt, single phase, 20 Kw. Water: P otable water is required. Center has its own pressure system. Wastewater: F acility has a 2,000-gallon portable holding tank. Flooring: Concrete floors or liner that can be w ashed down to prevent the spread of disease. Heating: Must be capab le of maintaining an air temperature of 68°F to 70°F. Building Size: A w arehouse with minimum of 7,000 sq. ft. Ventilation: A minimum of six air exchanges per hour, while maintaining 68°F to 70°F inside air tem
perature. WIDTH LENGTH HEIGHT WEIGHT Lab Module 9 ft 8 in. 13 ft 8 ft 7 in. 2,500 lbs Utility Module 9 ft 8 in. 15 ft 8 ft 7 in. 3,800 lbs Accessories Conex 8 ft 20 ft 8 ft 5,100 lbs

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC W-6 **Identifying and Protecting Sensitive Areas (Page 1 of 4) Identifying and Protecting Sensitive Areas (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC W-6

**SAMPLE ACS ATLAS MAP**

(Continued on next page) Volume 2 of the Alaska Clean Seas Technical Manual contains a map atlas of the North Slope oil fields and vicinity. These maps* and their accompanying legend pages identify sensitive-area locations for priority protection in the event of a spill. The locations on these maps are ones that can be defended by exclusion or deflection tactics. Also included on the map legend pages are general statements of environmental sensitivity — e.g., presence of birds or marine mammals — provided by the Alaska Regional Response Team (ARRT) Sensitive Areas Working Group. It is important to remember that detailed protection strategies and incident-specific protection priorities will be de
veloped by the Unified Command at the time of the spill. In evaluating the sites that must be protected, the Unified Command will apply criteria developed by the ARRT Sensitive Areas Working Group with representatives from State and Federal agencies and the private sector. The following relative priority listing prioritizes resources into designations of major, moderate, and lesser concern. Resources are not prioritized within each designation. These designations are for consideration in initial spill response activities; they are not applicable to extended cleanup activities. Specific guidance to On
- Scene Coordinators for protecting cultural resources is contained in Annex M of the Unified Plan

. The following criteria were developed as a tool to establish levels of concern.* These criteria are not listed in a priority order. (This information was excerpted from the Sensitive Areas section of the Alaska Regional Response Team North Slope Subarea Contingency Plan. Please refer to the latest version for any revisions that may have occurred since publication of the ACS Technical Manual .)

• Human economic disr uption — economic/social value; human food source disruption
• Mor tality — wildlife, fish, other organisms (how many potentially killed in relation to abundance)
• Animal displacement and sensitivity to displacement
• Aesthetic deg radation
• Habitat a vailability and rarity
• S ublethal effects, including sensitivity to physical or toxic effects of oil or hazardous substances and long- t erm

effects to habitat, species, or both
• Threatened and endangered species , and/or other legal designation
• P ersistent concentration of oil or hazardous substances
• Reproduction r ate or recolonizing potential
• Relativ e importance to ecosystem
• P otential for physical contact with spill — pathway of oil or hazardous substance
• Resource sensitivity to response counter measures **AREAS OF MAJOR CONCERN**

• Shoreline Geomor phology - Coastal Habitat Types: Riv er deltas Sheltered lagoons Open lagoons Salt marshes Mud flats Barr ier islands Spit beaches Protected ba ys • Inland Habitat Types: Ripar ian willow Connected lak es F reshwater springs
• Threatened or Endangered Species Habitat
• Spotted Seal Haulout Areas (>10 animals)
• Ringed Seal Lairs and Pupping Areas
• W alrus Haulout Areas
• Beluga Whale Concentration Areas
• Bo whead Whale Nearshore Migration Routes
• P olar Bear Denning and Feeding Areas
• Car ibou Calving and Insect Relief Areas
• Large Seabird Colonies (>100 birds)
• W aterfowl and Shorebird Spring and Fall Concentration and Staging Areas
• W aterfowl Molting Concentration Areas
• Anadromous Fish Spa wning and/or Rearing Streams (i.e., salmon, Dolly Varden, whitefish)
• Land Management Designations F ederal: Wilderness Wild and Scenic Rivers National Natur al Landmarks Research Natur al Areas (Toolik Lake, Galbraith Lake) *NOTE: The base maps for the atlas were provided by BP Exploration (Alaska) Inc. (BPXA). While every effort was made to ensure an accurate depiction of surface features, BPXA does not warrant that the data is accurate of fit for any particular use.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC W-6 **Identifying and Protecting Sensitive Areas (Page 3 of 4) Identifying and Protecting Sensitive Areas (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC W-6

(Continued from previous page) 

## CULTURAL RESOURCE CONSIDERATIONS **DEFINITION OF “CULTURAL RESOURCES”** Federal and state law requires protection of cultural resources in the vicinity of the spill or response. “Cultural resources” is a broad term used to refer to ruins, structures, sites, graves, artifacts, deposits, and/or objects that pertain to history or prehistory. The question is not whether someone thinks a resource has value, but whether the resource meets the criteria of federal or state law. There are two kinds of impacts of concern during a spill response operation:

• Direct impact from spilled substances
• Indirect impacts from ground-disturbing activities, vandalism, and theft **RESPONSIBILITIES** Cultural resource protection is primarily an agency responsibility. The duties of the responsible party in an oil spill are to:

• Be a ware that cultural resources may exist in the response area.
• Recogniz e that their existence may affect how response is conducted.
• Cooper ate with state and federal officials charged with cultural resource protection.
• Assure that all response personnel do not collect, remove, or disturb cultural resources encountered in a

response in any way.
• Consider retaining a cultural resources specialist as a consultant to Planning Section in case of a signi f﻿i cant

spill. **SITE LOCATIONS** Because of federal law and state policy, the exact locations of cultural resource sites are not shown on ACS or member company maps. Known cultural resource sites on the North Slope have been mapped. Access to this information is restricted. Non-site-speci f﻿i c information on known cultural resources sites can found in the Area Contingency Plans. In a responsible party-funded response to a spill, the FOSC will consult with appropriate ARRT members regarding cultural resources which may be at risk from a spill or response. Site-specific cultural resource surveys will be required in areas the State Historic Preservation Officer believes are not well-surveyed for sites. Responsible parties and response teams should be particularly attentive to the possible existence of cultural re
source sites at/on:

• Coastal barr ier islands
• Ele vated terraces or cut-bank bluffs along rivers
• Pingos
• Most shoreline areas , particularly near embayments or promontories
• Prominent hills inland For detailed questions, consult the ARRT Cultural Resources Protection Guidelines (Alaska Unified Plan , Tab E to Annex X). • Cultur al Resources/Archaeological Sites: National Histor ic Landmarks Bur ial Sites National Register Eligib le Village Sites Inter tidal Sites
• Subsistence Har vest Areas
• High Commercial Use Areas
• High Recreational Use Areas
• Riv er Floodplains 

### AREAS OF MODERATE CONCERN

• Shoreline Geomor phology - Coastal Habitat Types: Beaded tundr a streams
• Upland Habitat Types: Dr ained lake basins
• Spotted Seal Haulout Areas (< 10 animals)
• Ringed Seal Shoref ast Ice Concentration Areas
• Seabird Colonies (10 - 100 birds)
• W aterfowl and Shorebird Nesting Concentration Areas
• Shorebird Molting Concentr ation Areas
• Bear Concentr ation Areas (marine mammal/carcasses; salmon)
• P olar Bear General Distribution
• W alrus General Distribution
• Car ibou Migration Routes
• Musk ox Riparian Habitat
• Commercial Har vest Areas
• Recreational Use Areas
• Land Management Designations F ederal: National Parks National Wildlife Refuges
• Cultur al Resources/Archaeological Sites National Register Eligib le Sites (Other Than Village Sites) Sites Adjacent To Shorelines 

### AREAS OF LESSER CONCERN

• Upland Habitat Types: Mesic/dr y tussock tundra Alpine tundr a • Bearded Seal Gener al Distribution
• Bo whead Whale General Distribution
• Gr ay Whale Nearshore Migration and Feeding Areas
• Seabird Colonies (<10 birds)
• W aterfowl and Shorebird General Distribution
• Gener al Freshwater Fish Habitat
• Land Management Designations F ederal: Pub lic Lands National F orests National Preser ves State: Gener al Public Lands

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC D-1 **Processing Recovered Liquids (Page 1 of 6) Processing Recovered Liquids (Page 2 of 6)**  

# TACTIC D-1

Liquids from cleanup operations include liquid oil; mixtures of oil, water, snow, ice, and/or gravel; used engine oils and hydraulic fluids; contaminated fuels; bilge/ballast waters; stormwater runoff from waste storage areas; and washwaters from decontamination operations. Do not mix liquids from different sources until classification is confirmed. Mixed wastes can be difficult and expensive to manage. Materials are classified by qualified personnel and segregated until classification is confirmed. Spill responders must request permission from the pipeline or production facility operator in order for the pipeline or production facility to receive recovered liquids. Note also that users of BPXA/AAI facilities are pre-approved and may have specialized training in handling of wastes. Loads must be accompanied by the appropriate documentation. Fluids and solids from spill cleanup operations are considered either:

• Reusab le products, which can be recovered and returned to service, or
• W astes, which must managed according to applicable permits, regulations and policies. **REUSABLE PRODUCT** Products that can be recovered and reused are not considered wastes, but must still be managed properly. Examples of reusable fluids include:

• **Crude oil** - returned to the production stream
• **Refined hydrocarbons (fuels, lubrication oil)** - returned to the production stream (note that policies on

refined hydrocarbon recycling are not the same in all operating areas)
• **Water, seawater, other approved fluids** - injected underground for enhanced oil recovery (EOR)
• **Crude, diesel, methanol** - reserved for well work or other field operations. 

## D-1 **LIQUID WASTE**

**UNDERGROUND INJECTION** 

**CLASS I DISPOSAL** REGULATED STORAGE AND PACKAGING

**CONTINENTAL U.S.**

**DISPOSAL (TSD) NO** 

**NO CLEANUP**  **OPERATION**

**ON-SITE PRODUCT RECOVERY/REUSE**  LIQUIDS **REUSABLE? YES** 

**YES EXEMPT?** 

**NO YES**  **HAZARDOUS?** 

## FACILITIES FOR HYDROCARBON RECOVERY AND ENHANCED OIL RECOVERY **1**



### Fluids that can be used for well work or other field operations are recovered and stored in designated locations, as directed by asset environmental personnel. 1. Contact the facility or asset environmental staff for detailed information, or refer to the Alaska Waste Disposal and Reuse Guide. 

### LOCATION FACILITY OFFLOADING LOCATION (TRUCKS) Kuparuk River Unit CPF-1 hydrocarbon recycle facility CPF-1
Kuparuk River Unit CPF-1 water recycle facility CPF-1
Greater Prudhoe Bay Area FS 1, GC 2 Slop oil tank, Dirty water tank Milne Point Unit Production facility ORT (Oil Reserve Tank)

Endicott Production facility Snowmelt tank

Badami Badami Class I Well B1-01 (if recycling is not possible) Badami Class I injection skid
Production facility Badami CPU Alpine Production facility A1 sump Northstar Production facility Designated sumps, Well cleanup tank Alyeska PS-1 PS-1 PS-1 injection skids

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC D-1 **Processing Recovered Liquids (Page 3 of 6) Processing Recovered Liquids (Page 4 of 6)**  

# TACTIC D-1

**CLASS I DISPOSAL FACILITIES 1**  

### WASTE FLUIDS Wastes are subdivided into three major categories:

• RCRA-e xempt (includes exemptions for oil and gas, household, and empty containers)
• Non-e xempt, non-hazardous
• Hazardous Wastes that are managed by underground injection are further classified according to the type of permit held by the injection facility.

• Class II wells are generally restricted to RCRA-exempt wastes that have actually originated in, or circulated

through, an oil and gas wellbore. Co-mingled fresh water, seawater, or process additives may also be accept
able.
• Class I wells are authorized to inject a variety of exempt or non-exempt, non-hazardous wastes. They may

also accept Class II wastes. Class I and Class II waste fluid disposal facilities are listed on the following tables. Note that each facility must comply with permits, regulations, ballot agreements, and operational constraints. 

## CLASS II DISPOSAL FACILITIES (LIQUIDS) **1**

1. Contact the facility or asset environmental staff for detailed information, or refer to the Alaska Waste Disposal and Reuse Guide. 1. Contact the facility or asset environmental staff for detailed information, or refer to the Alaska Waste Disposal and Reuse Guide. 

### LOCATION FACILITY OFFLOADING LOCATION (TRUCK) Kuparuk River Unit None – Use Pad 3 (Prudhoe) or evaluate for EOR CPF 1 (EOR) or Pad 3
Greater Prudhoe Bay Area Pad 3 Waste Injection Facility (WIF) Pad 3 Injection Skid

Milne Point Unit None – Use Pad 3 (Prudhoe) or evaluate for EOR Clarifier (EOR) or Pad 3 Endicott None – Evaluate for EOR or Pad 3 (Prudhoe) Snowmelt Tank (EOR) or Pad 3

Badami Badami Class I Well B1-01 (Pad 3 as backup) Badami G&I Plant

Alpine Alpine Class I Well WD-2 (Pad 3 as backup) L2 Injection Hookup Northstar Northstar Class I Well NS-10 Northstar G&I Plant or Designated Sumps Alyeska PS-1 None – Use Pad 3 (EOA) or evaluate for recycling at PS-1 LOCATION FACILITY OFFLOADING LOCATION (TRUCK) Kuparuk River Unit CPF-1 oily waste disposal facility CPF-1 oily waste injection skid Pad 3 (EOA) Greater Prudhoe Bay Area G&I (Grind & Inject) Facility (DS-4) DS-4 injection skid

Flow Station 1 Injection skid Pad 3 GC 2 Dirty water tank Milne Poine Unit None - Use G&I (Prudhoe) or Pad 3 (Prudhoe) Endicott Well P-18/2-02 2-02 injection skid Badami Badami Class 1 Well Badami G&I plant Pad 3 (Prudhoe) Alpine Alpine Well CD1-19A Temporary hookup, as needed Northstar Northstar Class I Well NS-10 Northstar G&I plant or designated sumps

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC D-1 **Processing Recovered Liquids (Page 5 of 6) Processing Recovered Liquids (Page 6 of 6)**  

# TACTIC D-1

**EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

**SUPPORT** Decisions about waste management are made by the asset environmental staff and, in a major incident, the Environment or Waste Management Unit Leader. Support activities may include:

• Constr uction and management of temporary storage areas
• T ransportation (tanker trucks, dump trucks, vacuum trucks, loaders)
• Manif esting and document control



## ASSET CONTACTS FOR WASTE MANAGEMENT **CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING**

• Liquid processing capacity of recycling and disposal facilities is facility- and incident-specific, and the asset

environmental staff should be contacted in the event of an incident.

• V acuum trucks travel at 35 mph and the average storage capacity is 300 bbl.


## TECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS

• S pills at production facilities may be collected in facility sumps and, if appropriate, hard-piped directly to the process

location. Otherwise, fluids are generally delivered to the facilities by tanker truck and offloaded to a designated dirty water tank or slop oil tank.

• In most cases, hydrocarbons are separated and routed to the production stream, while aqueous fluids are sent

to EOR or disposal wells. Water-handling capacity is facility-specific. Alyeska ultimately determines how much aqueous fluid may be co-mingled with crude in the Trans-Alaska Pipeline System (TAPS).

• Fluid disposal or recycling r ates are affected by:

– Hauling capacity (n umber of available tanker trucks)

– Offloading r ate at facilities (limited by pump capacity, solids content)

– Stor age capacity

– Facility processing/injection rates

• The most critical factors are hauling capacity and offloading rates. Receiving facilities usually have intake screens

that become plugged by excess solids or oversized materials. Pre-screening and solids separation may be required.

• Each disposal/recycling f acility has operational and legal restrictions that affect what can be accepted:

– Ph ysical limitations (particle size, solids content, offloading rate, capacity)

– Saf ety considerations (flash point, pH)

– P ermit/regulatory restrictions (waste classification, storage requirements)

– Ballot ag reements or other legal stipulations (may exclude certain users)

– Oper ating procedures (site-specific paperwork and training requirements)

• F acility personnel have the authority to reject any material that does not meet their operational and safety crite
ria.


## ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

• These guidelines apply to all reco very, storage, transfer, and disposal operations.

– Maintain comm unications with ICS Environment Unit staff who determine how wastes will be managed.

– Mak e sure all necessary permits and approvals are in place for storage, transportation, and disposal, and

that stipulations are understood by response personnel.

– Manage recovery and storage operations as necessary to contain secondary spills, minimize contact with

precipitation and runoff, and protect uncontaminated areas.

– Seg regate wastes of different types to the extent possible.

– Do not discharge an y wastes to land, tundra, or water without explicit approval. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### TOTAL STAFF 3 EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Divert Tank or Facility Oil Slop Tank Operating fields Oil recovery or storage 1 — 0.5 hr
— Vacuum Truck or Fastank All Liquid transport 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Snow Melter EOA, APC, Alpine Snow melting 1 2 2 hr 2 hr Recycling Facility See above Liquid recycling 1 1
— — Disposal Facility See above Liquid disposal 1 1
— —

LOCATION CONTACT PHONE Kuparuk River Unit Environmental Coordinator 659-7242 or 7212 Greater Prudhoe Bay Area Environmental Advisor 659-4789 or 5893 Milne Point Unit Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Endicott Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Badami Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Alpine Environmental Coordinator 670-4200 Northstar HSE Advisor 670-3507 Alyeska PS-1 Environmental Specialist 278-1611 x4185 or x4485

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC D-2 **Storage and Disposal of Non-Liquid Oily Wastes (Page 1 of 4) Storage and Disposal of Non-Liquid Oily Wastes (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC D-2

**NO**

**NO** 

## D-2 **Non-Liquid Oily Waste Flow Diagram**

**CLEANUP OPERATION** 

**INCINERATION**

**INCINERATION LANDFILL**  TEMPORARY STORAGE

**CONTINENTAL U.S. DISPOSAL (TSD)**  REGULATED TEMPORARY STORAGE AND

PACKAGING OILY SOLID WASTE **EXEMPT? YES** 

**YES HAZARDOUS?**  

### CLASSIFICATION OF OILY SOLID WASTES Oily solid wastes include oiled clothing and personal protective equipment, used sorbent material, discarded response equipment, and construction materials (liner, timbers). Oiled animal carcasses may also be present. Offshore recovery operations may generate mousse patties, asphalt patches, and tarballs. Contaminated gravel is discussed in a separate tactic. Solid wastes must be classified by qualified personnel and segregated until classification is confirmed. Repre
sentative samples may be required for hazardous waste characterization. The environmental staff will set up the sampling program. Contaminated solids generally have the same classification as the material that was spilled, and are managed accordingly. **COLLECTION METHODS** Oily solids are typically collected in plastic bags and leakproof bulk storage containers (Fastanks, lined dumpsters, plastic totes, drums). A limited number of oily waste dumpsters can be provided by the North Slope Borough (NSB); these can be supplemented by tiger tanks, collapsible tanks, fabricated containers, or barges. Plastic bags and other containers are labeled or otherwise coded for sorting. Follow the labeling and coding scheme developed for each incident. In general:

• Use clear “oily waste” bags with yellow stripes for the NSB incinerator. NSB restrictions include:

– No free liquid – No hazardous w aste – No g ravel – Maxim um size for cut-up pit liner and other bulky objects
• Use colored bags f or heavily oiled solids that are not suitable for NSB incineration. **PERMIT REQUIREMENTS** Temporary storage areas may be constructed of soil, snow, ice, or timbers in conjunction with liners providing adequate secondary containment and runoff control. This tactic is intended to be a pre-approved method of oily waste storage for emergency response. Confirm requirements with the Environment Unit. The following steps must be taken:

• W astes must be stored in covered, leakproof containers that are constructed of impermeable materials or

constructed containment fully lined with an impermeable synthetic liner.
• Bef ore implementation of this tactic, ADEC must be notified of the storage method selected by contacting the

State On-Scene Coordinator and the Department’s Exploration, Production and Refineries Section with the following information: (a) The location of the spill, type of product involved, estimated quantity spilled, and estimated quantity of oily waste generated. (b) The reason tempor ary storage is necessary. (c) A descr iption of the storage method(s) planned and the location(s) of storage. (d) The anticipated length of time tempor ary storage will be necessary. (e) A descr iption of the method(s) planned for transportation of oily waste to an approved disposal site. (f) The planned method(s) f or ultimate disposal of recovered waste.
• Stor age is pre-approved for a maximum of 60 days. This period of time may be extended with ADEC approval

based upon a showing of good cause and absence of harm to the environment. A written request must be submitted two weeks prior to expiration of the 60-day period.
• Where possib le, temporary storage structures must be located at least 100 feet away from water bodies.
• Dur ing periods of temporary storage, waste storage structures must be visually monitored on a routine basis

to ensure no leakage is occurring. If leakage is detected, then ADEC’s Exploration, Production and Refineries Section must be notified immediately.
• No physical construction of temporary containment structures that may result in environmental damage is

allowed under this approval, unless prior consent is obtained from appropriate federal and state authorities.
• An y environmental damage resulting from storage operations must be repaired. 

## TEMPORARY ABOVE-GROUND STORAGE PIT FOR NON-LIQUID OILY WASTES **(TYPICAL DESIGN)** NOTE: A cover may be required to keep precipitation out of the pit.

**PLAN VIEW** NOT TO SCALE See Detail No. 1 **Detail No. 1**

See Detail No. 2

**Detail No. 2** 48 ft INSIDE

TIMBER DIKES

TIMBERS 12" x 12"

TUNDRA 1 ft

3 ft 1" x 4" PLATE

TIMBER 12" x 12" SPIKE

SORBENT PADS 48 ft A A

Impermeable Synthetic Pit Liner Impermeable Synthetic Pit Liner

TUNDRA **TEMPORARY OILY WASTE PIT** 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC D-2 **Storage and Disposal of Non-Liquid Oily Wastes (Page 3 of 4) Storage and Disposal of Non-Liquid Oily Wastes (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC D-2

**SUPPORT** Decisions about waste management are made by the asset environmental staff and, in a major incident, the Environment or Waste Management Unit Leader.


## ASSET ENVIRONMENTAL CONTACTS FOR WASTE MANAGEMENT

Within developed operating areas, oily waste can be transported to storage areas by front-end loaders and end dumps. Rolligon or helicopter transport may be used for remote sites. Offshore operations require marine transportation. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING Portable pit-type incinerators burn approximately 8 to 14 tons/hr. The average end dump on the North Slope can hold 20 cu. yd and travels at 35 mph.


## TECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS

• Each disposal/recycling f acility has operational and legal restrictions that affect what can be accepted:

– Ph ysical limitations (particle size, solids content, offloading rate, capacity)

– Saf ety considerations (flash point, pH)

– P ermit/regulatory restrictions (waste classification, storage requirements)

– Ballot ag reements or other legal stipulations (may exclude certain users)

– Oper ating procedures (site-specific paperwork and training requirements).

• F acility personnel have authority to reject any material that does not meet their operational and safety criteria.


## ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

• These guidelines apply to all reco very, storage, transfer, and disposal operations:

– Maintain comm unications with Environment Unit staff who determine waste management.

– Mak e sure all necessary permits and approvals are in place for storage, transportation, and disposal, and

that stipulations are understood by response personnel.

– Manage recovery and storage operations as necessary to contain secondary spills, minimize contact with

precipitation and runoff, and protect uncontaminated areas.

– Seg regate wastes of different types to the extent possible.

– Do not discharge an y wastes to land, tundra, or water without explicit approval. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

### PERMIT REQUIREMENTS (Cont’d) Incineration is the primary disposal method for oily solid wastes other than gravel. The NSB incinerator has limited capacity and may not be able to handle the volumes generated during a major spill. Portable incineration units must be pre-approved by ADEC and must comply with applicable operating restrictions. Oily wastes are not to be burned by response personnel without appropriate agency approvals or permits. Open burning is approved by ADEC and other agencies on a case-by-case basis by permit. Oily solids that cannot be managed on the North Slope are shipped to approved disposal facilities in Alaska or the continental United States. Oiled wildlife must be handled as directed by agency personnel. It may be necessary to store carcasses in freezers for future examination. Disposal will usually be by incineration at approved facilities.

**TOTAL STAFF FOR SETUP >**  **3 TOTAL STAFF TO SUSTAIN OPERATIONS 0**  *Pit and bed liner 8218 LTA polyester fabric with 18 ounce per square yard finished coat weight and -67 degrees Fahrenheit cold crack, and compatible with crude oil. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Front End Loader with Forks All Placement of timbers 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Pit Liner* (varying sizes) All operating areas, Deadhorse Storage liner 1 Sizedependent 1 hr 1 hr Timbers (8"x8" or 12"x12") All operating areas, Deadhorse Non-liquid storage Variable 2 for setup 1 hr 1 hr
Tanks (Tiger, inflatable, collapsible, Fast) All operating areas, Deadhorse Non-liquid storage 1 2 for setup 1 hr 1 hr
Open-Top Drum All operating areas, Deadhorse Non-liquid storage 1 1 for setup 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Oily Waste Bags All operating areas, Deadhorse Non-liquid storage and disposal Variable
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr Lined Dumpsters All operating areas, Deadhorse Non-liquid storage 1 2 to install liner 0.5 hr 0.5 hr RCRA Storage Container All operating areas, Deadhorse Non-liquid hazardous material disposal 1
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr

LOCATION CONTACT PHONE Kuparuk River Unit Environmental Coordinator 659-7242 or 7212 Greater Prudhoe Bay Area Environmental Advisor 659-4789 or 5893 Milne Point Unit Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Endicott Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Badami Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Alpine Environmental Coordinator 670-4200 Northstar HSE Advisor 670-3507 Alyeska PS-1 Environmental Specialist 278-1611 x4185 or x4485

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC D-3 **Disposal of Non-Oily Wastes (Page 1 of 4) Disposal of Non-Oily Wastes (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC D-3

**SOLID WASTES** Non-oily solid waste includes garbage, paper products, Styrofoam food containers, plastics, glass, metals, and construction debris. General disposal guidelines are provided in the North Slope Environmental Field Handbook

. Solid wastes must be classified by qualified personnel, and segregated accordingly. Non-oily solid wastes will gen
erally fall into the following categories:

• **Recyclable materials** : Recycling stations may be established for paper, styrofoam food containers, and wood.

(No treated or contaminated wood is accepted at these stations.)
• **Scrap metal**  : Scrap metal bins or collection points may be set up for non-oily scrap iron, pipe, copper, alu
minum, stainless steel, metal cable, plate steel, and metal valves.
• **B urnable waste**  : Designated dumpsters or other containers will be provided for food waste and other non-oily

trash. Loose trash must be bagged or covered to prevent dispersal by wind. All food waste must be controlled to avoid attracting wildlife. Material that exceeds the NSB incinerator capacity will be burned in other approved incinerator units or landfilled at designated facilities.
• **Non-b urnable waste**  : Designated dumpsters or other containers will be provided for bulky non-hazardous

waste that cannot be incinerated. Non-burnable waste may include empty cans, tires, construction debris, and liner material. Oversized material may have to be cut or crushed to meet landfill restrictions.
• **H azardous waste**  : Temporary storage areas will be established as needed for hazardous waste and managed

by trained personnel. Cleanup-related hazardous waste may include batteries (lithium, mercury, or ni-cad), light bulbs with screw-in bases, aerosol cans with product or propellant inside, various chemicals, and laboratory wastes. Hazardous waste determinations will be made by qualified personnel. Wastes can be transferred to disposal facilities by truck or, as needed, Rolligons. Offshore operations require marine vessel support. The nearest solid waste disposal facilities are the NSB Oxbow Landfill and the NSB Deadhorse incinerator. However, due to the limited capacity of these facilities and potential long-term liability issues, other disposal options will be considered on a case-by-case basis. These options may include municipal landfills and incinerators elsewhere in Alaska, or approved disposal facilities in the Lower 48. REGULATED TEMPORARY STORAGE AND PACKAGING

**CONTINENTAL U.S.**

**DISPOSAL (TSD)** 

## D-3 **NON-OILY SOLID WASTE**

**YES CLEANUP**  **OPERATION**

TEMPORARY STORAGE NON-OILY SOLID WASTE **HAZARDOUS? NO** 

**INCINERATION LANDFILL**  

### LIQUID WASTES Domestic sewage and graywater are generated at crew support facilities. Sources include toilets, laundries, shower facilities, and kitchens. Treated wastewater may not be discharged to water, land, or tundra without a valid permit. Options for disposal include:

• Existing w astewater treatment plants in each operating area (depending on available capacity)
• Class I injection (se wage and graywater are RCRA-exempt)
• E OR (currently approved for domestic wastewater at MPU and KRU; other assets require case-by-case agency

approval)
• Nor th Slope Borough wastewater treatment plant in Deadhorse
• Supplemental land- or barge-based treatment units (brought in f or a specific incident) Domestic wastewater plants cannot process wastewater that is heavily contaminated with oil, solvents, or other chemicals. Contaminated washwaters from laundries should be segregated and managed by underground injection or other appropriate methods. **HAZARDOUS WASTES** Hazardous waste liquids may include solvents, laboratory wastes, and unusable methanol or chemical products. Hazardous waste, by definition, exhibits specific characteristics or is explicitly listed as hazardous waste by EPA. There are no facilities in Alaska for disposal of hazardous waste. Storage, packaging, transportation, and disposal are regulated by RCRA. Hazardous waste must not be mixed with other wastes, and it must remain in the operating area where it is generated until transported to a regulated disposal facility in the continental U.S. Locations for temporary storage of hazardous waste will be established and managed by the asset environmental staff. Any potentially hazardous waste must be segregated from other wastes until classification is confirmed by qualified personnel. Locations for temporary storage of hazardous waste liquids will be established and managed by the as
set environmental staff. Hazardous waste must remain in the operating area where it is generated until transported to a regulated disposal facility.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC D-3 **Disposal of Non-Oily Wastes (Page 3 of 4) Disposal of Non-Oily Wastes (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC D-3

**SUPPORT** Decisions about waste management are made by the asset environmental staff and, in a major incident, the Envi
ronment or Waste Management Unit Leader. Front-end loaders and end dumps transport non-oily solid waste. Water trucks and vacuum trucks transport liquid waste. The North Slope Borough Landfill, North Slope Borough Wastewater Treatment Plant and the North Slope Borough Incinerator are final disposal sites for non-hazardous, non-oily waste. A helicopter transports the portable incinerator to the remote site. Plastic totes and drums assist transport of waste to a dumpster or an on-site incin
erator. 

## ASSET ENVIRONMENTAL CONTACTS FOR WASTE MANAGEMENT **EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING**  The average end dump on the North Slope holds 20 cubic yards and travels at 35 mph.


## TECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS

• Each disposal/recycling f acility has operational and legal restrictions that affect what can be accepted:

– Ph ysical limitations (particle size, solids content, offloading rate, capacity)

– Saf ety considerations (flash point, pH)

– P ermit/regulatory restrictions (waste classification, storage requirements)

– Ballot ag reements or other legal stipulations (may exclude certain users)

– Oper ating procedures (site-specific paperwork and training requirements)

• F acility personnel have authority to reject any material that does not meet their operational and safety criteria.


## ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

• These guidelines apply to all reco very, storage, transfer, and disposal operations.

– Maintain comm unications with Environment Unit staff who determine waste management.

– Mak e sure all necessary permits and approvals are in place for storage, transportation, and disposal, and

that stipulations are understood by response personnel.

– Manage recovery and storage operations as necessary to contain secondary spills, minimize contact with

precipitation and runoff, and protect uncontaminated areas.

– Seg regate wastes of different types to the extent possible.

– Do not discharge an y wastes to land, tundra, or water without explicit approval. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).

LOCATION CONTACT PHONE Kuparuk River Unit Environmental Coordinator 659-7242 or 7212 Greater Prudhoe Bay Area Environmental Advisor 659-4789 or 5893 Milne Point Unit Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Endicott Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Badami Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Alpine Environmental Coordinator 670-4200 Northstar HSE Advisor 670-3507 Alyeska PS-1 Environmental Specialist 278-1611 x4185 or x4485 EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Front-End Loader

and/or Bobcat Loader: All Bobcat: ACS, EOA, KRU Waste transport 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Shovel All operating areas, Deadhorse Waste transport > 1 1 0.5 hr 0
Plastic Totes or Trash Bins All operating areas, Deadhorse Non-liquid storage 1
— 1 hr 0 Lined Dumpsters All operating areas, Deadhorse Non-liquid storage 1 2 to install liner 0.5 hr 0.5 hr RCRA Storage

Container WOA, EOA, MPU, KRU, Endicott, Deadhorse Non-liquid hazardous material disposal 1
— 0.5 hr 0.5 hr

Portable Incinerator or Burn Barrel Deadhorse Incineration 1 2 12 hr 6 hr Dump Truck WOA, EOA, KRU Waste transport 1 1 1 hr 0 Physical-Chemical

Package Plants Deadhorse Wastewater treatment 1 3 1 hr 1 hr
Extended Aeration

Package Plants Deadhorse Wastewater treatment 1 3 1 hr 1 hr Rotating Biological

Package Plants Deadhorse Wastewater treatment 1 3 1 hr 1 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC D-4 **Stockpiling Oiled Gravel (Page 1 of 4) Stockpiling Oiled Gravel (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC D-4

Contaminated gravel is excavated and stockpiled for processing, or left in place for treatment, with agency approval. Supplemental storage areas are constructed and maintained in accordance with applicable permits, approvals, and regulations. Containment areas are constructed from synthetic pit liner and timbers (see Tactic D-2). The following table lists existing storage areas for contaminated gravel. Pre-approval from the asset environmental staff is required. 

## D-4 **CONTAMINATED GRAVEL/TUNDRA/SOIL**

EXCAVATION
REGULATED 90-DAY TANK TREATMENT TEMPORARY LINED STORAGE **PAD 3 AND/OR PAD A (MPU)** 

**REMEDIATION** TEMPORARY LINED STORAGE

**REMEDIATION** EXCAVATION

REGULATED STORAGE AND PACKAGING EXCAVATION

**CONTINENTAL U.S. DISPOSAL (TSD)**  **ON-SITE PRODUCT RECOVERY AND/OR**  **TREATMENT ON-SITE PRODUCT**  **RECOVERY AND/OR TREATMENT** 

**SEGREGATE, CLASSIFY, STORE** 

**TEMPORARILY, CONTINENTAL U.S.** 

**DISPOSAL (TSD) NO** 

**NO**

**YES CLEANUP**  **OPERATION**

CONTAMINATED GRAVEL/TUNDRA/SOIL **EXEMPT? YES** 

**HAZARDOUS?** 

## CONTAMINATED GRAVEL STORAGE AREAS

**EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL NOTE:**  “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### LOCATION FACILITY GRAVEL STORAGE CAPACITY (CU. YDS) Kuparuk River Unit DS 1-H 12,230 Greater Prudhoe Bay Area Pad 3, West Pit 1,500 (lightly contaminated gravel) T Pad 13,300 Santa Fe Pad (bins) 3 each; total storage = 15 Milne Point Unit D-Pad Variable; temporary pits built as needed; contact MPU Environmental Technician Endicott MPI storage pits 356 Storage bins (2 bins) 18 each; total storage = 36 Badami Badami ball mill temporary storage pit 1,282 Storage bins (6 bins) 18.5 each; total storage = 111. More storage can be constructed if needed. Alpine Lined storage area 2 each; total storage = 400 Northstar Spot cleaning bins 6 each; total storage = 12 Alyeska PS-1 Temporary stockpiles 100,000

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Front-End Loader

and/or Bobcat Loader: All Bobcat: ACS, EOA, KRU Gravel transport 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Shovel All Gravel transport > 1 1 0.5 hr 0 D-8 Bulldozer WOA, EOA, KRU, Peak Gravel removal 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Dump Truck WOA, EOA, KRU Waste transport 1 1 1 hr 0

Pit Liner (varying sizes) All Storage liner 1 Size-dependent 1 hr 1 hr

Timbers All Non-liquid storage Variable 2 for setup 1 hr 1 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC D-4 **Stockpiling Oiled Gravel (Page 3 of 4) Stockpiling Oiled Gravel (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC D-4

Contaminated gravel is moved at the response site by shovels, Bobcats, loaders and dozers. Front-end loaders and end dumps transport gravel to designated storage or treatment areas. Contaminated gravel at remote sites may be staged in lined areas until freeze-up, when tundra travel is permitted, then hauled overland by Rolligon or ice road. Contaminated gravel that has frozen will have to be broken up with a trimmer or by other means. This process is likely to tear up the pit liner also, and laborers will have to separate the liner fragments from the gravel. Barge support may be used for contaminated shoreline response. 

## SUPPORT Decisions about waste management are made by the asset environmental staff and, in a major incident, the Envi
ronmental or Waste Management Unit Leader.


## ASSET ENVIRONMENTAL CONTACTS FOR WASTE MANAGEMENT

**ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS**

• These guidelines apply to all reco very, storage, transfer, and disposal operations.

– Maintain comm unications with Environment Unit staff who determine waste management.

– Mak e sure all necessary permits and approvals are in place for storage, transportation, and disposal, and

that stipulations are understood by response personnel.

– Manage recovery and storage operations as necessary to contain secondary spills, minimize contact with

precipitation and runoff, and protect uncontaminated areas.

– Seg regate wastes of different types to the extent possible.

– Do not discharge an y wastes to land, tundra, or water without explicit approval. 

## TECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS

• Each disposal/recycling f acility has operational and legal restrictions that affect what can be accepted:

– Ph ysical limitations (particle size, solids content, offloading rate, capacity)

– Saf ety considerations (flash point, pH)

– P ermit/regulatory restrictions (waste classification, storage requirements)

– Ballot ag reements or other legal stipulations (may exclude certain users)

– Oper ating procedures (site-specific paperwork and training requirements)

• F acility personnel have authority to reject any material that does not meet their operational and safety criteria. LOCATION CONTACT PHONE Kuparuk River Unit Environmental Coordinator 659-7242 or 7212 Greater Prudhoe Bay Area Environmental Advisor 659-4789 or 5893 Milne Point Unit Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Endicott Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Badami Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Alpine Environmental Coordinator 670-4200 Northstar HSE Advisor 670-3507 Alyeska PS-1 Environmental Specialist 278-1611 x4185 or x4485

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 12/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC D-5 **Processing of Contaminated Snow/Ice (Page 1 of 2) Processing of Contaminated Snow/Ice (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC D-5

Temporary storage and stockpile areas are constructed and managed in accordance with applicable regulations, permits, and approvals. With asset approval, contaminated snow and ice may be brought to existing solid waste storage areas (see tactic on contaminated gravel). Contaminated snow or ice is collected in bulk containers, or stockpiled in designated storage areas as directed by asset environmental personnel.Contaminated snow generally has the same classification as the spilled material (reusable product, exempt, nonexempt, non-hazardous, or hazardous), and is managed accordingly. Snow and ice are either allowed to thaw naturally or are processed in a snow melter. In either case, the snow is subsequently managed as a liquid. (See tactic on processing of recovered liquids). REGULATED

STORAGE AND PACKAGING LINED CONTAINMENT FOR MELTING EXCAVATION
**UNDERGROUND INJECTION** 

**CLASS I** LINED CONTAINMENT FOR MELTING EXCAVATION

**CONTINENTAL U.S. DISPOSAL (TSD)**  

## D-5 **CONTAMINATED SNOW/ICE**

**NO**

**NO EXEMPT?**  **YES**

**YES HAZARDOUS?**  CONTAMINATED SNOW/ICE **CLEANUP OPERATION** 



## SUPPORT Decisions about waste management are made by the asset environmental staff and, in a major incident, the Envi
ronmental or Waste Management Unit Leader. 

## ASSET ENVIRONMENTAL CONTACTS FOR WASTE MANAGEMENT **EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL**

• Assume that sno w melters operate 10 hr in 12-hr shift; 2 shifts per day.



## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

**ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS**

• These guidelines apply to all reco very, storage, transfer, and disposal operations.

– Maintain comm unications with ICS Environment Unit staff who determine waste management.

– Mak e sure all necessary permits and approvals are in place for storage, transportation, and disposal, and

that stipulations are understood by response personnel.

– Manage recovery and storage operations as necessary to contain secondary spills, minimize contact with

precipitation and runoff, and protect uncontaminated areas.

– Seg regate wastes of different types to the extent possible.

– Do not discharge an y wastes to land, tundra, or water without explicit approval. 

## TECHNICAL CONSIDERATIONS

• Each disposal/recycling f acility has operational and legal restrictions that affect what can be accepted:

– Ph ysical limitations (particle size, solids content, offloading rate, capacity)

– Saf ety considerations (flash point, pH)

– P ermit/regulatory restrictions (waste classification, storage requirements)

– Ballot ag reements or other legal stipulations (may exclude certain users)

– Oper ating procedures (site-specific paperwork and training requirements).

• F acility personnel have authority to reject any material that does not meet their operational and safety criteria. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



## EXAMPLES OF INTERIM STORAGE SITES **FOR OIL-CONTAMINATED SNOW AND ICE**
LOCATION FACILITY DISTANCE FROM PM2 AT WEST DOCK STORAGE CAPACITY West Dock StagingArea West Dock 2.3 miles Appx. 30 acres Put 23 Mine Site Stag
ing Area South Put River boat launch 8.1 miles Appx. 200 acres OSP Staging Area North of FS 1 9.9 miles Appx. 25 acres Pad 3, Cell 2, West Pit Pad 3 14.0 miles Cell 2: 51,500 yd 3 W. Pit: 1,500 yd 3 Alpine CD-1 and CD-2

— Appx. 2 acres LOCATION CONTACT PHONE Kuparuk River Unit Environmental Coordinator 659-7242 or 7212 Greater Prudhoe Bay Area Environmental Advisor 659-4789 or 5893 Milne Point Unit Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Endicott Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Badami Environmental Advisor 670-3473 Alpine Environmental Coordinator 670-4200 Northstar HSE Advisor 670-3507 Alyeska PS-1 Environmental Specialist 278-1611 x4185 or x4485 TYPICAL LIQUID PROCESSING CAPACITY Snow Melter 

### • 30 cu. yd/hr of lightly oiled snow and 30 bbl/hr of resulting liquids • 30 cu. yd/hr of heavily oiled snow and 70 bbl/hr of resulting oil EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Snow Melter EOA, APC Snow melting 1 3 2 hr 2 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC L-1 **Ice Road Construction for Access to Winter Tundra Spill (Page 1 of 2) Ice Road Construction for Access to Winter Tundra Spill (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC L-1

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

### An ice road is built by spraying water from a water truck onto the surface of a lake, the tundra, or the sea. The water is allowed to freeze in place, while layers are continually added. Thickness of the ice road depends on equipment that will be traveling over it and on the terrain. The water truck tank is insulated to keep the water from freezing, and truck exhaust is normally routed through the box containing the pump to keep the pump from freezing. An ice ramp is constructed to gain access off the pad or road, and requires a greater thickness than the road itself. An alternate source of water is accessed by drilling holes into the sea ice or a lake. Methods of building ice roads include the following:

• W ater trucks in conjunction with either a loader pulling a drag, a Challenger pulling a drag,

or a grader smoothing out the surface. All of these combine lifts of snow with the water.
• Rolligons ma y be used on sea ice for flooding purposes. 

## Gravel Pad Water Truck
Challenger

Rolligon with Auger **CHALLENGER CAT** 



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• When w orking with equipment around or near flowlines, add a spotter to each front-end loader and Challenger.

• Ice road construction around the spill allows heavy equipment, including end dumps, to access the spill, and

protects the underlying tundra.

• An ice road pro vides containment of any oil melting out during breakup.

• Ice-road constr uction rates are temperature-dependent.

• A w ater withdrawal permit may be needed. 

## CAPACITIES FOR PLANNING

• Ice road construction around the largest tank spill on the Slope would use two 12-hr shifts, while ice ramp con
struction would use three 12-hr shifts, for usable ice road.

• One lift = 6 inches of ice on ice road (4 inches on sea ice).

• One lift is made in one 12-hr shift.

• It tak es 48 hr to build a serviceable ice road with fresh water and air temperatures less than 0°F.

• Distance of 6-inch-lift a w ater truck can lay: < 1,760 ft in 12 hr (for 1 water truck and 1 loader with drag).

• Distance of 4-inch-lift a Rolligon can la y: < 3,000 ft in 12 hr.

• See Tactic R-1 for capacities of dump trucks available on the North Slope. **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3). 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

or

**TOTAL STAFF >**  **7** * Alpine and Western Geophysical have 1 Challenger with blade and Caribou Construction has 6. Western Geo and Caribou Challengers are normally out with seismic crews in winter and would not be available for at least 24 hours. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Water Truck All Ice road construction > 2 > 2 2 hr 0.5 hr Challenger Dozer with Drag EOA, Alpine, Western Geophysial,

Caribou Construction* Ice road construction 1 (3 are available on

the Slope) 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

Rolligon with Auger CATCO, AIC Ice road construction 6 6 6 hr 2 hr Roto Trimmer KRU, GPB Ice mining and ice road thickening 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Grader All Smoothing ice road 1 1 2 hr 0.5 hr Dump Trucks KRU, WOA, EOA, Peak, AIC, Alpine Work with roto trimmer > 2 > 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Front-End Loader All Load dump truck 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr



## SUPPORT EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transport Challenger 1 1 driver 1 hr 0 Hose All Spraying water 1 1 1 hr 0 Pumps All Transferring water > 1 1 1 hr 1 hr Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for initial setup, and 1 to check and fuel occasionally. 1 hr 0.5 hr

Fuel Truck All Fuel heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Lube Truck All, except Badami Provide fluids to heavy equipment 1 Once per shift 1 hr 0.5 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC L-2 **Staging Areas (Page 1 of 4) Staging Areas (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC L-2

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

### A staging area is a location where personnel and equipment are temporarily placed for tactical deployment during an oil spill response. The staging area provides a system for receiving, tracking and documenting all personnel, equipment, and supplies coming into and out of the staging area from North Slope and out-of-region locations. The staging area provides a security checkpoint, a field command post, portable toilets, break room, decontamination, communications, and a safety officer. The staging area may also include a heliport and wildlife trailer. 

## Equipment **Staging Area Heliport**  **Communications** 

## Water

Tundra **Equipment Staging** 

**Area Personnel** **Warm-up Boom** **Boom Boom** **Decon Access Road** **Access Road Staging Area** **Office Command** **Center Mechanics** **Parking Security**  **Check**

**In Check In/Out Station** 

**Check In/Out Station**

**Main Security Checkpoint Boat Launch** 

**Check**

**Out**



### Main Road **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).



### Example of a staging area 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Additional personnel may be required: Staging Area Manager, Documentation Coordinator, Communications

Coordinator, and Resource Coordinator. *1 portable toilet for every 10 people 

### TOTAL STAFF FOR OFFSHORE STAGING AREA **24 TOTAL STAFF FOR ONSHORE STAGING AREA**  **20** EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Staging Area Manager’s Office KRU, WOA, EOA Office duties 1 4 for setup 1 hr 0.5 hr SRT Command Center WOA, KRU, EOA, ACS SRT Lead 1
— 1 hr 0.5 hr Generator All Power 2
— 1 hr 0.5 hr 966 Loader All Misc. support 2 2 1 hr 0.5 hr Bobcat with Forks KRU, EOA, ACS, Alpine Staging area organization 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr Semi and Trailer EOA, WOA, KRU, Alpine Transfer of equipment and supplies 1 1 driver 1 hr 0.5 hr Pickup Trucks All Expediting & misc. support 6 6 0.5 hr 0.5 hr

Envirovac EOA, WOA, ACS Staff needs 1
— 1 hr 1 hr Communications Center ACS Communications 1 2 for setup 1 hr 1 hr Weatherport Buildings (12x20) EOA, WOA, Endicott, ACS,

KRU, Alpine Staging area shelter/working area 2
— 1 hr 1 hr

Port-a-Potties* KRU, WOA, EOA, ACS Staff needs 2
— 1 hr 0.5 hr Breakroom KRU, WOA, EOA, ACS Staff needs 1
— 1 hr 1 hr Wet or Dry Decon Unit KRU, WOA, EOA, ACS Decontamination 1 See Tactic S-6 1 hr 1 hr Mechanic Truck All, except Badami Support equipment 1 1 1 hr 0.5 hr



## OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

• Additional personnel may be required: Beach Master, Heliport Manager, and Check In / Check Out Coordinator. EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Heliport KRU, WOA, EOA Helicopter support 1 2 for setup 1 hr 1 hr Light Plant All Illumination > 1 2 for inital setup, and 1 to check and

fuel occasionally 1 hr 0.5 hr

Wildlife Trailer EOA, KRU Wildlife support 1 2 1 hr 1 hr Tioga Heaters All Heat > 1 1 for intial setup 1 hr 0.5 hr Freighter Air Boats ACS, Alpine Equipment and personnel transport 2 8 1 hr 0

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 05/08 

# TACTIC L-2 **Staging Areas (Page 3 of 4) Staging Areas (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC L-2

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• Se veral existing gravel pads across the North Slope may be available as staging areas for major cleanup

operations. Permission may be obtained from ConocoPhillips, BPXA, their contractors and/or others for use of the gravel pad space.

• F or remote areas more than 1 mile off the road/pad system, rolligons may be utilized for transport and as

work platforms.

• Appro val from the Operations Section Chief is required for any vehicle tundra travel (off-road or off-pad),

which must be in accordance with ACS’ emergency tundra travel permit (See Tactic A-3). Any excavations in tundra or any tundra damage must be reported to the Operations Section Chief. All on-tundra activity must be documented and reported to the Planning Section for reporting to ensure permit compliance. Avoid archeological sites and biologically sensitive habitats. Travel across tundra with tracked vehicles, heavy equipment, and even foot traffic can seriously damage the vegetative mat, induce thermokarst, and cause structure disturbance. Using sheets of plywood as a traveling surface and minimizing trips with equipment greatly reduce disturbance of the tundra.

• Mobimat mater ial may be used on mud flats to create a work platform. 

## CHECKLIST FOR STAGING AREAS

• **Purposes for Staging Areas:**

– Location where incident personnel and equipment are a vailable for tactical deployment

– Can ser ve as a check-in location for equipment and personnel reporting to the incident

• **Guidelines for Staging Areas:**

– Designated b y Operations Section Chief

– Qualified staging area manager assigned to each staging area

– Resources in staging area m ust be ready for assignment within time specified by Operations Section Chief

– Should be in easily accessib le locations within reasonable distance of incident site

• **Logistical Needs for Staging Areas:**

– Open area f or maneuverability of equipment

– Electr ic power, phone and fax service

– Radio comm unication with Operations Section Chief and ICP Communications Center

– Office tr ailer or building on site or nearby

– Supplies and consumab les for personnel and equipment (food, fuel, water, sanitation)

– Medical plan and appropr iate emergency medical supplies for personnel

– Secur ity needs, depending upon location and other available security control

• **Number and Type of Resources Assembled at a Staging Area:**

– D etermined by Operations Section Chief based on what is considered an appropriate reserve to meet expected

contingencies

– Can change based on e xisting or changing operational or other conditions

– Must be evaluated based on comparison of cost and operational benefits of maintaining equipment at staging

area versus at more central warehousing facility

– Ma y depend upon main purpose of staging area (i.e., whether to serve as resource pool for available equip
ment or as check-in area for incoming resources)

• **Staging Area Manager Should be Assigned Whenever a Staging Area is Established, Especially When:**

– Staging area becomes “permanent” for duration of incident response

– Staging area is large , with numerous equipment items assigned

• **Staging Area Manager’s Duties Include:**

– Obtain a br iefing from Operations Section Chief

– Proceed to staging area and estab lish staging area layout

– Deter mine support needs for equipment, feeding, sanitation and security

– Estab lish check-in process as appropriate, including communications to ICP

– P ost areas for identification and traffic control

– Request maintenance ser vice for equipment at staging area as appropriate

– Respond to requests f or resource assignments

– Obtain and issue receipts f or supplies distributed and received

– Repor t resource status changes as required

– Maintain staging area in an order ly condition

– Demobiliz e staging area in accordance with incident demobilization plan

– Maintain Unit Log

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC L-3 **Deployment Strategies (Page 1 of 6) Deployment Strategies (Page 2 of 6)**  

# TACTIC L-3

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

### The transport of equipment and personnel to a spill site will be primarily by vehicle or vessel. Rotary- and fixed-wing aircraft may also be used depending on the circumstances of the spill. The following tables provide travel times for the various modes of transport. The individual tactics in this manual provide the times to mobilize equipment so that it is ready for transport and the times deploy specific pieces of equipment once they arrive on scene. 

## TABLE 1 **TRAVEL TIME FOR LIGHT-TRANSPORT FIXED-WING AIRCRAFT AT A PLANNING SPEED OF 150 MPH (HOURS)**  **TABLE 2 TRAVEL TIME FOR HEAVY TRANSPORT FIXED-WING AIRCRAFT**  **AT PLANNING SPEED OF 300 MPH (HOURS)**

Dimensions of Major North Slope Airstrips: • Alpine 5,000 ft x 100 ft • Badami 5,100 ft x 85 ft • Barrow 6,500 ft x 150 ft • Barter Island 4,800 ft x 100 ft • Bullen Point 3,500 ft x 70 ft • CD-3 (Alpine) 3,000 ft x 75 ft • Deadhorse 6,500 ft x 150 ft • Kuparuk 6,000 ft x 130 ft • Nuiqsut 4,343 ft x 90 ft • Point Hope 4,000 ft x 75 ft • Point Lay 3,519 ft x 80 ft • Umiat 5,400 ft x 75 ft • Wainwright 4,494 ft x 90 ftAnchorageBadamiBarrowBarterIslandBullenPointDeadhorse/PrudhoeBayFairbanksKenaiKuparukNuiqsut/AlpinePointHopePointLayPt.ThomsonSeattleUmiatValdezWainwright

Anchorage 2.2 2.4 2.1 2.3 2.1 0.9 0.3 2.2 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.2 4.8 1.9 0.4 2.4 Badami 2.2 0.8 0.3 0.0 0.1 1.2 2.5 0.2 0.3 1.7 1.3 0.1 7.0 0.5 2.1 1.0 Barrow 2.4 0.8 1.1 0.8 0.7 1.7 2.5 0.7 0.5 1.1 0.6 0.8 7.2 0.6 2.7 0.3 Barter Island 2.1 0.3 1.1 0.3 0.4 1.3 2.8 0.5 0.6 2.0 1.6 0.2 7.0 0.7 2.1 1.3 Bullen Point 2.3 0.0 0.8 0.3 0.1 1.2 2.5 0.2 0.3 1.7 1.3 0.1 7.1 0.5 2.3 1.0 Deadhorse/Prudhoe Bay 2.1 0.1 0.7 0.4 0.1 1.3 2.4 0.1 0.2 1.6 1.2 0.2 7.0 0.4 2.2 0.9 Fairbanks 0.9 1.2 1.7 1.3 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.4 1.4 1.9 1.8 1.2 4.9 1.1 0.8 1.7 Kenai 0.3 2.5 2.5 2.8 2.5 2.4 1.2 2.5 2.6 2.4 2.4 2.5 4.8 2.0 0.6 2.5 Kuparuk 2.2 0.2 0.7 0.5 0.2 0.1 1.4 2.5 0.1 1.5 1.1 0.3 7.0 0.3 2.3 0.8 Nuiqsut/Alpine 2.2 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.3 0.2 1.4 2.6 0.1 1.4 1.0 0.4 7.2 0.2 2.3 0.7 Point Hope 2.3 1.7 1.1 2.0 1.7 1.6 1.9 2.4 1.5 1.4 0.5 1.8 7.0 1.3 2.6 0.8

Point Lay 2.3 1.3 0.6 1.6 1.3 1.2 1.8 2.4 1.1 1.0 0.5 1.4 6.9 0.9 2.5 0.3 Pt. Thomson 2.2 0.1 0.8 0.2 0.1 0.2 1.2 2.5 0.3 0.4 1.8 1.4 7.0 0.5 2.1 1.1 Seattle 4.8 7.0 7.2 7.0 7.1 7.0 4.9 4.8 7.0 7.2 7.0 6.9 7.0 6.1 4.4 6.7

Umiat 1.9 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.5 0.4 1.1 2.0 0.3 0.2 1.3 0.9 0.5 6.1 2.0 0.7 Valdez 0.4 2.1 2.7 2.1 2.3 2.2 0.8 0.6 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.5 2.1 4.4 2.0 2.5 Wainwright 2.4 1.0 0.3 1.3 1.0 0.9 1.7 2.5 0.8 0.7 0.8 0.3 1.1 6.7 0.7 2.5 

### Transit time may be greater during winter whiteouts, break-up, foggy conditions, or other adverse weather.AnchorageBadamiBarrowBarterIslandBullenPointDeadhorse/PrudhoeBayFairbanksKenaiKuparukNuiqsut/AlpinePointHopePointLayPt.ThomsonSeattleUmiatValdezWainwright

Anchorage 4.3 4.8 4.3 4.5 4.3 1.9 0.5 4.3 4.4 4.6 4.6 4.4 9.7 3.8 0.8 4.7 Badami 4.3 1.6 0.6 0.0 0.2 2.4 5.0 0.4 0.6 3.4 2.6 0.1 14.0 0.9 4.2 2.1 Barrow 4.8 1.6 2.1 1.6 1.3 3.5 5.1 1.3 1.1 2.1 1.2 1.7 14.5 1.1 5.3 0.6 Barter Island 4.3 0.6 2.1 0.6 0.8 2.7 5.6 1.0 1.2 3.9 3.1 0.3 14.0 1.4 4.3 2.6 Bullen Point 4.5 0.0 1.6 0.6 0.2 2.4 5.0 0.4 0.7 3.4 2.6 0.1 14.2 0.9 4.6 2.1 Deadhorse/Prudhoe Bay 4.3 0.2 1.3 0.8 0.2 2.7 4.8 0.2 0.4 3.1 2.3 0.3 14.0 0.7 4.3 1.8 Fairbanks 1.9 2.4 3.5 2.7 2.4 2.7 2.4 2.8 2.8 3.8 3.5 2.4 9.9 2.2 1.6 3.4 Kenai 0.5 5.0 5.1 5.6 5.0 4.8 2.4 5.0 5.2 4.7 4.8 5.0 9.6 4.1 1.2 4.9 Kuparuk 4.3 0.4 1.3 1.0 0.4 0.2 2.8 5.0 0.2 3.0 2.2 0.5 14.1 0.6 4.5 1.6 Nuiqsut/Alpine 4.4 0.6 1.1 1.2 0.7 0.4 2.8 5.2 0.2 2.8 1.9 0.6 14.4 0.5 4.5 1.4 Point Hope 4.6 3.4 2.1 3.9 3.4 3.1 3.8 4.7 3.0 2.8 0.9 3.5 14.0 2.5 5.2 1.5

Point Lay 4.6 2.6 1.2 3.1 2.6 2.3 3.5 4.8 2.2 1.9 0.9 2.7 13.7 1.8 5.1 0.6 Pt. Thomson 4.4 0.1 1.7 0.3 0.1 0.3 2.4 5.0 0.5 0.6 3.5 2.7 14.0 1.0 4.2 2.2 Seattle 9.7 14.0 14.5 14.0 14.2 14.0 9.9 9.6 14.1 14.4 14.0 13.7 14.0 12.1 8.9 13.5

Umiat 3.8 0.9 1.1 1.4 0.9 0.7 2.2 4.1 0.6 0.5 2.5 1.8 1.0 12.1 4.0 1.4 Valdez 0.8 4.2 5.3 4.3 4.6 4.3 1.6 1.2 4.5 4.5 5.2 5.1 4.2 8.9 4.0 5.1 Wainwright 4.7 2.1 0.6 2.6 2.1 1.8 3.4 4.9 1.6 1.4 1.5 0.6 2.2 13.5 1.4 5.1 

### Transit time may be greater during winter whiteouts, break-up, foggy conditions, or other adverse weather.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC L-3 **Deployment Strategies (Page 3 of 6) Deployment Strategies (Page 4 of 6)**  

# TACTIC L-3

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

## TABLE 3 **TRAVEL TIME FOR HELICOPTERS AT PLANNING SPEED OF 100 MPH (HOURS)** **TABLE 4 TRAVEL TIME FOR VESSELS AT PLANNING SPEED OF 5 KNOTS (HOURS)** AnchorageBadamiBarrowBarterIslandBullenPointDeadhorseEndicottMainProductionIslandFairbanksKenaiKuparukCentralProductionFacilities#1KuparukRiverStagingAreaWestLibertyProductionIslandMilnePointCentralFaclitiesPadNorthstarProductionIslandNuiqsut/AlpineOliktokPointOoogurukProductionIslandPointHopePointLayPt.Thomson(Pad)PumpStation#4UmiatWainwrightWestDock

Anchorage 6.6 7.2 6.4 6.8 6.4 6.5 2.8 0.8 6.5 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.8 6.5 7.0 6.7 6.9 5.0 5.7 7.1 6.5 Badami 6.6 2.4 0.9 0.1 0.3 0.2 3.6 7.5 0.6 0.5 0.1 0.6 0.4 1.0 0.6 0.8 5.1 3.4 0.3 1.4 1.4 3.1 0.3 Barrow 7.2 2.4 3.2 0.9 2.0 2.1 5.2 7.6 2.0 2.1 2.2 1.8 2.0 1.6 1.7 1.6 3.2 1.8 2.7 2.5 1.7 0.9 2.0 Barter Island 6.4 0.9 3.2 0.9 1.2 1.1 4.0 8.4 1.5 1.4 1.0 1.4 1.3 1.9 1.5 1.6 5.9 4.7 0.6 1.9 2.2 3.9 1.2 Bullen Point 6.8 0.1 0.9 0.9 0.4 0.3 3.7 7.6 0.7 0.5 0.2 0.6 0.4 1.0 0.7 0.8 5.1 3.9 0.2 1.5 1.4 3.1 0.4 Deadhorse 6.4 0.3 2.0 1.2 0.4 0.1 4.0 7.2 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.7 0.4 0.5 4.7 3.5 0.6 1.4 1.1 2.7 0.1 Endicott Main Production Island 6.5 0.2 2.1 1.1 0.3 0.1 4.1 7.3 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.7 0.4 0.5 4.8 3.6 0.4 1.5 1.2 2.8 0.1 Fairbanks 2.8 3.6 5.2 4.0 3.7 4.0 4.1 3.6 4.3 4.2 4.2 4.3 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.0 5.7 5.3 3.9 2.6 3.4 5.1 4.1 Kenai 0.8 7.5 7.6 8.4 7.6 7.2 7.3 3.6 7.5 7.4 7.4 7.6 7.4 7.9 7.5 6.9 7.1 7.2 7.8 5.8 6.1 7.4 7.3 Kuparuk Central Production Facilities #1 6.5 0.6 2.0 1.5 0.7 0.3 0.4 4.3 7.5 0.2 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.1 0.2 4.4 3.2 0.9 1.5 0.9 2.4 0.3 Kuparuk River Staging Area West 6.5 0.5 2.1 1.4 0.5 0.2 0.2 4.2 7.4 0.2 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.2 0.3 4.6 3.4 0.8 1.4 1.0 2.6 0.1 Liberty Production Island 6.6 0.1 2.2 1.0 0.2 0.2 0.1 4.2 7.4 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.8 0.5 0.6 4.9 3.7 0.3 1.6 1.2 2.9 0.2 Milne Point Central Faclities Pad 6.6 0.6 1.8 1.4 0.6 0.2 0.3 4.3 7.6 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.2 0.4 0.1 0.2 4.5 3.2 0.9 1.5 1.0 2.4 0.2 Northstar Production Island 6.6 0.4 2.0 1.3 0.4 0.2 0.2 4.2 7.4 0.2 0.1 0.3 0.2 0.5 0.3 0.4 4.6 3.4 0.7 1.6 1.1 2.6 0.1 Nuiqsut/Alpine 6.6 1.0 1.6 1.9 1.0 0.7 0.7 4.3 7.9 0.4 0.5 0.8 0.4 0.5 0.3 0.3 4.1 2.9 1.3 1.6 0.4 2.1 0.6

Oliktok Point 6.8 0.6 1.7 1.5 0.7 0.4 0.4 4.4 7.5 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.1 4.4 3.2 0.9 1.6 1.0 2.4 0.3 Oooguruk Production Island 6.5 0.8 1.6 1.6 0.8 0.5 0.5 4.0 6.9 0.2 0.3 0.6 0.2 0.4 0.3 0.1 4.3 3.1 0.8 1.5 0.9 2.9 0.4 Point Hope 7.0 5.1 3.2 5.9 5.1 4.7 4.8 5.7 7.1 4.4 4.6 4.9 4.5 4.6 4.1 4.4 4.3 1.4 5.3 4.4 3.8 2.3 4.7

Point Lay 6.7 3.4 1.8 4.7 3.9 3.5 3.6 5.3 7.2 3.2 3.4 3.7 3.2 3.4 2.9 3.2 3.1 1.4 4.1 3.5 2.7 0.9 3.4 Pt. Thomson (Pad) 6.9 0.3 2.7 0.6 0.2 0.6 0.4 3.9 7.8 0.9 0.8 0.3 0.9 0.7 1.3 0.9 0.8 5.3 4.1 1.7 1.5 3.3 0.6

Pump Station #4 5.0 1.4 2.5 1.9 1.5 1.4 1.5 2.6 5.8 1.5 1.4 1.6 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 4.4 3.5 1.7 1.0 3.0 1.5 Umiat 5.7 1.4 1.7 2.2 1.4 1.1 1.2 3.4 6.1 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.0 1.1 0.4 1.0 0.9 3.8 2.7 1.5 1.0 2.1 1.1 Wainwright 7.1 3.1 0.9 3.9 3.1 2.7 2.8 5.1 7.4 2.4 2.6 2.9 2.4 2.6 2.1 2.4 2.9 2.3 0.9 3.3 3.0 2.1 2.7 West Dock 6.5 0.3 2.0 1.2 0.4 0.1 0.1 4.1 7.3 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.6 0.3 0.4 4.7 3.4 0.6 1.5 1.1 2.7 

### Transit time may be greater during winter whiteouts, break-up, foggy conditions, or other adverse weather.Transittimemaybegreaterduringwinterwhiteouts,break-up,foggyconditions,orotheradverseweather.

CAN/US Border North Point Thompson Badami Kadleroshilik River Delta Endicott SDI Endcott Main Production Island BP Sagavanirktok River Launch East Dock Deadhorse River Access Putuligayuk River Launch West West Dock Launch 2 West Dock (STP) Northstar Production Island Kuparuk River Delta Kuparuk River Launch

Central Creek Mouth ENI (Spy Isl North) Oliktok Point Oooguruk Production Island Colville River Delta

Cape Simpson Barrow Wainwright Point Lay Point HopeCAN/USBorderNorth23.828.131.032.733.435.035.136.335.735.736.337.537.839.240.442.142.243.944.153.474.690.7108.0134.1PointThompson23.84.37.27.78.411.311.312.510.710.711.312.512.814.215.417.117.218.819.128.349.565.682.9109.0Badami28.14.32.94.75.37.07.18.36.57.67.89.010.511.913.113.613.715.315.624.846.062.079.4105.5KadleroshilikRiverDelta31.07.22.91.72.44.04.15.33.54.74.96.16.37.88.910.710.712.112.720.341.557.674.9101.0EndicottSDI32.77.74.71.70.72.32.43.63.03.03.14.44.66.17.28.98.810.410.918.639.855.973.299.3EndcottMainProductionIsland33.48.45.32.40.71.71.72.92.32.32.53.73.95.46.58.28.19.710.317.939.155.272.598.6BPSagavanirktokRiverLaunch35.011.37.04.02.31.72.61.33.32.93.14.14.56.06.98.98.79.09.618.639.755.873.199.3EastDock35.111.37.14.12.41.72.63.80.71.21.52.62.94.45.87.37.28.99.519.040.256.373.699.7DeadhorseRiverAccess36.312.58.35.33.62.91.33.84.54.13.04.24.55.97.18.78.710.310.919.841.057.174.4100.5PutuligayukRiverLaunchWest35.710.76.53.53.02.33.30.74.51.11.72.93.24.65.87.57.69.39.917.438.554.671.998.1WestDockLaunch235.710.77.64.73.02.32.91.24.11.10.61.82.13.54.76.46.58.28.816.237.453.570.897.0WestDock(STP)36.311.37.84.93.12.53.11.53.01.70.61.21.52.94.35.85.97.68.115.636.852.970.296.4NorthstarProductionIsland37.512.59.06.14.43.74.12.64.22.91.81.21.02.53.34.84.86.46.914.535.751.869.195.3KuparukRiverDelta37.812.810.56.34.63.94.52.94.53.22.11.51.01.42.64.44.35.96.515.536.752.770.096.2KuparukRiverLaunch39.214.211.97.86.15.46.04.45.94.63.52.92.51.44.05.85.87.47.916.938.154.271.597.6CentralCreekMouth40.415.413.18.97.26.56.95.87.15.84.74.33.32.64.02.02.03.64.213.134.350.467.793.8ENI(SpyIslNorth)42.117.113.610.78.98.28.97.38.77.56.45.84.84.45.82.00.61.82.49.831.047.164.490.6OliktokPoint42.217.213.710.78.88.18.77.28.77.66.55.94.84.35.82.00.61.62.210.231.447.464.890.9OoogurukProductionIsland43.918.815.312.110.49.79.08.910.39.38.27.66.45.97.43.61.81.60.88.529.645.763.089.2ColvilleRiverDelta44.119.115.612.710.910.39.69.510.99.98.88.16.96.57.94.22.42.20.89.130.348.866.192.2CapeSimpson53.428.324.820.318.617.918.619.019.817.416.215.614.515.516.913.19.810.28.59.121.237.354.680.7Barrow74.649.546.041.539.839.139.740.241.038.537.436.835.736.738.134.331.031.429.630.321.216.133.459.5Wainwright90.765.662.057.655.955.255.856.357.154.653.552.951.852.754.250.447.147.445.748.837.316.117.343.4PointLay108.082.979.474.973.272.573.173.674.471.970.870.269.170.071.567.764.464.863.066.154.633.417.326.1PointHope134.1109.0105.5101.099.398.699.399.7100.598.197.096.495.396.297.693.890.690.989.292.280.759.543.426.1

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC L-3 **Deployment Strategies (Page 5 of 6) Deployment Strategies (Page 6 of 6)**  

# TACTIC L-3

**TABLE 5 TRAVEL TIME FOR VEHICLES**  **AT PLANNING SPEED OF 35 MPH (HOURS)**

**THIS PAGE DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK**

Dalton Highway legal weight limits: • 2 axle 38,000 lb • 3 axle 42,000 lb • 4 axle 50,000 lb Endicott Causeway legal weight limit: 80 tons gross, 40 tons per axle West Dock Causeway legal weight limit: 130 tons grossAlpine1AnchorageBadami1BadamiPipelinetie-inatEndicottCausewayBPXBaseOperationsCampDeadhorseEndicottMainProductionIslandFairbanksHealdPt.KuparukCentralProductionFacilities#1KuparukCentralProductionFacilities#2KuparukRiverStagingAreaMilnePointCentralProductionFacilityNikiskiNorthstarProductionIsland1OliktokPt.OoogurukProductionIsland1PBOCPointThomson(Pad)1PumpStation#1ValdezWestDock

Alpine 1 25.8 2.8 2.2 1.6 1.9 2.5 15.6 2.1 1.0 0.8 1.4 1.4 30.1 2.0 1.3 1.4 1.9 3.2 1.7 26.0 1.8 Anchorage 25.8 25.0 24.4 24.2 23.9 24.5 10.2 24.2 24.8 25.0 24.4 25.0 4.3 24.6 25.3 25.4 24.0 25.5 24.1 8.7 24.4

Badami 1 2.8 25.0 0.6 1.2 1.0 0.8 14.7 1.0 1.9 2.0 1.4 2.0 29.2 1.4 2.3 2.4 0.9 0.5 1.1 25.1 1.2 Badami Pipeline tie-in at Endicott Causeway 2.2 24.4 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.2 14.1 0.4 1.3 1.4 0.8 1.4 28.6 0.8 1.7 1.8 0.3 1.1 0.5 24.5 0.6 BPX Base Operations Camp 1.6 24.2 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.9 14.0 0.5 0.6 0.8 0.2 0.8 28.5 0.5 1.1 1.2 0.3 1.7 0.1 24.4 0.3 Deadhorse 1.9 23.9 1.0 0.4 0.3 0.6 13.7 0.3 0.9 1.1 0.5 1.0 28.2 0.6 1.3 1.4 0.1 1.5 0.1 24.1 0.4 Endicott Main Production Island 2.5 24.5 0.8 0.2 0.9 0.6 14.3 0.7 1.5 1.7 1.1 1.6 28.8 1.2 1.9 2.0 0.5 1.3 0.7 24.7 1.0 Fairbanks 15.6 10.2 14.7 14.1 14.0 13.7 14.3 14.0 14.6 14.8 14.2 14.7 14.5 14.3 15.1 15.2 13.8 15.2 13.9 10.4 14.1 Heald Pt. 2.1 24.2 1.0 0.4 0.5 0.3 0.7 14.0 1.2 1.3 0.7 1.3 28.5 0.7 1.6 1.7 0.2 1.5 0.4 24.4 0.5 Kuparuk Central Production Facilities #1 1.0 24.8 1.9 1.3 0.6 0.9 1.5 14.6 1.2 0.2 0.4 0.4 29.1 1.0 0.5 0.6 1.0 2.4 0.7 25.0 0.8 Kuparuk Central Production Facilities #2 0.8 25.0 2.0 1.4 0.8 1.1 1.7 14.8 1.3 0.2 0.6 0.6 29.3 1.2 0.5 0.6 1.1 2.5 0.9 25.2 1.0 Kuparuk River Staging Area 1.4 24.4 1.4 0.8 0.2 0.5 1.1 14.2 0.7 0.4 0.6 0.6 28.7 0.6 0.9 1.0 0.5 1.9 0.3 24.6 0.4 Milne Point Central Production Facility 1.4 25.0 2.0 1.4 0.8 1.0 1.6 14.7 1.3 0.4 0.6 0.6 29.3 1.1 0.9 1.0 1.1 2.5 0.9 25.1 0.9 Nikiski 30.1 4.3 29.2 28.6 28.5 28.2 28.8 14.5 28.5 29.1 29.3 28.7 29.3 28.9 29.6 29.7 28.3 29.7 28.4 13.0 28.7 Northstar Production Island 1 2.0 24.6 1.4 0.8 0.5 0.6 1.2 14.3 0.7 1.0 1.2 0.6 1.1 28.9 1.5 1.6 0.5 1.9 0.5 24.7 0.2 Oliktok Pt. 1.3 25.3 2.3 1.7 1.1 1.3 1.9 15.1 1.6 0.5 0.5 0.9 0.9 29.6 1.5 0.5 1.4 2.8 1.2 25.5 1.3 Oooguruk Production Island 1 1.4 25.4 2.4 1.8 1.2 1.4 2.0 15.2 1.7 0.6 0.6 1.0 1.0 29.7 1.6 0.5 1.5 2.9 1.3 25.6 1.4 PBOC 1.9 24.0 0.9 0.3 0.3 0.1 0.5 13.8 0.2 1.0 1.1 0.5 1.1 28.3 0.5 1.4 1.5 1.4 0.2 24.2 0.3 Point Thomson (Pad) 1 3.2 25.5 0.5 1.1 1.7 1.5 1.3 15.2 1.5 2.4 2.5 1.9 2.5 29.7 1.9 2.8 2.9 1.4 1.6 25.6 1.7 Pump Station #1 1.7 24.1 1.1 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.7 13.9 0.4 0.7 0.9 0.3 0.9 28.4 0.5 1.2 1.3 0.2 1.6 24.3 0.3 Valdez 26.0 8.7 25.1 24.5 24.4 24.1 24.7 10.4 24.4 25.0 25.2 24.6 25.1 13.0 24.7 25.5 25.6 24.2 25.6 24.3 24.5 West Dock 1.8 24.4 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.4 1.0 14.1 0.5 0.8 1.0 0.4 0.9 28.7 0.2 1.3 1.4 0.3 1.7 0.3 24.5 

### Transit time may be greater during winter whiteouts, break-up, foggy conditions, or other adverse weather. 1 

### Accessible by vehicle only in winter months via ice road. Expect travel times listed to vary due to ice road conditions and speed limits.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC L-4 **Logistical Support (Page 1 of 2) Logistical Support (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC L-4

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/07 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 TYPE NO. (L x W x Depth, ft) LIQUID CAP. (bbl) DECK CAP. LIGHT DRAFT LOADED DRAFT OWNER AVAILABILITY OBLIGATION 200 Series Barges ( A1 classification) 2 200x60x12 5,500 2,750 s/t 1' 8" 12' 5" Crowley Stationed at Prudhoe Bay ACS Master Services Agreement River Class Tug

(1,100 hp) 2
— — — — 3' Crowley Stationed at Prudhoe Bay ACS Master Services Agreement 

## IDENTIFICATION OF AIRCRAFT, VESSELS, AND OTHER MEANS TO **TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL** This is a suggested list of resources. Inventory and availability vary.

In addition, ACS and the North Slope operators own approximately 85 vessels in a variety of sizes and types that can be used for transport of personnel and equipment (see Tactic L-6).

MSA = Master Services Agreement; CPAI = ConocoPhillips Alaska, Inc. Evergreen = Evergreen Helicopters of Alaska; Air Logistics = Air Logistics of Alaska Additional aircraft are available through contracts maintained by ACS with major Alaskan air carriers. 

## VESSELS **AIRCRAFT**

**ROAD TRANSPORTATION**

**AIR-CUSHION VEHICLES** TYPE QUANTITY OWNERSHIP AVAILABILITY OBLIGATION
Buses Minimum of 20 BP, ConocoPhillips, Alyeska, Peak, APC Used on a daily basis throughout the North Slope oil fields Owned by BP, ConocoPhillips, Alyeska or available through ACS Master Services Agreement Lowboys Minimum of 20 BP, ConocoPhillips, Alyeska, VECO, H.C.

Price, APC, Peak Used on a daily basis throughout the North Slope oil fields Owned by BP, ConocoPhillips, Alyeska or available through ACS Master Services Agreement Hi-deck Trailers Minimum of 20 BP, ConocoPhillips, Alyeska, VECO, H.C.

Price, APC, Peak Used on a daily basis throughout the North Slope oil fields Owned by BP, ConocoPhillips, Alyeska or available through ACS Master Services Agreement
Tractors Minimum of 20 BP, ConocoPhillips, Alyeska, VECO, H.C.

Price, APC, Peak Used on a daily basis throughout the North Slope oil fields Owned by BP, ConocoPhillips, Alyeska or available through ACS Master Services Agreement

TYPE QUANTITY OWNERSHIP CAPACITY MOBE TIME LACV 30 2 at Deadhorse Alaska Hovercraft 30-ton payload 72 hr from cold standby TYPE QUAN
TITY OWNERSHIP PAYLOAD W/O PASSEN
GERS (LBS) RANGE (MILES) PASSEN
GERS SPEED (MPH) RUNWAY NEEDS STATION LOCATION OBLIGATION S-64 E/F Aircrane 18 Erikson Air-Crane Inc. Sling 18,000 to 21,000 6 with sling load 0 115- 125 None Central Point, OR ACS MSA Bell 206B 2 Air Logistics Sling 350 245 4 115 None Various AK locations ACS MSA Bell 206L 6 Air Logistics Sling 500 280 6 120 None Various AK loca tions; one at PS4 (long-term contract to Alyeska) ACS MSA and Mutual Aid Agreement Bell 407 2 Air Logistics Sling 1500 308 6 155 None Various AK locations ACS MSA BO105CBS BOELKOW 2 Air Logistics Sling 1000 260 5 125 None Various AK locations ACS MSA

Bell 212 1 Air Logistics Sling 2000 390 13 115 None Various AK locations ACS MSA Twin Otter 1 ConocoPhillips 3000 on short VFR flights 560 15 155 2000 ft paved or gravel with

heavy load North Slope Mutual Aid Agreement Casa 212 1 Yute Air 5000 on short VFR flights 1000 18 175 3000 ft paved or gravel with

heavy load North Slope Mutual Aid Agreement and CPAI contract L-382 Hercules (C-130) 2 Lynden Air Cargo 48,000 3000 N/A 400 5000 ft paved or gravel with

heavy load Anchorage Mutual Aid Agreement and Alyeska contract

(4-hr standby) B-737 3 BP/CPAI Shared Services 12,000 in cargo area (limited space

available) 2400 111 440 6000 ft paved; two aircraft fit
ted for gravel Anchorage to conduct regular crew changes to/from the North Slope Mutual Aid Agreement
DC6 5 Northern Air Cargo 28,000 2700 0 220 4000 ft paved or gravel Various AK locations ACS MSA B-727 2 Northern Air Cargo 41,000 1800 0 450 5000 ft paved or gravel Various AK locations ACS MSA ATR-42 1 Northern Air Cargo 12,000 1800 0 270 3500 ft paved or gravel Various AK locations ACS MSA Bell 214ST 1 Evergreen Sling 8000 400 17 150 None Various AK locations ACS MSA

Sikorsky

S61R 1 Evergreen Sling 6000 250 0 110 None Various AK locations ACS MSA Bell 212 with pop-out floats 4 Evergreen Sling 2500 250 9 105 None Various AK locations ACS MSA

Bell 205A1 1 Evergreen Sling 3500 250 9 105 None Various AK locations ACS MSA AS350B3 “ASTAR” with pop-out floats 2 Evergreen 2000 400 5 130 None Various AK locations ACS MSA
AS350B2 with pop-out floats 3 Evergreen 2000 350 5 120 None Various AK locations ACS MSA

Bell 206L3 “Long Ranger” 2 Evergreen 1075 210 6 100 None Various AK locations ACS MSA B206B3 “Jet Ranger” 2 Evergreen 650 210 4 100 None Various AK locations ACS MSA Beech King

Air 200C 2 Evergreen N/A 950 9 250 3000 ft paved or gravel Various AK locations ACS MSA

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC L-5 **Communications (Page 1 of 8) Communications (Page 2 of 8)**  

# TACTIC L-5

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09

### ACS communications capabilities consists of the Deadhorse telecommunications center and transportable remotearea communications systems. The following describes these systems, their coverage, how they are used, and how they are deployed.


## DEADHORSE TELECOMMUNICATIONS CENTER **Alaska Clean Seas Internal Radio and Telephone Communication** The telecommunication center houses equipment that supports day-to-day ACS operations and spill response management. A PABX telephone switch supports 90 internal extensions in the ACS offices, telecommunications center, and warehouse; nine local telephone utility trunks; and six trunks directly connected to ConocoPhillips, BPXA and Alyeska Pipeline extensions via the private digital microwave system. A VHF repeater system at the center provides ACS with a wide-area radio system for day-to-day operations, as well as for Slope-wide logistical support. A radio dispatch center is located in the administrative office. Additional dispatchers can be located elsewhere in the ACS facility. The radio dispatchers can access 17 oil spill radios located in the production and pipeline corridor and operated by ACS and its member companies. Antennas for those radios located at the center are mounted on a 120-foot tower. Uninterruptible power supplies in the communication center power all critical equipment for up to one hour during AC power failures. A manual-start backup generator then takes over from the UPS for extended utility power failures. **Common Remote Control System for Permanent VHF Oil Spill Repeaters** A remote radio control system is installed in the telecommunications center. Remote control circuits for 14 permanent VHF repeaters and marine coast stations, installed at strategic locations in the production and pipeline corridor, are routed via private microwave circuits into the system. Additional HF, VHF and UHF radios located at the center are also wired into the system. Additional dispatch consoles are installed at Alyeska Pump Station 1, ConocoPhillips GKA, BPXA BOC, and BPXA PBOC, giving these companies access to all of the oil spill emergency radio systems. Other connections to specific radios in this network can be made using individual remote control stations. This network is the only wide area emergency communication system shared by operating companies on the North Slope. **Storage and Maintenance Facility** The telecommunication center serves as a storage and maintenance facility for all fixed and transportable com
munication assets owned by ACS. Test equipment, maintenance tools, documentation, and spare installation and maintenance parts are maintained at the center. 

## TRANSPORTABLE REMOTE AREA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS ACS maintains the following transportable communication systems at the Deadhorse Spill Response Center. These systems can be used to increase communication channel capacity in the production and pipeline corridor, or to extend communication links to remote areas of the North Slope extending between the Canadian Border and Barrow. **Portable Radios, Dial Radiotelephone Links, and Satellite Telephone Links** ACS owns approximately 200 VHF and UHF handheld radios, 10 base and mobile stations, 13 VHF and UHF portable repeaters, and seven portable UHF dial-radiotelephone links. Two portable towers and two winterized communication shelters with integral DC power and AC generators are available when deploying repeaters to remote sites. Iridium

satellite telephones with data capabilities are installed on cer tain ACS vessels, and portable satellite phones are available at ACS in Deadhorse. **Mobile Response Center (MRC)** ACS has constructed an MRC consisting of two shelters (20 ft x 8 ft). Shelter One contains a variety of phone and radio communication links, and Shelter Two contains an office work area. The shelters can be deployed together or independently anywhere in Alaska to be used as a forward command center at the site of a remote emergency. The communication systems consist of Iridium satellite telephones with data capability, two dial-radiotelephone phone lines, and a variety of HF, VHF, and UHF two-way radios and repeaters. 

## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• The existing permanently installed Slope-wide systems should be all that is needed to respond to smaller spills.

When a spill of a magnitude requiring the activation of the IMT occurs, the Communications Unit Leader will determine the most effective portable systems to be deployed and will develop a communications plan to suit the response.

• Proper comm unications procedures will optimize communications and must be maintained.

• Due to deployment/transit times, less effective but quickly deployed systems should be considered until more

functional systems arrive on scene and are operational.

• Comm unications equipment operators must be properly trained if communications are going to be successful.

• Member compan y communications personnel should be fully utilized to speed deployment of portable systems.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC L-5 **Communications (Page 3 of 8) Communications (Page 4 of 8)**  

# TACTIC L-5

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 11/04 

## ACS MOBILE RESPONSE CENTER BLOCK DIAGRAM

Optional External Trunks Via DRTs, Cable Plant Optional External Stations Via DRTs, Cable Plant

HF Radio

Facsimile Machine

UPS

AC Power Tone Remote Control Point 

# Mobile Response Center Iridium Satellite Phone w/Data

Capability Iridium Satellite Phone w/Data

Capability GroundAir Radio
VHF Marine Radio
UHF Control Station

VHF Control Station UHF Link VHF Repeater
This station can be located at ACS, in a member company ICP, in the Mobile Response Center, or at any other fixed or mobile facility. The translator can be located at intermediate commercial sites, on mountaintop sites, or on offshore vessels. The repeater can be located near a spill site onshore or offshore. VHF Control Station UHF Link 

## ACS BLOCK DIAGRAM SHOWING EXTENDED AREA COVERAGE **USING UHF LINKS AND TRANSLATORS**

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC L-5 **Communications (Page 5 of 8) Communications (Page 6 of 8)**  

# TACTIC L-5

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 11/04 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

## ACS BLOCK DIAGRAM OF EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (E **m OC)**  **COMMUNICATIONS CHANNELS FOR SPILLS IN DEADHORSE PRODUCTION CORRIDOR** 

Onshore and River Cleanup Activities Coastal Water Cleanup Activities Squad Leader Aircraft Aircraft

UNIT LEADER SHORE OPERATIONS UNIT LEADER WILDLIFE OPERATIONS

Any number of Unit Leaders

Five Squads/Unit Leader Any number of Squads Leaders/Vessels

Squad Leader MEMBER COMPANY EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EmOC) Sector Marine Private Coast

Station Sector VHF

Oil Spill Repeater ICP Ground-Air

Radio



### Squad Leader Squad Leader Squad Leader VHF* VHF* VHF* VHF* VHF* VHF* VHF* VHF* VHF* VHF* VHF*

VHF* VHF* VHF* VHF* VHF* VHF GA VHF GA

VHF*

VHF*

VHF*

NOTES: 1. "VHF*" channel assignments are dependent on location of the spill. 2. "VHF GA" denotes use of 122.85 ground-air frequency (a backup channel). 

### UNIT LEADER OFFSHORE OPERATIONS

Squad Leader 

## ACS BLOCK DIAGRAM OF EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (E **m OC)**  **COMMUNICATIONS CHANNELS FOR REMOTE OFFSHORE EXPLORATION SPILLS** 

**REMOTE OFFSHORE** 

**WATERS**

**COASTAL WATERS** 

**ONSHORE FACILITIES**  **AND SHORELINE** 

**CLEANUP ACTIVITIES** 



## This is one of many possible configurations to support offshore or coastal spills. ICP Air-Ground UHF Link Station

VHF Marine Base SATELLITE TELEPHONES MOBILE RESPONSE CENTER UNIT LEADER(S) OFFSHORE OPERATIONS

EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER (EmOC) Group Leaders

VHF Oil Spill Repeater Aircraft

UHF/VHF Translator

Unit Leader Group Leaders

Unit Leader

NOTES: 1. "VHF*" channel assignments are dependent on location of the spill. 2. "VHF AG" denotes use of 122.85 ground-air frequency. VHF* VHF*

VHF*

UHF Link Channel VHF AG VHF* VHF*

VHF* Telephone Service Via Satellite Phone

Telephone Service and Radio Control Circuits Via Satellite Phone VHF*

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC L-5 **Communications (Page 7 of 8) Communications (Page 8 of 8)**  

# TACTIC L-5

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

## NORTH SLOPE HAND-HELD RADIO COVERAGE **NORTH SLOPE RADIO CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTS CHANNEL**  **DESIGNATOR LOCATION/**  **AREA USE**  **TRANSMIT (MHZ)**  **RECEIVE (MHZ)**  **Tactical Channels Statewide** OS-29 Tactical Net 173.225 173.225 OS-30 Tactical Net 173.275 173.275 OS-31 Tactical Net 173.325 173.325 OS-32 Tactical Net 173.375 173.375 **ACS Fixed VHF Repeater/Talk Around Channels North Slope** OS-33 ConocoPhillips/Alpine Oil Spill Repeater 159.585 161.235 OS-34 Talk Around (33) Tactical 159.585 159.585 OS-35 ConocoPhillips/Kuparuk Oil Spill Repeater 154.585 150.980 OS-36 Talk Around (35) Tactical 150.980 150.980 OS-37 BP/WOA Oil Spill Repeater 158.445 159.480 OS-38 Talk Around (37) Tactical 159.480 159.480 OS-39 ConocoPhillips/Lisburne Oil Spill Repeater 158.325 153.485 OS-40 Talk Around (39) Tactical 153.185 153.185 OS-41 BP/Endicott Oil Spill Repeater 161.235 159.586 OS-42 Talk Around (41) Tactical 159.585 159.585 OS-43 BP/Badami Oil Spill Repeater 154.585 15.980 OS-44 Talk Around (43) Tactical 150.983 150.980 OS-45 Point Thomson Oil Spill Repeater 161.325 159.705 OS-46 Talk Around (45) Tactical 159.705 159.705 OS-47 Pump #2 Alyeska Oil Spill Repeater 161.325 159.705 OS-48 Talk Around (47) Tactical 159.705 159.705 OS-49 Pump #3 Alyeska Oil Spill Repeater 161.235 159.585 OS-50 Talk Around (49) Tactical 159.585 159.585 OS-51 Pump #4 Alyeska Oil Spill Repeater 154.585 150.980 OS-52 Talk Around (51) Tactical 150.980 150.980 **Portable VHF Repeater/Talk Around Channels Statewide** OS-53 Portable # 1 Oil Spill Repeater 160.530 150.815 OS-54 Talk Around (53) Tactical 150.815 150.815 OS-55 Portable # 2 Oil Spill Repeater 160.590 150.830 OS-56 Talk Around (55) Tactical 150.830 150.830 OS-57 Portable # 3 Oil Spill Repeater 160.650 150.950 OS-58 Talk Around (57) Tactical 150.950 150.950 OS-59 Portable # 4 Oil Spill Repeater 160.725 150.965 OS-60 Talk Around (59) Tactical 150.965 150.965 OS-61 Portable # 5 Oil Spill Repeater 160.785 159.525 OS-62 Talk Around (61) Tactical 159.525 159.525 OS-63 Portable # 6 Oil Spill Repeater 160.860 159.795 OS-64 Talk Around (63) Tactical 159.795 159.795 **ACS Logistics VHF Repeater/Talk Around Channels North Slope** OS-65 (ACS) DH Spill Response Ctr Logistics Repeater (DH) 161.160 159.630 OS-66 Talk Around (65) Tactical 159.630 159.630 OS-67 ConocoPhillips/Kuparuk (CPF3) Logistics Repeater (Kuparuk) 161.160 159.750 OS-68 Talk Around (67) Tactical 159.750 159.750 **Emergency Chanel Statewide** OS-69 North Slope Emergency Tactical 152.420 152.420 **Marine Channels Statewide** OS-70 BP (GC2) (Gwydyr Bay) Coast Station - Ch 09 156.450 156.450 OS-71 BP/Endicott Coast Station - Ch 10 156.500 156.500 OS-72 (ACS) DH Spill Response Ctr Coast Station - Ch 11 156.550 156.550 OS-73 Calling and Safety Coast Station - Ch 16 156.800 156.800 OS-74 ConocoPhillips/KRU (Harrison Bay) Coast Station - Ch 18 156.900 156.900 OS-75 Spare Coast Station Coast Station - Ch 80A 157.025 157.025 OS-76 Portable Coast Stn Repeater - Ch 85 157.275 161.875

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC L-6 **ACS Response Equipment Specifications (Page 1 of 8) ACS Response Equipment Specifications (Page 2 of 8)**  

# TACTIC L-6

This tactic describes ACS’s and the North Slope Operator’s owned and contracted oil discharge containment, control, cleanup, storage, and transfer equipment. The objective is to fulfill for existing facilities the regulatory contingency planning requirements in 18 AAC 75.425 (e)(3)(F) Response Equipment and 18 AAC 75.445 (g) Response Equip
ment. Other Technical Manual tactics descriptions outline the operational characteristics of the response equip
ment and mobilization and deployment planning times. For example, Tactic L-7, Realistic Maximum Re sponse Operating Limitations identifies equipment operating limitations. Specific response tactics iden
tify critical information on mobilization and deployment times, as well as key planning parameters for specific equipment. 

## PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Dedicated spill response equipment for both ACS and the North Slope Operators (except Alyeska) is maintained on a planned preventive maintenance schedule maintained by ACS. The exact maintenance conducted and the frequency interval vary based on the type of equipment, seasonal applicability, manufacturers’ recommendations, and the amount of use the equipment receives. Preventive maintenance requirements and scheduling are managed through a computerized database called “Response Program. TM 

### ” This database also captures the maintenance his tory of all dedicated oil spill response equipment. ACS has the ability to print out the maintenance records of any piece of equipment maintained in the database. This information is available upon request. Non-dedicated equipment available from contractors is maintained by the contractors. 

## EQUIPMENT INVENTORY LIST All dedicated North Slope oil spill response equipment (ACS and the North Slope Operators) is tagged with a unique identifier number and tracked as to its location, ownership, and maintenance history in Response Program. TM 

### A comprehensive inventory of response-dedicated equipment is listed in ACS’s Master Equipment List (MEL), which is generated by Response Program. TM 

### ACS updates the Response Program TM 

### daily. Response Program TM 

### is updated as equipment is moved from one location to another, purchases are made, equipment is surplused or equipment goes in or out of service. The MEL can be sorted to provide a variety of reports including by equipment type, tag number, location, owner, and in/out of service. Copies of the MEL are available from ACS upon request. A summary of the dedicated oil spill response equipment available on the North Slope is provided in the tables on the next pages. 

## OUT-OF-SERVICE EQUIPMENT ACS provides written notification to the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation (ADEC) when a major piece of equipment goes out of service and a planholder’s response planning standard (RPS) cannot be met The equipment may become out of service for a planned or an unplanned event. A notice is submitted to ADEC at least 10 days in advance before the equipment goes out of service for scheduled maintenance of greater than 24 hours duration. A notice is submitted within 24 hours following the identification of equipment going out of service on an unscheduled basis. This notification protocol fulfills the regulatory requirement in 18 AAC 75.475, Notification of Nonreadiness. 

## NON-DEDICATED EQUIPMENT ACS and the North Slope Operators have access to additional equipment to meet the RPS for each planholder. The additional equipment is listed in Tables 10 and 10A. North Slope equipment is available from contractors through written agreements held by ACS and the planholders. The equipment is not dedicated to spill response, but provides spill response services when called on. Vessels- and barges-of-opportunity are deployed on spill responses with their typical staff and equipment. 

## TABLE 1 -- BOOM SUMMARY TYPE NOTE QUANTITY (ft) Open Water (36" or greater) Ro-Boom and Nordan boom require blower units that are prepackaged with the boom 23,003 Light Ocean (27"-35")

— 15,950

Harbor (20"-26")

— 24,308 Protected Water (10"-16")

— 47,575 Fast Water (14")

— 128,750

Shore Seal Requires air blower and pumps that are prepackaged with the boom 19,250 Fire (20")

— 7,914 Fire (30")

— 6,000 Fire (42")

— 3,650 NOFI Boom Bag (24"-34")

— 5,428



## TABLE 2 -- VESSEL SUMMARY

Workboats D and E can deploy the Desmi 250 and Lori LSC-3 skimmers. Lori LSC-3 availability for the workboats is: Workboat D — 1 skimmer for a 32’ workboat and 1 skimmer for a 42’ workboat. Workboat E — 2 skimmers; skimmers can be deployed off each side of a workboat or one skimmer per workboat. TYPE LENGTH (ft) WORKING DRAFT (ft) WORKING ENVIRONMENT CAPABILITIES QUANTITY Skiffs 12-18 0.5-1.5 Inland Transport 24 Airboat 19-30 0.5 Inland, nearshore Transport, boom deployment 30 Workboat (A) 18-22 0.5-2 Inland, nearshore Transport, boom deployment 15 Workboat (B) 24-26 1-3 Nearshore Transport, boom towing 8 Workboat (C) 25-29 1-3 Offshore Transport, boom towing 8 Workboat (D) 32-42 2.5-3 Offshore Transport, boom towing, skimmer deployment, minibarge towing 7 Workboat (E) 45-55 2-3.5 Offshore Transport, skimmer deployment 2



## TABLE 3 -- PUMP SUMMARY DESCRIPTION SIZE QUANTITY NAMEPLATE PUMPING CAPACITY (gpm) Diaphragm, Air 3"-4" 17 260 Diaphragm, Diesel 2" 3 86 Diaphragm, Diesel 3" 32 100-250, depending upon manufacturer Diaphragm, Gas 3" 12 80 Submersible, Hydraulic 3" 8 110-132 Submersible, Hydraulic 6" 17 628 Submersible, Air 3" 7 100

Trash, Diesel 2" 18 220 Trash, Diesel 3" 43 330-400, depending upon manufacturer Trash, Diesel 4" 20 370-750, depending upon manufacturer Trash, Gas 2"-3" 1 92-340 Peristaltic 2" 9 115

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC L-6 **ACS Response Equipment Specifications (Page 3 of 8) ACS Response Equipment Specifications (Page 4 of 8)**  

# TACTIC L-6

**TABLE 5B -- OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS AND LIMITATIONS OF SKIMMERS**

SOURCE: Schulz e, R. (ed.). 1991. World Catalog of Oil Spill Response Products , Third Edition, pp. 217-223 (weir skimmers), 225-227 (rope mop skimmers), 228-229 (disc skimmers), 229-230 (drum skimmers), 238-240 (brush skimmers). 

## TABLE 4 -- HOSE SUMMARY HOSE SIZE QUANTITY (ft) OF DISCHARGE HOSE QUANTITY (ft) OF SUCTION HOSE 2” 2,200 2,512 3” 9,035 6,012 4” 2,425 1,470 5” 2,500 0 6” 2,118 0 **Skimmer Type**  **Operational Characteristics Limitations**  Weir • Use in calm water and a thick layer of oil where the edge of the weir is at the water/oil interface.
• Small floating weir skimmers most stable in calm

water or a gentle swell. • Generally good for recovery of light- and mediumviscosity oils; not effective with heavy lubricating oils, highly weathered crudes, water-in-oil emulsion, or Bunker C.
• Small floating weirs are easily transported.

Maintenance for most is limited to debris removal during operation and post-cleanup cleaning. • On some models, skimming, or “cut,” depth is manually pre-set and adjusted for slick thickness; continual adjustment of cut depth and pumping rate can result in large amounts of water being collected with the oil. • Are likely to be clogged by highly viscous oils. • Conventional floating weir skimmers may become

obstructed by debris. • Floating weir skimmers affected by waves.
• Recovery rates limited only by pumping rate in a

thick layer of oil.
• For most small weir skimmers, pumping rate is

decreased to increase oil/water collection ratio.
• Transportability of larger devices mounted to boats

may be limited by size and characteristics of boat. Rope mops • Versatility allows effective use in a variety of wave conditions. • Generally have high recovery efficiency.
• Generally most effective in light- to mediumviscosity oils. • Can recover heavy oils, but not non-flowing

products. • Can operate in very shallow water, amid debris or

mixed ice. • Can be used in swift rivers or under ice.
• Recover a wide range of products, are not fouled

by debris, and can be maneuvered easily by adjusting the pulley system. • Viscous oil tends to gum up the rope mop and slow down oil wringers. • Smaller diameter mops work well on viscous oil.
• Effective on small amounts of oil, but slow for

large quantities. • Generally work better in warmer temperatures

(60° F and above).
• Setups may be more difficult to construct and

require more operator attention than some other mechanisms. • Oil may drip on shore as rope is drawn from water.
• Rope wears quickly when used in rough areas. • Rope may twist in rough currents. Disc • Larger disc skimmers equipped with vanes to protect collection mechanism from debris.
• Vanes also permit collection in light ice conditions. • Smaller disc skimmers can be used as floating

skimmers for spills inland or at industrial sites.
• Can recover slicks as thin as 1 mm while

maintaining efficiency up to 97%.
• Recovery rate depends on slick thickness and

disc-rotation rate. • Generally most effective with medium-viscosity

oils. • Maintenance needs are generally low and involve

periodic cleaning and/or replacement of scrapers. • Often expensive, complicated, vulnerable to obstruction by debris, and more likely to break down than other recovery devices. • Do not work well on viscous oil or oil laden with

debris. • Large skimmers may be difficult to transport.
• Heavy oils adhere readily and may cause

clogging. • Light oils do not adhere to the discs well, but can

be recovered.

Drum • Perform in a broad range of oil viscosities.
• Are likely to handle debris better than disc

skimmers. • Recovery rates generally high, especially for larger

drum skimmers. • Small drum skimmers are not effective in rough seas. • Recovery efficiency may decrease in slicks less

than a few millimeters thick. Brush • Recovery rates likely to be very high. • For drum brush skimmers, tolerance to debris and

broken ice is good. • Range of oil recovery is broad for drum brush

skimmers, with brushes working well on any viscosity oil that can be transported out of the water on the brush heads. • Standard chain brush size allows effective

recovery of products ranging from #2 fuel oil to weathered crude and #6 fuel oil.
• Chain brush systems are not readily affected by

debris. • Transport of large drum brushes may be cumbersome. 

## TABLE 5A -- SKIMMER SUMMARY

A. These skimmers come in packages that include the skimmer head, power pack, hoses (hydraulic, discharge, suction), fittings, and spare parts. *Lor i skimmers can be run with vessel hydraulics or with an independent system. B. A v ariety of pumps can be used to operate these skimmers. TYPE AND MODEL QTY. NAMEPLATE CAPACITY (bph) DERATED CAPACITY (bph) DAY RATE CAPACITY @20 hrs/day (bpd) PACKAGE Rope Mop, Z14-E 16 14 11 3,520 A Rope Mop, Mark 2-3E 3 14 11 660 A Rope Mop, MW-41 10 14 11 2,200 A Rope Mop, MW-62 2 29 3 120 A Rope Mop, Foxden 2-9 1 114 91 1,820 A Rope Mop, Foxtail 4-9 1 249 199 3,980 A Drum Skimmer, TDS-118 5 33 26 2,080 A Drum Skimmer, TDS-136 7 100 80 11,200 A Drum Skimmer, Mini 2 2 2 80 A Drum/Brush Combination 24MD 14 100 80 22,400 A Drum/Brush Combination RBS10/1D 3 138 110 6,600 A Brush Skimmer, Advancing Minimax 10 1 2 2 40 A Brush Skimmer, Advancing Minimax 20 8 168 134 21,440 A Brush Skimmer, Advancing Minimax 30 1 252 202 4,040 A Brush, Rock Cleaner 2 75 60 2,400 A LBH Quattro Conversion for Desmi 250 1 298 238 4,760 A Manta Ray Rigid 37 34 7 5,180 B Manta Ray Flexible 13 34 7 1,820 B Slurp Skimmer 10 63 13 2,600 B MI-11/24 Disc Skimmer 7 29 10 1,400 A MI-30 Disc Skimmer 6 143 10 1,200 A

12K Disc Skimmer 9 100 10 1,800 A 30K Disc Skimmer 10 189 10 2,000 A T-54 Disc Skimmer 3 340 68 2,720 A Desmi 250 Harbor Weir Skimmer 3 440 88 5,280 A Desmi 250 Ocean Weir Skimmer 1 628 125 2,500 A Walosep W-1 Weir Skimmer 1 250 50 1,000 A Walosep W-4 Weir Skimmer 1 566 113 2,260 A Transrec 250 Weir Skimmer 1 1570 314 6,280 A Fasflow Weir Skimmer 1 486 97 1,940 A Mini Fasflow Weir Skimmer 4 143 29 2,320 A Sea-Vac Heli Skimmer 1 944 189 3,780 A Mini Vac II 3 252 252 15,120 A LORI Side Collector (LSC-3) 7 271 217 17,360 A* LORI Floating Pontoon (LFS-3) 1 271 217 17,360 A*

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC L-6 **ACS Response Equipment Specifications (Page 5 of 8) ACS Response Equipment Specifications (Page 6 of 8)**  

# TACTIC L-6

Tactic L-5 describes the communication equipment inventory. Tactic L-4 describes equipment available to transport equipment and personnel. 

## TABLE 6 -- STORAGE

*The maximum draft of the mini-barges is 4 ft. **TYPE VOLUME**  **(gal) QUANTITY**  **TOTAL CAPACITY (gal)**  650 Barge 27,300 1 27,950 Mini-barge* 5,376 2 10,752 MIni-barge* 10,458 12 125,496 Tank bladder 250 2 500 Tank bladder 500 3 1,500 Tank bladder 2,500 8 20,000 Tank bladder 5,000 5 25,000 Tank bladder (liftable) 500 7 3,000 Tank bladder (liftable) 1,320 8 10,560 Tank bladder (liftable) 2,640 6 15,840 Tank (fast) 400 1 400 Tank (fast) 500 8 3,500 Tank (fast) 1,500 2 3,000 Tank (fast) 2,000 4 8,000 Tank (fast) 2,400 48 115,200 Tank (fast in satchel) 2,500 50 125,000 Tank (folding) 360 1 360 Tank (folding) 400 2 800 Tank (folding) 600 38 19,800 Tank (folding) 1,000 5 4,000 Tank (folding) 1,500 32 49,500 Tank (folding) 3,000 26 78,000 Tank (open-top) 3,000 1 3,000 Tank (upright) 16,800 1 16,800 

## TABLE 7 -- BURNING EQUIPMENT TYPE QUANTITY Heli-Torch (55 gal) 6 Heli-Torch Liquid 600 gals Air Deployable Igniters 1417 Heli-Torch Batch Gel Mixers 2


## TABLE 8 -- LOGISTICS EQUIPMENT TYPE QUANTITY 4x4 all-terrain vehicles 18 6-wheel all-terrain vehicles 3

Kubota ATV with Tracks 9 Snow machines 39 Skid Steer Loaders 5 Dozers (350 Case) 2 Front-End Loaders w/Attachments 5 Chainsaws 47 Ice Augers 38


## TABLE 9 -- TRACKING & SURVEILLANCE EQUIPMENT TYPE QUANTITY METOCEAN I-Sphere satellite tracking buoys 24

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC L-6 **ACS Response Equipment Specifications (Page 7 of 8) ACS Response Equipment Specifications (Page 8 of 8)**  

# TACTIC L-6

See Tactic L-9 for a list of contact names and phone numbers for the referenced contractors. 

## TABLE 10 -- EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE VIA AGREEMENTS WITH CONTRACTORS EQUIPMENT TYPE QUANTITY OR CAPACITY OWNERSHIP OBLIGATION Vac Trucks 65 available on the Slope; Variable capacity, maximum of 300 bbl. AES, APSC, BP, CH2M Hill, Houston, Peak Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Rolligons 2 @ 50 tons 10 @ 35 tons 1 @ 25 tons 20 @ 15 tons Peak Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement
Cat Track Trailers 4 @ 30 tons CATCO Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Geophone Trailers 19 each CATCO Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement International Case Tractors 1 each ConocoPhillips Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Dump Trucks (see Table 9A) (see Table 9A) Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Loaders 179 each AES, AIC, Airport Rentals, APSC, BP, CATCO, CH2M Hill, Houston, Peak Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Trimmers 18 each AES, Airport Rentals, BP, CH2M Hill, Peak Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Ice Miners 1 each BP Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Backhoes 24 each AES, Airport Rentals, APSC, BP, CH2M Hill, Houston, Peak Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Graders 30 each AES, AIC, Airport Rentals, BP, CATCO, Houston, Peak Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Challenger w/blade 3 each Airport Rentals, BP
— Vessels and Barges
— — See Tactic L-4 Tracked Amphibian (e.g., Marsh Buggy) with Backhoe 1 each AIC ACS Master Services Agreement
Tracked Amphibian Personnel Carrier (e.g., Haaglund) 2 each AIC ACS Master Services Agreement
Sno-Cat w/ or w/o blade 21 each AES, AIC, APSC, Peak Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Ditch Witch 4 each AIC, Peak Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Dozer 21 each AIC, APSC, BP, CATCO Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Snow Melter 2 each BP Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Snow Blower 11 each BP, CATCO Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Tracked Amphibian

Freight Carrier 2 each AIC Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Excavator 3 each AIC Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Bus ( < 30 pax) 12 each AIC, BP Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement Bus ( > 30 pax) 12 each AIC, BP Mutual Aid Agreement or ACS Master Services Agreement 

## TABLE 10A -- DUMP TRUCKS AVAILABLE VIA AGREEMENTS WITH CONTRACTORS TRUCK TYPE QUANTITY AND CAPACITY OWNERSHIP Maxi-haul 39 @ 25 to 30 cu yd AES, AIC, CH2M Hill, Peak End Dump 5 @ 14 to 20 cu yd APSC, Peak Belly Dump 2 @ 20 cu yd AES Volvo Dump Truck 5 @ 30 cu yd Houston, Peak Dump Truck 10 @ 12 cu yd AES, Airport Rentals, APSC, BP Euclid B-70 6 @ 48 cu yd AIC Cat 735 Rock Truck 4 @ 35 cu yd Airport Rentals

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

## Shell Response Equipment Specifications (Page 1 of 2) 

# TACTIC L-6A **TACTIC L-6A Shell Response Equipment Specifications (Page 1 of 2)** 

This tactic describes Shell Oil Company-owned and contracted oil discharge containment, control, cleanup, storage, and transfer equipment. It is intended to fulfill Shell's C-Plan requirements for offshore drilling in the Arctic. This vessel-based equipment package is deployed to the Chukchi Sea only during actual offshore drilling operations (typically summer months), and remains on station only until drilling operations are completed. 

## TABLE 1 -- BOOMS QTY UNIT OF MEASURE TYPE DESCRIPTION 40 Sections Ocean Oil Boom; 164 ft sections (50m) x 48 inches; 20 inch free board + 28 inch skirt. 80 Sections Intertidal Oil Boom; 50 ft (15 m) sections. 10 Sections Coastal Oil Boom; 1000 ft (305 m) sections; 12 inch x18 inch; inflatable. 200 Sections Conventional Oil Boom; 50 ft (15 m) sections x up to 20 inches.

2 Systems Hydro-Fire Boom system; 5 x 100 ft (30 m), two water pumps, suction strainers with manifolds, boom reel, hydraulic power pack.


## TABLE 2 -- POWERPACKS AND BOOM REELS QTY UNIT OF MEASURE TYPE DESCRIPTION

8 Each Hydraulic Reels with Control Stands (48 inches x 164 ft boom). 4 Each Diesel/Hydraulic Power Packs with Air Blowers. 1 Each Integrated Power Pack, 300 kW Hydraulic Power Unit. 2 Each Containerized 150 kW Hydraulic Power Unit. 2 Each Portable 80 kW Hydraulic Power Unit. 6 Each Diesel/Portable Power Pack, 7.4 kW Hydraulic Power Unit.


## TABLE 3 -- RESPONSE VESSELS QTY UNIT OF MEASURE TYPE DESCRIPTION

1 Each OSRV 300 ft vessel under charter to Shell. 1 Each OSRB 205 ft tank barge under charter to Shell. 1 Each Tanker Arctic tanker under charter to Shell. 6 Each Work Boat 34 ft, 300-gallon fuel, 500# Davit, 8 kW generator. 1 Each Integrated Skimmer Vessel 47 ft, 800 gallons fuel, 9 kW generator, two brush pack skim
mers (164 bbl/hr). 2 Each Landing Craft 24 to 36 ft Nearshore and shoreline support vessel. 2 Each Support Boat 24 ft open-hull skiff.


## TABLE 4 -- SKIMMERS QTY UNIT OF MEASURE TYPE DESCRIPTION

4 Each Lamor Lamor side collector system, 1,289 bbl/hr, jib arm and sweep boom. 2 Each Crucial Vertical rope mop, 8 rope system, 503 bbl/hr. 6 Each Multi-functional Brush/Disc, 96 bbl/hr. 2 Each Weir Transrec 150 Skimmer, 2516 bbl/hr 

## TABLE 5 -- PUMPS QTY UNIT OF MEASURE TYPE DESCRIPTION 28 Each Positive Displacement ≥ 723 bbl/hr, annular injection ring. 3 Each Positive Displacement ≥ 315 bbl/hr, annular injection ring. 6 Each Positive Displacement ≥ 94 bbl/hr Transfer Pump.


## TABLE 6 -- ADDITIONAL STORAGE QTY UNIT OF MEASURE TYPE DESCRIPTION

3 Each Bladder 100 bbl towable storage. 4 Each Mini-barge 249 bbl, two tanks. 1 Each Tank ISO Tank, 6000 gallon capacity.



## TABLE 7 -- DISPERSANT QTY UNIT OF MEASURE TYPE DESCRIPTION 25,000 Gallon 9500 Dispersant, 350-gallon stainless steel totes. 1 Each Application System Heli-Spray bucket. 1 Each Application System Vessel-mounted Spray Arm System.



## TABLE 9 -- HOT WATER GENERATOR QTY UNIT OF MEASURE TYPE DESCRIPTION

1 Each Containerized Diesel oil-powered water heater.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC L-7 **Realistic Maximum Operating Limitations (Page 1 of 10) Realistic Maximum Operating Limitations (Page 2 of 10)**  

# TACTIC L-7

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

### Environmental conditions can sometimes limit response work. Some limitations are based on safety, while others concern equipment effectiveness. Tables 1A and 1B list the percent ages of time that some variables reduce effectiveness of response for planning purposes. 

## TABLE 1A **EXAMPLES OF CONDITIONS THAT COULD REDUCE EFFECTIVENESS OF MECHANICAL RESPONSE ARRANGED BY THE LIMITING VARIABLE**  Table lists percentage of time that response effectiveness may be reduced. **TABLE 1A (CONT’D)**

1 Based on Deadhorse records f or 1995, 1996 and 1997 from NOAA Global Summary of the Day Web Page, www.ncdc.noaa.gov/cgi-bin/gsod_xmgr 2 D .F. Dickins and Associates Ltd., Vaudrey and Associates, S.L. Ross Environmental Research Ltd., December 2000. Oil Spills in Ice Discussion Paper.

Prepared for Alaska Clean Seas. 3 Baldwin, R.G., Brower, W.A. Jr., Leslie, L.D., Williams, C.N. Jr., Wise, J.L. 1988. Climatic Atlas of the Outer Continental Shelf Waters and Coastal

Regions of Alaska; Volume III; Chukchi-Beaufort Sea. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, U.S. Minerals Management Service, Naval Oceanography Command. 4 P ersonal conversation with Peter Gadd August 20, 1998 and 1 5 P ersonal conversation with Robert Glover, Era Helicopters, Deadhorse, Alaska 6 P ersonal communication, Prudhoe Bay Airport, 1997 7 U .S. Army Corps of Engineers, Alaska District. 1989. Endicott Environmental Monitoring Program Final Report, Ice Breakup/Freezeup. OPERATING LIMIT WINTER November 1 to May 15 BREAKUP May 15 to June 30 SUMMER AND FALL June 30 to September 30 FREEZE-UP, MEDIAN PERIOD October 1 to October 31 Daily Mean Temperature <-35°F 1 4% Avg. 3.3 occurrences; avg. 2.6 days duration – – – – – –
Daily Mean Winds 15kt 1 (Typically with gusts >20 kt) 20% Avg. 21 occurrences; avg. 2 days duration. 8% Avg. 2.5 occurrences; avg 1.4 days duration 16% Avg. 7 occurrences; avg. 2.4 days duration 14% Avg. 1 occurrence; avg. 4.6 days duration Daily Mean Visibility <1 mi. 1 3% 6 occurrences; avg. <1 day; up to 2 days 5 0% NOAA’s summary charts for Deadhorse report zero occurrences in 1995, 1996, and 1997. 4% Avg. 4 occurrences; avg. 1 day duration 1,5 July shoreline sites records show percentages of time: 18%, some fog; <5%, fog with visibility <.5 nm; 10%, visibility <.5 nm; 20%, low cloud ceiling <300 ft and visibility <1 nm. 3 July offshore records show 22% of time visibility <.5 nm 3

. – –

Daily Mean Wind Chill <-35°F 1 37% Avg. 11 ccurrences; avg. 7 days duration <1% None in last 5 years – – – – Flight Cancellations 6 5% Some on 2 days per mo. avg. 5% Some on 1 day per mo. avg. 5% Some on 3 days per mo. avg. 5% Some on 2 days per mo. avg. White-out 5%
– – – – – – – Broken ice coverage >10% and <100% 0%
– 100% Depends on location 2 ; when encountered by containment boom, limits recovery – Tactics R-16 to R-20 10% Depends on location 2 ; when encountered by containment boom, limits recovery – Tactics R-16 to R-20 80% When encountered by containment boom, limits recovery – Tactics R-16 to R-20

Bottom Fast River Ice Lagoon Ice and Moving Floes – – 20% to 40% Sag. River: July 7 for 9 days; Kuparuk River: July 7 for 19 days; Colville River: July 1 for 13 days 7 – – – – OPERATING LIMIT WINTER November 1 to May 15 BREAKUP May 15 to June 30 SUMMER AND FALL June 30 to September 30 FREEZE-UP, MEDIAN PERIOD October 1 to October 31 Over-Ice Flow

– – 30% Sag. River: May 29 for 7 days; Kuparuk River: May 31 for 13 days; Colville River: May 30 for 12 days 7 – – – –

High Water Flows – – 30% Sag. River: May 23 for 12 days; Kuparuk River: May 29 for 14 days; Colville River: May 27 for 15 days 7 – – – –

Shallow Coastal Water – – 0%
– 0%
– – – Storm Surges Flooding Roads and Stranding Vessels – – <1%
– <1%
– – –
Wave Height >3 feet – – – – <5% Up to 2 occurrences per mo.; 8 hour median 1,4 – –

Atmospheric Icing 20% Up to 5 days per mo. no flying;Avg. 3 additional days partial flight restrictions 5 – – 20% Up to 5 days per mo. no flying; Avg. 3 additional days partial flight restrictions 5 20% Up to 5 days per mo. no flying;Avg. 3 additional days partial flight restrictions 5 Spine Road to Kuparuk and Milne Pt. Facilities Washed Out or Closed – – 33% Avg. Kuparuk River Floods: May 31 through June 13 7 – – – –

Darkness 3 50%
– 0%
– 27%
– 40%
– Sea Ice Load Bearing Capacity: 40%
– 100%
– – – 100%
– Heavy Equipment 20%
– 0%
– – – 100%
– Light Equipment

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC L-7 **Realistic Maximum Operating Limitations (Page 3 of 10) Realistic Maximum Operating Limitations (Page 4 of 10)**  

# TACTIC L-7

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

### The master of the vessel determines the wave heights that the boat will operate in. The wave heights at which vessels typically operate are affected by several variables, including the experience of the crew, the wind speed, and the direction of the wind relative to the vessel and to the adjacent shoreline. Source: American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Inc. 1994-1995. Threshold Limit Values, Chemical Substances and Physical Agents and Biological Exposure Indices. Note: Schedule applies to 4-hour work period with moderate to heavy work activity, with warm-up periods of ten minutes in a warm location and with an extended break (e.g., lunch) at the end of the 4-hour work period in a warm location. 

## TABLE 2 **THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR WORK AND WARM-UP SCHEDULE FOR FOUR-HOUR SHIFT** 

**GUIDE FOR ESTIMATING WIND VELOCITY** 5 mph - Light flag moves 10 mph - Light flag fully extended 15 mph - Raises newspaper sheet 20 mph - Blowing and drifting snow Wind chill limits workers’ outdoor efforts. Workers in wind chill temperatures between -25 o 

### F and -40 o 

### F take more break time indoors. When wind chill is colder than -45 o 

### F, non-emergency work ceases. See Table 2.



## PHASE 1, 2, OR 3 WEATHER CONDITIONS **Phase 1: Caution**  **- Reduced Visibility.** Travel on the field is permitted using extreme caution. Reduce speed and be certain all equipment (radio, lights, etc.) is operating properly. Arctic gear is required. **Phase 2: Restricted**  **- Convoy Only Travel in the Field.** Travel is permitted in convoys of two or more vehicles only. Radio communication between vehicles in the convoy is required. **Phase 3: Closed - Critical or Emer**  **gency Travel Only.** Travel will be by heavy equipment convoy only. 

## TABLE 1B **EXAMPLES OF CONDITIONS THAT COULD REDUCE EFFECTIVENESS OF MECHANICAL RESPONSE ARRANGED BY TYPE OF RECOVERY RESOURCE**  Table lists percentage of time that response effectiveness may be reduced. These values are provided to meet ADEC contingency planning purposes [18 AAC 75.425(e)(3)(D)]. In an actual spill response, operating limits will be determined by on-site personnel.



## OFFICIAL TEMPERATURE INFORMATION SOURCES

• Pr udhoe Bay Operations Center airport tower weather recording 5:30 am to 5:30 pm (Phone 5888)
• ConocoPhillips’ Channel 5, 5:30 am to 5:30 pm
• Pr udhoe Bay WOA - BPXA’s Channel 5
• K uparuk Operation NSK’s Security (Phone 7997) RESOURCE OPERATING LIMIT WINTER November 1 to May 15 BREAKUP May 15 to

June 30 SUMMER & FALL June 30 to September 30 FREEZE-UP MEDIAN DATES

October 1 to October 31 Hydraulics and Cables Temperature -35° F 4%
— — — Personnel Wind Chill -35° F 37% <1%
— — Hoists and Lifts 15 kt with 20 kt gusts 20% 8% 16 % 14% Vehicles White out, visibility restricted to a few feet, 10 to 20 ft above ground 5%
— — — Over ice flow restricts passage

— 30%
— — Storms from the west can flood roads

— <1% <1%
— Flight Cancellations Visibility 5% 5% <5% <5% Booms Moving ice restricts booming
— 20% to 40%
— — High water flow

— 30%
— — Broken ice coverage >10% and <100% 0% 100% 10% 80% Recovery with Vessels Some open leads - recovery and trajectory uncertain 100% 100%
— 50%
Storm from the east can lower coastal water and strand vessels — <1% <1%
—

Over ice flow restricts

— 30%
— — Waves 3 feet

— — <5%
— Broken ice coverage >10% and <100% 0% 100% 10% 80%; when encountered by containment

boom, limits recovery —Tactics

R-16 to R-20 Helicopter Visibility < 0.5 nm 5% 5% 5% 5% Atmospheric icing 3%
— — 3% AIR TEMPERATURE - SUNNY SKY NO NOTICEABLE WIND 5 MPH WIND 10 MPH WIND 15 MPH WIND 20 MPH WIND °C °F Max. Work Period No. of Breaks Max. Work Period No. of Breaks Max. Work Period No. of Breaks Max. Work Period No. of Breaks Max. Work Period No. of Breaks
-26° to -28° -15° to -19° Normal 1 Normal 1 75 min. 2 55 min. 3 40 min. 4 -29° to -31° -20° to -24° Normal 1 75 min. 2 55 min. 3 40 min. 4 30 min. 5 -32° to -34° -25° to -29° 75 min. 2 55 min. 3 40 min. 4 30 min. 5 Non-emergency work should cease -35° to -37° -30° to -34° 55 min. 3 40 min. 4 30 min. 5 Non-emergency work should cease -38° to -39° -35° to -39° 40 min. 4 30 min. 5 Non-emergency work should cease -40° to -42° -40° to -44° 30 min. 5 Non-emergency work should cease -43° & below -45° & below Non-emergency work should cease

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC L-7 **Realistic Maximum Operating Limitations (Page 5 of 10) Realistic Maximum Operating Limitations (Page 6 of 10)**  

# TACTIC L-7

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

## IMPORTANT NOTE

**• When w**  **orking on ice, make sure the thickness is known.**

**• Be conser**  **vative in using the graphics in this tactic.** 

## FIGURE 1 **RECOMMENDED SEA ICE THICKNESSES VS. LOAD**

**20 inches is starting thickness in early winter. Curves are for moving vehicles or short term parking. Wheeled vehicle operations halt when the internal ice**  **temperature at 1 to 2 ft depth rises above 26.6 oF.**

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 **Load (tons) Ice Thickness (in)** 

SPRING THICKNESS (mid-April to late May, 23 ° to 26.6 ° F ice temp.) WINTER THICKNESS (Jan to mid April, ice colder than 23 ° F)WEIGHT OF EQUIPMENT (tons)

ICE THICKNESS (centimeters) 20 4.4 11 16.5 22 27.5 33 38.5 44 49.5 55

40 60 80 100 120 140 ICE THICKNESS (inches)

24 36 48 12 

## FIGURE 2 **MINIMUM THICKNESS TO SUPPORT LOADS ON FRESHWATER ICE SEA ICE BEARING CAPACITY**  Loads borne on sea ice sheets generally are a simple function of the square of the ice thickness (e.g., Gold, 1971). Vaudrey (1977) calculated the thickness of sea ice to support a load based on additional factors, including ice tem
perature, time of load application, and the physical properties of ice as an engineering material. Figure 1 shows curves of recommended sea ice thicknesses vs. load. If an abnormally warm period intervenes winter, the spring load curve applies temporarily if internal ice temperatures rise above 23°F. Ice temperatures are measured with a thermistor drilled into an ice core between one and two feet below the solid ice surface.Figure 1 applies to operations on a continuous free-floating ice sheet with no free edges, working cracks or manmade trenches and slots. Random small surface cracks commonly occur due to thermal stresses, and are particularly noticeable whenever the snow cover is removed. These features usually have a negligible effect on ice strength. Exceptions are wet “active” cracks where they join to form a wedge and the risk of breaking through becomes acute. Doubts about the character or influence of cracks or slots cut in the sheet on bearing capacity means suspension of vehicle operations until the integrity of the ice is determined. Travel over unprepared sea ice incurs risks due to the nature of the material and unpredictable environmental factors (e.g., unusually warm temperatures, currents under the ice, hidden cracks). Vehicles have gone through the ice with little or no warning, even when operating within conservative guidelines. An experienced field ice technician accompanies vehicles traveling over unprepared sea ice. Figure 1 applies to moving loads and/or short term parking up to about four hours. Thicknesses shown in Figure 1 are not adequate for extended storage of heavy loads. Curves are based on recommended bearing capacities developed for wheeled vehicles and aircraft. Tracked and terra-tired vehicles may be able to operate safely over thinner ice sheets early in the winter by distributing the load over a greater area. See Table 3 for examples of heavy vehicles and aircraft borne by winter sea ice in the Prudhoe Bay area. Table 4 provides guidelines for the minimum sea ice thickness for various weights of moving vehicles. Table 5 lists vehicle travel speeds to minimize dynamic effects associated with resonant waves on the sea ice. Approximately 20 inches of sea ice is recommended as a starting thickness to begin conventional vehicle operations with wheeled vehicles such as small trucks. Lighter equipment such as Ditchwitches and snowmachines can oper ate on ice 12 to 20 inches thick, as long as the sheet is continuous and stable and operators accept the increased risk. Workers should not be sent out on the ice until it reaches 12 inches in thickness. Early season operations involve strict safety measures, continuous ice monitoring and evacuation plans. Strong winds can lead to rapid breakup of young sea ice. Heavy equipment operations on ice less than 20 inches thick is limited to areas inside the barrier islands with shallow water less than four feet in depth. Late-season ice can support a variety of vehicles without an ice road. Figure 2 shows the relative durations that equipment can work on the sea ice before breakup. Freshwater ice supports heavier loads than sea ice. See Figure 3.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC L-7 **Realistic Maximum Operating Limitations (Page 7 of 10) Realistic Maximum Operating Limitations (Page 8 of 8)**  

# TACTIC L-7

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

## TABLE 4 **MINIMUM ICE THICKNESS AND SPACING BETWEEN VEHICLES OR LOADS ON SEA ICE (for uncracked ice)** 

Adapted from Sandwell. 2001. 1 

### Sandwell, 2001, Tables 7-1 and 7-2. 2 

### Sandwell, 2001, Figure 3-2 3 

### Sandwell, 2001, Figure 3-3 4 

### Sandwell, 2001, Table 3-8 5 

### Alaska Clean Seas. 1999. Tactic L-7, Table 4. 

## TABLE 3 **WEIGHTS FOR SELECTED VEHICLES AND HEAVY EQUIPMENT**

**IMPORTANT NOTES:** (1) Near w et cracks, use half the weights indicated. (2) If these are intersecting w et cracks, suspend operations until cracks are repaired. (3) Use e xtreme care if weather is extremely cold after warm period or warm after cold period. (4) Control speed in shallo w water to avoid flexural waves.



## TABLE 5 **VEHICLE SPEED ASSOCIATED WITH DYNAMIC EFFECTS ON SEA ICE** 

Adapted from Sandwell, 2001, Figure 3-1. GROSS WEIGHT INCLUDING PAYLOAD (LB) ESTIMATED PAYLOAD (LB) Cat D-8 71,000 N/A CATCO RD-85 56,000 30,000 Kenworth 953A 121,000 60,000

Grader 12G 29,000 N/A DHC Twin Otter 12,500 4,500 C130H Hercules 155,000 51,000 Bell 212 11,000 5,000 Bell 214 17,500 8,000 Boeing Chinook 51,000 28,000 B-70 156,000 65,000 BV-107 19,000 11,500 Bobcat w/Trimmer 8,900 N/A Bobcat w/Auger 7,900 N/A Crew Cab Pickup 7,500 400 Ditch Witch R-100 9,500 N/A Snowmachine w/Sled 545 200 966 Loader 47,000 10,000 Vac Truck 75,000 40,000 Max Haul 74,000 32,000 Tandem Trailer 52,000 22,000 Challenger Dozer 35,000 N/A NOTE: Actual weights may vary with different options and model numbers. **Minimum Ice**  **Thickness Load (pounds)**  **Short-Term Load**  **Separation** 4 **Parked on 9x9 Area** 1 **With Resonant Wave Feet**  **4 hours to 4 days**  **4 days to 4 months**  **Single load area**  2 **Multiple load area**  3 **Feet** 1.5 Not reported 10,000 5 10,000 Not reported 42 2 Not reported 15,000 18,000 25,000 54 2.5 27,000 17,000 25,000 30,000 64 3 43,000 27,000 40,000 50,000 72 4 88,000 56,000 70,000 80,000 90 5 156,000 92,000 Not reported 125,000 106 6 Not reported 131,000 Not reported 170,000 122 7 Not reported 178,000 Not reported 240,000 140



### Water Depth **10 Feet 40 Feet**  Max. Speed (mph) for Dynamic Effect Speed (mph) to Avoid Dynamic Effect 12 8 24 17

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC L-7 **Realistic Maximum Operating Limitations (Page 9 of 10) Realistic Maximum Operating Limitations (Page 10 of 10)**  

# TACTIC L-7

**TECHNICAL LIMITATIONS**

• When w orking on ice, make sure the thickness is known.

• Be conser vative in using the graphics in this tactic. 

## REFERENCES Alaska Clean Seas. 1999. Alaska Clean Seas Technical Manual, Volume 1, Tactics Descriptions. Alaska Clean Seas Winter Spill Operations - Module 1. American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Inc. 1994-1995 . Threshold Limit Values, Chemical Substances and Physical Agents and Biological Exposure Indices

. Coastal Frontiers Corporation. 2001. Spring Break-Up Equipment Access Test Program, June 2001. For BP Explo
ration (Alaska) Inc. 21 pages. Gold, L.W. 1971. Use of Ice Covers for Transportation. Canadian Geotechnical Journal. No. 8:170-181. Sandwell Engineering Inc. 2001. Ice Access Guidelines for Spill Responders. For Alaska Clean Seas, Prudhoe Bay, AK. Vaudrey, K.D. 1977. Ice Engineering - Study of Related Properties of Floating Sea Ice Sheets and Summary of Elastic and Viscoelastic Analyses. Navy Civil Engineering Lab. Technical Report R860. 

## THIS PAGE DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

# TACTIC L-8 **North Slope Mutual Aid (Page 1 of 2) North Slope Mutual Aid (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC L-8

**NORTH SLOPE MUTUAL AID** The North Slope Operators have signed an agreement to provide mutual aid for spill response in the event of a Level II or Level III spill. This agreement extends to both personnel and equipment. A brief description of North Slope spill levels is provided below.

INDICATED LEVEL II OR III

CONFIRMED LEVEL II OR III INDICATED LEVEL I

INDICATED LEVEL II OR III

CONFIRMED

LEVEL I CONFIRMED LEVEL I 

### Activate SRT

ACS CALLS MUTUAL AID EMERGENCY NUMBERS

AND PLACES TEAMS ON STAND-BY ALERT Spiller Requests Mutual Aid Stand-by by Alerting ACS

Activate Mutual Aid by Contacting ACS SRTs with Specific Requests for Resources Call off Mutual Aid Each Operator is Notified by ACS

Established ICS Organization

Activated

Incident Command and General Staff Established Comprehensive Assessment CONFIRMS STANDBY MUTUAL AID STATUS TO SPILLER BY FAX 

### SRT Assessment

Cleanup Personnel Mobilized

Cleanup Completed by SRT CONOCOPHILLIPS ALPINE

BPXA GPBA BPXA MILNE PT. BPXA BADAMI

ALYESKA PIPELINE CONOCOPHILLIPS KUPARUK BPXA ENDICOTT SPILL DETECTED SPILLER'S SPILL RESPONSE TEAM (SRT) MOBILIZED

Mobilize Off-Shift NSSRT if Required 

## RESPONSE EQUIPMENT The spill response equipment that can be provided under this mutual aid comprises two categories: dedicated spill response equipment and heavy equipment that is utilized in day-to-day operations. See tactic on equipment.


## CALLOUT PROCEDURES FOR MUTUAL AID

**TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF MUTUAL AID** 1. Pro viding Entity shall make available, at Receiving Entity’s request, any North Slope Spill Response Team (NSSRT) personnel and dedicated spill response equipment to the extent such resources are:
• Deemed necessar y and requested by Receiving Entity,
• In ser vice, and
• Not already committed to another spill response

. NSSRT personnel shall be provided until relieved by appropriately trained replacement personnel or until the response is completed. Personnel and equipment shall be utilized for spill response only and not for operation of production or transportation facilities. 2. Pro viding Entity may make available, at Receiving Entity’s request, any additional response personnel and response equipment to the extent such resources are:
• Deemed necessar y and requested by Receiving Entity,
• In ser vice,
• Not already committed to another spill response , and
• Not otherwise required f or operation of the Providing Entity’s operation. Additional personnel shall be provided until relieved by appropriately trained replacement personnel or until the response is completed. Personnel and equipment shall be utilized for spill response only, and not for operation of production or transportation facilities. 3. All costs with the pro vision of manpower or equipment will be charged to the Receiving Entity. 4. I n the event of a Level III callout, Providing Entity shall notify and mobilize off-shift NSSRT personnel at Receiving Entity’s request. SPILL LEVEL CHARACTERIZATION I A small oil spill, the response to which can be provided by an Operator’s and ACS’ on-scene equipment and personnel, as determined by the field manager of the field in which the spill occurs. II A moderate oil spill, the response to which requires equipment or trained personnel located in other operating areas of the North Slope, or equipment or trained personnel of a Village Response Team, to supplement the Operator’s and ACS’ on-scene equipment and personnel, as determined by the field manager of the field in which the spill occurs. III A major oil spill, the response to which requires equipment or trained personnel to be brought to the North Slope to supplement the equipment and personnel located on the North Slope, as determined by the field manager of the field in which the spill occurs.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC L-9 **Accessing Contract Resources (Page 1 of 2) Accessing Contract Resources (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC L-9

**ACS MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENTS** ACS has implemented a number of Master Service Agreements with a range of contractors whose services may be required in a spill response. The agreements are: 1. Assignab le to ACS member companies. 2. V alid until such time as one party cancels. 3. Compr ised of three parts:
• Gener ic work scope
• Compensation issues
• Gener al provisions (insurance/indemnification) 4. Specific w ork to be performed will be covered under a contract work authorization. 5. Contact point f or implementation of ACS Master Services Agreements is: Mater ials/Purchasing Specialist Alaska Clean Seas Deadhorse , AK A summary list of the Master Service Agreements applicable for use in a spill response follows.

MA NUMBER SERVICE CATEGORY CONTRACTOR PHONE FAX MR93078 Casual Labor & Equipment/Spill Response CH2M Hill (907) 277-5309 (907) 264-8130 ACS002 Casual Labor & Equipment/Spill Response CCI, Inc. (907) 258-5755 (907) 258-5766 MR93079 Casual Labor & Equipment/Spill Response Peak Oilfield Services (907) 561-3200 (907) 562-5860 ACS001 Casual Labor & Equipment/Spill Response PENCO (Pacific Environmental Inc.) (907) 562-5420 (907) 562-5426 AP99247 Casual Labor & Equipment/ Spill Response R&K Industrial Inc. (907) 283-3777 (907) 283-6427 ACS003 Casual Labor & Equipment/ Spill Response Trident Services, Inc. (907) 929-9414 (907) 770-2986 FE01340 Casual Labor & Equipment G.B.R. Equipment Inc. (907) 563-6500 (907) 563-0710 DE91024 Communications Services North Slope Telecom, Inc. (907) 562-4693 (907) 562-0818 FE99242 Environmental Consulting Polaris Applied Sciences Inc. (425) 823-4841 (425) 823-3805 MA92044 Environmental Engineering S.L. Ross and Associates, Ltd. (613) 232-1564 (613) 232-6660 expired Helicopter Services Erickson Air-Crane, Inc. (541) 664-7615 (541) 664-7613 NV98235 Legal Services Delaney, Wiles, Attys. at Law (Steve Ellis) (907) 257-0713 (907) 277-1331 ACS006 Mapping/GIS Support Services AERO-METRIC, Inc. (907) 272-4495 (907) 274-3265 SE95164 Mapping/GIS Support Services F. Robert Bell & Associates (907) 274-5257 (907) 272-7531 MA99205 Marine Support Services Crowley Alaska Inc. (907) 278-4978 (907) 257-2828 MR92033 Survival/Safety Training Services LTR Systems, Inc. (907) 563-4463 (907) 563-9185 FE92032 Technical Writing Services Lukin Publications Management (907) 563-8364 (907) 563-8370 ACS007 Wildlife Response Services IBRRC - International Bird Rescue Research Center (707) 207-0380 (510) 841-9089 ACS008 Village Response Team Manpower Services Umiaq (907) 677-8265 (907) 677-8284 MA NUMBER SERVICE CATEGORY CONTRACTOR PHONE FAX AP92040 Aviation Support Services Evergreen Helicopters of Alaska (907) 276-2454 (907) 279-6816 OC93112 Aviation Support Services Northern Air Cargo (907) 243-3331 (907) 249-5190 MA92045 Aviation Support Services Air Logistics of Alaska (907) 452-1197 (907) 452-4539 MR93087 Aviation Support Services Arctic Circle Air Service (907) 243-1380 AP92037 Communications Services Alaska Telecom, Inc. (907) 344-1223 (907) 344-1612 MR93090 Environmental Consulting Linda Perry Dwight (907) 345-6278 (907) 345-6278 DE91003 Environmental Engineering ENSR Corporation (907) 561-5700 (907) 273-4555 MA01355 Environmental Engineering Sintef Applied Chemistry 47-73-59-20-80 47-73-59-70-51 JA95171 Environmental Support Services Philip Environmental, Inc. (907) 272-9007 (907) 272-6805 AP01347 Environmental Support Services CH2M Hill, Inc. (907) 276-6833 (907) 257-2000 MA98215 Labor (Casual) Kuukpik Corporation (907) 480-6220 (907) 480-6126 MA93092 Mapping/GIS Support Services Resource Data, Inc. (907) 563-8100 (907) 561-0159 MR93123 Marine Ecology Services LGL Alaska Research Associates (907) 562-3339 (907) 562-7223 JN99255 Marine Hardhat Diving Services Offshore Divers (907) 563-9060 (907) 563-9061 AP93089 Oilspill Response Service URS Corporation (907) 561-1020 (907) 563-3198 MR93080 On-ice Equipment and Thermoremediation Services Alaska Interstate Construction (907) 562-2792 (907) 562-4179 MR93082 Security Support/ Spill Response Services NANA Management Services, LLC (907) 565-3300 (907) 565-3320 MA93101 Soils Testing & Analytical Services Analytica Alaska, Inc. (907) 258-2155 (907) 227-1940 cell (907) 258-6634 FE92031 Spill Management Consultant Spiltec (425) 869-0988 (425) 503-6111 cell (425) 869-7881 AU96184 Temporary Personnel Services Chugach Technical Services (907) 561-4321 (907) 563-7926 NV92069 Weather & Ice Forecasting Fairweather, Inc. (907) 279-5420 (907) 279-5740 JU98227 Village Response Team Training Support & Services Ilisagvik College (907) 852-3333 (907) 852-2729 ACS007 IT Management and Technical Services Right Systems (907) 771-1776 (907) 677-7695 

## ACS OPERATIONAL MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENTS **ACS STAND-BY MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENTS**

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC L-10 **Accessing Non-Obligated Resources (Page 1 of 2) Accessing Non-Obligated Resources (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC L-10

**Cooperative Location**  **Phone Fax**  Burrard Clean Operations Vancouver, BC (604) 985-0855 (604) 985-0955 Chadux Corporation Anchor age, AK (907) 278-3365 (907) 278-3330 CISPRI* K enai, AK (907) 776-5129 (907) 776-2190 Clean Bay Incorporated Concord, CA (925) 685-2800 (925) 825-2203 Clean Caribbean Cooperative Ft. Lauderdale, FL (305) 983-9880 (305) 987-3001 Clean Casco Bay, Inc. P ortland, ME (207) 828-4511 (207) 828-4516 Clean Channel Assoc., Inc. Houston, TX (713) 676-1318 (713) 676-2571 Clean Coastal Waters, Inc. Long Beach, CA (310) 432-1415 (310) 437-1510 Clean Gulf Associates Ne w Orleans, LA (504) 593-6724 (504) 593-6725 Clean Harbors Cooperative Edison, NJ (908) 225-2301 (908) 417-3921 Clean Islands Council Honolulu, HI (808) 528-4449 (808) 521-7049 Clean Rivers Cooperative P ortland, OR (503) 220-2040 (503) 295-3660 Clean Seas Car pinteria, CA (805) 684-3838 (805) 684-2650 Clean Sound Cooperative, Inc. Edmonds , WA (206) 744-0948 (206) 771-3244 COPIM St-Laurent LTEE Le vis, Quebec (418) 833-8989 (418) 833-9649 Corpus Christi Area Oil Spill Control Assoc. Corpus Christi, TX (512) 882-2656 (512) 880-3299 Delaware Bay & River Le wes, DE (302) 645-7861 (302) 645-4006 Humbolt Bay Oil Spill Eureka, CA (707) 445-3002 (707) 445-4306 LOOP Ne w Orleans, LA (504) 368-5667 (504) 363-9284 M.I.R.G. MIRG (504) 394-0893 (504) 392-2467 MSRC Gulf Region Lake Charles, LA (318) 437-9600 (318) 433-9678 MSRC Northeast Region Edison, N.J

. (908) 417-0500 (908) 417-1314 MSRC Northwest Region Seattle , WA (206) 774-6772 (206) 774-7770 MSRC South Region P ort Hueneme, CA (805) 986-8384 (805) 986-8388 MSRC Southeast Region Miami, FL (305) 375-8410 (305) 577-8523 Oil Spill Service Centre Southampton, G.B . 011-44-703-331551 011-44-703-331972 PIER Atlantic, Ltd. Dar tmouth, NS (902) 461-9170 (902) 461-9590 PIMEC Ontar io, Canada (416) 492-5713 (416) 492-5713 SEAPRO K etchikan, AK (907) 225-7002 (907) 247-1117 SERVS* V aldez, AK (907) 835-6902 (907) 835-6944 

## OIL SPILL RESPONSE COOPERATIVES The Association of Petroleum Industry Co-op Managers (APICOM) has a mutual aid agreement to provide equip
ment and personnel to members on an as-available basis. Co-ops are under no obligation to provide resources. Resource availability may be restricted by either a co-op’s member companies or regulatory obligations. A list of APICOM members is provided below. 

## APICOM MEMBERS

* Both CISPRI and SERVS maintain fishing vessel charter contracts for response in the event of a spill in their respective areas. Under contracts, vessel operators and deck hands are trained in spill response activities such as booming, skimming, and mini-barge operations. These vessels can be made available through either the APICOM mutual aid agreement or provisions in the specific fishing vessel contracts. 

## ACCESSING STATE OF ALASKA RESOURCES State of Alaska resources may be made available in a spill response when a compelling need can be demonstrated, such as a greatly enhanced response. The State will consider the availability of private sector resources prior to committing equipment. The point of contact for accessing state resources is the State On-Scene Coordinator (SOSC). The spiller will be responsible for all costs associated with mobilization, activation and/or use of State of Alaska equipment. 

## ACCESSING FEDERAL GOVERNMENT RESOURCES Federal resources may be made available in a spill response when a compelling need can be demonstrated, such as a greatly enhanced response. The Federal Government will consider the availability of private sector resources prior to committing equipment. The point of contact for accessing federal resources is the Federal On-Scene Coordinator (FOSC). The spiller will be responsible for all costs associated with mobilization, activation and/or use of federal government equipment. 

## ACCESSING RESOURCES FROM OTHER C-PLAN HOLDERSThe SOSC can authorize the release of response equipment from other facilities in Alaska operating under a stateapproved contingency plan. On the North Slope, these facilities are located in the villages.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC L-11 **Best Available Technology Analysis (Page 1 of 2) Best Available Technology Analysis (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC L-11

Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation regulations require that an oil discharge prevention and con
tingency plan must provide for the use of best available technology [18 AAC 75.425(e)(4)]. Each plan must identify technologies applicable to the operation that are not subject to response planning or performance standards speci
fied in the regulations, include a written justification that the technology proposed to be used is the best available for the applicant’s operation, and for each such technology identify all available technologies and include a written analysis of each technology, The technologies that must be covered in the BAT analysis include, at a minimum: (i) f or all contingency plans: communications described under 18 AAC 75.425(e)(1)(D); source control procedures to stop the discharge at its source and prevent its further spread described under 18 AAC 75.425(e)(1)(F)(i); trajectory analyses and forecasts described under 18 AAC 75.425(e)(1)(F)(iv); and wildlife capture, treatment, and release programs described under 18 AAC 75.425(e)(1)(F)(xi); (ii) f or a terminal, a crude oil transmission pipeline, or an exploration and production contingency plan: cathodic protection or another approved corrosion control system if required by 18 AAC 75.065(h)(3); a leak detection system for each tank if required by 18 AAC 75.065(h)(4); any other prevention or control system approved by the department under 18 AAC 75.065(i)(1)(D); a means of immediately determining the liquid level of bulk stor
age tanks as specified in 18 AAC 75.065(j)(3) and (4); maintenance practices for buried steel piping containing oil as required by 18 AAC 75.080(b); protective wrapping or coating and cathodic protection if required by 18 AAC 75.080(b)(1)(A); and corrosion surveys required by 18 AAC 75.080(b)(2)(A); (iii) f or a tank vessel contingency plan: measures to assure prompt detection of an oil discharge as required by 18 AAC 75.027(d); operation of a tank vessel under escort in a manner that permits an escort vessel to be avail
able immediately to provide the intended assistance to the tank vessel as required by 18 AAC 75.027(e); tow lines as required by 18 AAC 75.027(f); and escort vessels; (iv) f or a crude oil transmission pipeline contingency plan: leak detection, monitoring, and operating requirements for crude oil pipelines that include prompt leak detection as required by 18 AAC 75.055(a); and (v) f or a barge contingency plan: measures to assure prompt detection of an oil discharge as required by 18 AAC 75.037(d) and means to recover a barge that breaks free of its towing vessel as required by 18 AAC 75.037(f); The table on the next page shows the evaluation criteria that must be used for the alternative technology analysis. Following the table are the required BAT analyses for the ACS tactics/equipment that are used by ACS member companies:

• Comm unications.
• T rajectory analyses and forecasts.
• Wildlif e capture, treatment, and release programs. BAT analysis to address the other technologies listed above must be provided in the oil discharge prevention and contingency plans for individual facilities. 

## SAMPLE BAT ANALYSIS TABLE NOTE: The number of alternatives evaluated depends on the particular technology. In addition, the analysis table should be supplemented by a summary of the evaluation and the reasons for selecting the chosen technology. **BAT EVALUATION CRITERIA**  **SELECTED TECHNOLOGY**  **ALTERNATIVE 1 ALTERNATIVE X**  AVAILABILITY: Whether technology is best in use in other similar situations or is available for use by applicant TRANSFERABILITY: Whether each technology is transferable to applicant’s operations EFFECTIVENESS: Whether there is a reasonable expectation each technology will provide increased spill prevention or other environmental benefits COST: The cost to the applicant of achieving BAT, including consideration of that cost relative to the remaining years of service of the technology is use by the applicant. AGE AND CONDITION: The age and condition of technology in use by the applicant COMPATIBILITY: Whether each technology is compatible with existing operations and technologies in use by the applicant FEASIBILITY: The practical feasibility of each technology in terms of engineering and other operational aspects ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS: Whether other environmental impacts of each technology, such as air, land, water pollution, and energy requirements, offset any anticipated environmental benefits

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC L-11A **BAT Analysis: ACS Communications (Page 1 of 4) BAT Analysis: ACS Communications (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC L-11A

The ACS communications system incorporates most available communications technologies, including UHF and VHF portable and base radios, HF SSB station, Inmarsat, C Band satellite telephone system, and UHF radiotelephone equipment. The communications system includes separate logistics and operations networks to better control com munications traffic. The ACS system is fully compatible with the systems maintained by all North Slope operators and thus provides the best way to assure maximum coordination of effort. The system also provides access to the worldwide telephone network for voice and data communications. 

## BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ANALYSIS **MOBILE RESPONSE COMMUNICATIONS (MRC) CENTER BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ANALYSIS**  **TECHNOLOGY: TWO WAY RF COMMUNICATIONS**

**BAT EVALUATION CRITERIA CURRENT METHOD:**  **ACS MRC ALTERNATIVE:**  **ON-SITE INSTALLATION** 

### AVAILABILITY: Whether technology is best in use in other similar situations or is available for use by applicant The ACS MRC is the model by which all other Mobile Response Centers on the North Slope have been built, and is BAT. Equipment is available for on site installation, but installation/response time would be on the order of weeks rather than hours. TRANSFERABILITY: Whether each technology is transferable to applicant’s operations No change. Could be transferred.

EFFECTIVENESS: Whether there is a reasonable expectation each technology will provide increased spill prevention or other environmental benefits No change. No change.

COST: The cost to the applicant of achieving BAT, including consideration of that cost relative to the remaining years of service of the technology is use by the applicant. No change. ACS has approximately $500,000 invested in its MRC. Similar costs could be expected to install on site equivalent equipment.

AGE AND CONDITION: The age and condition of technology in use by the applicant Current equipment ranges from 15-20 years old. Equipment is in excellent condition due to an aggressive preventive maintenance program, and will provide several more years of use. N/A

COMPATIBILITY: Whether each technology is compatible with existing operations and technologies in use by the applicant N/A Compatible.

FEASIBILITY: The practical feasibility of each technology in terms of engineering and other operational aspects N/A Feasible but costly, and unnecessary.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS: Whether other environmental impacts of each technology, such as air, land, water pollution, and energy requirements, offset any anticipated environmental benefits 

### No change. The ACS MRC was engineered to use minimal power and has mated systems. Significant engineering would be required to provide the same benefits with current off-the-shelf equipment. **BAT EVALUATION CRITERIA CURRENT METHOD:**  **VHF/UHF RADIO ALTERNATIVE:**  **VHF/UHF TRUNKING** AVAILABILITY: Whether technology is best in use in other similar situations or is available for use by applicant VHF/UHF radio has proven itself BAT in the North Slope environment (taking terrain and topography into account). Harmony systems are available, provide better penetration, but tend to be blocked under heavy load. TRANSFERABILITY: Whether each technology is transferable to applicant’s operations No change. Could be transferred.

EFFECTIVENESS: Whether there is a reasonable expectation each technology will provide increased spill prevention or other environmental benefits No change. Less effective in a spill response situation.

COST: The cost to the applicant of achieving BAT, including consideration of that cost relative to the remaining years of service of the technology is use by the applicant. No change. Considerable at this time. ACS has several years use left in its current systems. Transferring to a trunking system would mean scrapping ourcurrent system, and a multi-milliondollar investment in Harmony equipment to provide coverage to the area currently covered. AGE AND CONDITION: The age and condition of technology in use by the applicant Current equipment ranges from new to 5 years old. Equipment is in excellent condition due to an aggressive preventive maintenance program, and will provide several more years of use. N/A

COMPATIBILITY: Whether each technology is compatible with existing operations and technologies in use by the applicant N/A Not compatible with current ACS Remote Control System.

FEASIBILITY: The practical feasibility of each technology in terms of engineering and other operational aspects N/A In order to provide coverage without blocking, many more repeaters would be necessary than are in use with Thecurrent equipment. This would be costprohibitive. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS: Whether other environmental impacts of each technology, such as air, land, water pollution, and energy requirements, offset any anticipated environmental benefits No change. More repeaters; greater power requirements.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC L-11A **BAT Analysis: ACS Communications (Page 3 of 4) BAT Analysis: ACS Communications (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC L-11A

**BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ANALYSIS SATELLITE EARTH STATION**  **BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ANALYSIS REMOTE TELEPHONE SERVICE** 

**BAT EVALUATION CRITERIA CURRENT METHOD:**  **SATELLITE TELEPHONES ALTERNATIVE:**  **"KU" BAND EARTH STATION** AVAILABILITY: Whether technology is best in use in other similar situations or is available for use by applicant Based on satellite look angles, satellite phones are more viable than “KU” band systems on the North Slope. Less viable because of look angles.

TRANSFERABILITY: Whether each technology is transferable to applicant’s operations No change. Could be transferred.

EFFECTIVENESS: Whether there is a reasonable expectation each technology will provide increased spill prevention or other environmental benefits No change. No change.

COST: The cost to the applicant of achieving BAT, including consideration of that cost relative to the remaining years of service of the technology is use by the applicant. No change. Comparable to “C” systems.

AGE AND CONDITION: The age and condition of technology in use by the applicant The ACS system is essentially new. N/A

COMPATIBILITY: Whether each technology is compatible with existing operations and technologies in use by the applicant N/A Compatible.

FEASIBILITY: The practical feasibility of each technology in terms of engineering and other operational aspects N/A Not feasible because of look angles.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS: Whether other environmental impacts of each technology, such as air, land, water pollution, and energy requirements, offset any anticipated environmental benefits No change. No change. **BAT EVALUATION CRITERIA CURRENT METHOD:**  **SINGLE/MULTI-LINE DIAL**

**RADIO TELEPHONES ALTERNATIVE:**  **SPREAD SPECTRUM TECHNOLOGY** AVAILABILITY: Whether technology is best in use in other similar situations or is available for use by applicant Considering cost, ease of setup, and RF interference, current method is BAT. Not 2013 compliant. Although spread spectrum provides more capability, it is susceptible to interference if used on the North Slope because of similar systems in wide use in the area. TRANSFERABILITY: Whether each technology is transferable to applicant’s operations No change. Could be transferred.

EFFECTIVENESS: Whether there is a reasonable expectation each technology will provide increased spill prevention or other environmental benefits No change. Would provide data connectivity unavailable now.

COST: The cost to the applicant of achieving BAT, including consideration of that cost relative to the remaining years of service of the technology is use by the applicant. No change. Costs of spread spectrum Systems are 10 times the cost of DRT’s. Current systems have several years of service left. Changeover would be prohibitive.*

AGE AND CONDITION: The age and condition of technology in use by the applicant Current equipment ranges from 15-20 years old. Equipment is in excellent condition due to an aggressive preventive maintenance program, and will provide several more years of use. N/A

COMPATIBILITY: Whether each technology is compatible with existing operations and technologies in use by the applicant N/A Compatible.

FEASIBILITY: The practical feasibility of each technology in terms of engineering and other operational aspects N/A Feasible, but costly.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS: Whether other environmental impacts of each technology, such as air, land, water pollution, and energy requirements, offset any anticipated environmental benefits No change. No change.

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC L-11B **BAT Analysis: Trajectory Analyses (Page 1 of 2) BAT Analysis: Trajectory Analyses (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC L-11B

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

### Simple vector calculations would be used based on wind speed and currents at the time. Computer-based trajectory models are less effective for the nearshore environment, and are not useful for spills of non-persistent products such as diesel. Surveillance of winter spills is carried out by observation from aircraft and on the surface. In addition, infrared vid
eotapes of the spill site may be made from the ConocoPhillips Twin Otter for viewing at the command center. On the ground, spill responders find the oiled areas by sight and mark them with lathe and flagging. Forecasting of oil movement is applicable to spills to water rather than winter spills to frozen surfaces. Oil falling to snow-covered ground and sea ice is absorbed by the snow and does not move. The regulations for contingency plan contents call for information on procedures and methods for real time surveillance and tracking of discharged oil on open water [18 AAC 75.425(e)(1)(F)(iv)], as listed in the Department of Environmental Conservation’s May 30, 1997, Draft Guidelines for Best Available Technology. Discharges of oil to snow and ice are to surfaces rather than to open water.

**BAT EVALUATION CRITERIA**  **ALTERNATIVE 1: NOAA OSSM**  **ALTERNATIVE 2: HAND CALCULATIONS**  **ALTERNATIVE 3: OILMAP**  **ALTERNATIVE 4: OSP2**  AVAILABILITY: Whether technology is best in use in other similar situations or is available for use by applicant The NOAA HazMat division staff provides a verbal trajectory forecast within 1/2 to 1 hour of notification. A model run is available within 2 to 3 hours. NOAA’s staff is always available. The HazMat division’s digital On-Scene Spill Model (OSSM) models oil as discrete particles affected by wind and water speed and direction (as does all such software). Input information includes time, location, and quantity of spill. Advantages: • NOAA is the source of most meteorological data input into any modeling software. • NOAA understands the limitations of the data and depicts these using uncertainty bounds. •NOAA uses three computer models to calculate water current speed and direction. Oil’s direction and speed are calculated from water current and wind vector data. This approach assumes that wind pushes oil at 3% of wind speed. Vector calculations performed on scene may provide the primary trajectory forecasting available during the initial response. The calculations are likely to be used in conjunction with the results of computer modeling. The OILMAP software can be purchased for use by anyone and runs on Windows. Use is limited by the number of licenses purchased from Applied Science Associates (ASA). OILMAP is widely used and accepted by the oil industry, and hindcast analysis has been performed by ASA to confirm its effectiveness. Access to some data may be limited. For example, although meteorological data can be obtained from NOAA, current data used in the ASA OILMAP model are previously calculated by ASA from NOAA data. The model does allow for integration of data from a variety of data formats, such as GIS. OSP2 is a twodimensional, menudriven computer model that provides both trajectory tracking and probability analysis; however, the model is appropriate only for open seas, not for areas inside barrier islands. This model therefore is not considered appropriate for North Slope operations.

TRANSFERABILITY: Whether each technology is transferable to applicant’s operations Entirely transferable Entirely transferable Transferable with procedural and equipment changes. N/A **BAT EVALUATION CRITERIA**  **ALTERNATIVE 1: NOAA OSSM**  **ALTERNATIVE 2: HAND CALCULATIONS**  **ALTERNATIVE 3: OILMAP**  **ALTERNATIVE 4: OSP2**  EFFECTIVENESS: Whether there is a reasonable expectation each technology will provide increased spill prevention or other environmental benefits NOAA provides new forecasts daily during spill response. Thus, if wind or current direction changes, spill equipment can be moved beforehand to protect sensitive areas. NOAA also works directly with the U.S. Coast Guard to support response efforts. Updated data on spill location and movement will be obtained through radio reports from aerial observers, infrared aerial videotapes, and from tracking buoys such as those used in the Orion system. These data can be incorporated in the NOAA model to provide more accurate model results. Vector calculations performed on scene may provide the primary trajectory forecasting available during the initial response. The calculations are likely to be used in conjunction with the results of computer modeling. Updated data on spill location and movement will be obtained through radio reports from aerial observers, infrared aerial videotapes, and from tracking buoys such as those used in the Orion system. As changes in spill movement occur, these data can be incorporated in the calculations to provide more accurate results. Use of this model would improve spill response capabilities under ideal conditions; however, the accuracy depends on the experience of the modeler. Updated data on spill location and movement will be obtained through radio reports from aerial observers, infrared aerial videotapes, and from tracking buoys such as those used in the Orion system. As changes in spill movement occur, these data can be incorporated in the OILMAP model to provide more accurate model results. Not effective for North Slope operations inside barrier islands.

COST: The cost to the applicant of achieving BAT, including consideration of that cost relative to the remaining years of service of the technology is use by the applicant. No cost to the applicant. No significant cost to the applicant. Cost varies with number of users and the amount of data. The average cost per license is $10,000 to $20,000, which covers somewhat limited data without a lot of detail. No cost for using this model for spills outside the barrier islands.

AGE AND CONDITION: The age and condition of technology in use by the applicant The model and data are kept up to date. N/A Data used in this model may not be as up to date as data used by NOAA. N/A

COMPATIBILITY: Whether each technology is compatible with existing operations and technologies in use by the applicant The only compatibility issues is availability of telecommunications equipment needed to communicate with NOAA. Applicant’s reliance on NOAA’s model minimizes potential conflict with the results of other models. Compatible with existing operations and technologies. Compatible with existing operations and technologies with changes to procedures and equipment. Use of the technology requires training personnel. N/A

FEASIBILITY: The practical feasibility of each technology in terms of engineering and other operational aspects Has been used by spill responders in Alaska and the rest of the U.S. Might require minimal procedural changes, but would require no major engineering or operational changes. Has been used successfully by spill responders throughout Alaska and the rest of the U.S. No procedural revisions are necessary. Used successfully by spill responders throughout the U.S. It would require procedural revisions to implement, but would require no substantial engineering changes. N/A

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS: Whether other environmental impacts of each technology, such as air, land, water pollution, and energy requirements, offset any anticipated environmental benefits N/A N/A N/A N/A

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC L-11C **BAT Analysis: Wildlife Protection (Page 1 of 2)**

The wildlife protection plan in Tactics W-1 through W-5 can be considered best available technology because it is based on the guidelines published by the wildlife trustee agencies and involves the use of Alaska Clean Seas’ stabilization cen
ter. ACS designed this center in consultation with recognized experts in the field, including the International Bird Rescue and Research Center. Furthermore, a doctor of veterinary medicine will be available to assist in decisions regarding oiled wildlife. ACS worked with government agencies to develop the wildlife protection strategy. ACS brought together a joint in
dustry/agency task force for the project. As a starting point, the task force used the “Wildlife Guidelines for Alaska” in the Alaska Region Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan produced by the Alaska Regional Response Team. These guidelines identify the three-tier strategy in the ACS plan. The tertiary strategy is the han
dling of oiled animals. The ACS wildlife capture and stabilization center was designed for this purpose and was based on the recommendations of Jan White, DVM, then Operations Manager of the International Bird Rescue and Research Center (IBRRC). The design for the ACS stabilization center has been used by Alyeska Pipeline Service Company for Prince William Sound and by Cook Inlet Spill Prevention and Response, Inc. in Cook Inlet. 

## THIS PAGE DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK 

## BAT Analysis: Wildlife Protection (Page 2 of 2) 

# TACTIC L-11C

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC L-12 **Logistical Support for On-Water Operations (Page 1 of 2) Logistical Support for On-Water Operations (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC L-12

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 04/06 

### A barge can be used for support operations during a spill. Such operations include the follow
ing:

• T ransporting response equipment
• Handling and tr ansporting sewage from the response vessels
• T ransporting potable water and food
• Handling and tr ansporting solid waste (oily waste and garbage)
• Conducting cre w changes
• Suppor ting refueling operations with a fuel tank
• Pro viding mechanical support and spare parts
• Pro viding safety support and transporting safety gear, including decontamination equip
ment At least one vessel or workboat is required for this tactic. A vessel could be used to meet portions of the logistical support requirements. 

## EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL

**DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS**

• This tactic ma y be used to support gross decontamination of vessels. See Tactic S-7.

• See Tactic S-6 for resources and techniques for personnel decontamination.PPE Storage 

## Fuel Tank
Mechanic's Truck
Personnel

Shelter Personnel Decon Portable Toilets

**BARGE SAMPLE LAYOUT**  **NOTE:** “Base Location” is storage location (may change seasonally); “Mobe Time” is time to get it out of storage, prepare it for operation, and make it ready to travel (concurrent for all equipment); “Deploy Time” is time to make it operational for its intended use at the spill site. These times do not include travel time from base to spill site, which may have multiple components (see Tactic L-3).

EQUIPMENT BASE LOCATION FUNCTION PIECES NO. STAFF/SHIFT MOBE TIME DEPLOY TIME Barge West Dock Support 1 6 6 hr 0 Fuel Tank Colville Fuel 1 0 0 0 Mechanic's Truck All Repair and Maintenance 1 1 2 hr 0 Portable Toilets West Dock Staff needs 2 0 0 0

Envirovac EOA, WOA Staff needs 1
— 1 hr 1 hr PPE and Decon

Equipment All Support Various 1 0 0 Work Boat ACS, KRU, EOA, Endicott, Alpine Personnel transport Several 1 1 hr 1 hr 

### or

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC A-1 **Emergency Action Checklist (Page 1 of 2) Emergency Action Checklist (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC A-1

**SITE SAFETY AND CONTROL**  **Health Hazards** : Respiratory/dermal/ingestion/exposure levels/PPE  **Fire/Explosion:** LEL’s/explosion proof equipment  **Air Monitoring:** Suggested priority action that should continue as required throughout the response  **Biological Hazards:** Environmental and chemical  **Unsafe Conditions:** Weather, heavy equipment, adequate lighting, etc.  **Medical Emergency:** Medical plan and on-site first-aid capability **NOTIFICATIONS**  **Corporate:** Have the appropriate corporate notifications been made?  **Local:** Has North Slope Borough and/or local communities been notified?  **State:** Have the proper State of Alaska notifications been made?  **Federal:** Have the proper Federal notifications been made? **SPILL ASSESSMENT**  **Characterization:** Access control/hazard evaluation/PPE requirements/site description **SOURCE CONTROL**  **Salvage**  **Relief Well**  **Flow Control/Mitigation**  **Repair STAGING AREAS**   **Location:** Best location to support remote operations in area outside contaminated areas  **Control:** Establish check-in/check-out system for personnel and equipment  **Space:** Make sure there’s enough room **CONTAINMENT**  **Booming:** Ensure you’re using right boom for the job  **Ear th/Snow Berms:**  May be special permit requirements **MECHANICAL RECOVERY**  **Skimming:** Skimmer requirements will change as oil weathers and emulsifies  **Hea vy Equipment**  **BURNING**  **Burn Plan:** Who, what, where, when, why?  **Containment:** Oil needs to be >2mm to sustain combustion.  **Ignition System:** Heli-torch, hand-held igniters, or igniter of opportunity  **P ermit:**  FOSC and ADEC approval required to burn **DECONTAMINATION**  **P ersonnel:**  Required immediately for first responders as well as longer term  **Hea vy Equipment:**  What, when, how?  **Boom:** What, when, how?  **Skimmer:** What, when, how?  **V essel:**  What, when, how?  **Small Equipment/T ools:**  What, when, how? **SURVEILLANCE/TRACKING**  **Modelling:** If offshore, use hand calculations supplemented with NOAA model  **Aerial Sur veillance:**  Should be done at least daily to track oil and ground-truth model 

## INITIAL **ACTIONS**

**RESPONSE**  **T actical Surveillance:**  Critical to have aerial surveillance to position resources in the field  **Mass Balance Calculations:**  Be as accurate as possible before releasing infor
mation **SHORELINE PROTECTION**  **Sensitive Habitat Identification:** Identify sensitive habitat to prioritize protection  **Prioritization Plan:** Develop plan **SHORELINE CLEANUP**  **Assessment:** Form Shoreline Cleanup Assessment Teams (SCAT)  **Identify Beac h Type:**  Characterize and map beach types and oiled areas  **Identify Cleanup Techniques:**  Determine correct techniques for each beach type and implement cleanup **WASTE DISPOSAL**  **Liquid Oil y Waste:**  Where, when, how?  **Solid Oil y Waste:**  Where, when, how?  **Domestic Waste:**  Where, when, how?  **Hazar dous:**  Where, when, how?  **T ransport:**  Where, when, how?  **Stora ge:**  Temporary or long-term/impermeable  **Disposal:** Identify options  **P ermits:**  Ensure permits are in place **COMMUNICATIONS**  **Radio (air-ground, etc.):**  Need to establish as soon as possible and have ability to expand as needed **SENSITIVITY ID:** Identify and prioritize: cultural, archaeological, environmental  **Sensitive Wildlife Habitat:**  Identify and prioritize  **Cultural/Ar chaeological:**  Identify; confidentiality issues may arise **WILDLIFE RESPONSE**  **Hazing:** Use only qualified personnel  **Capture:** Capture of terrestrial animals to be done by ADF&G  **Stabilization:** Ensure wildlife facility is operational  **T reatment:**  Use licensed DVM  **Release:** Negotiate location and timing with trustee agencies **NRDA**  **Sur vey:**  Initiate as soon as practical  **Documentation PUBLIC RELATIONS:**  Initiate as soon as practical **SECURITY LAND OWNERSHIP ISSUES:**  Ensure you have permission to enter native allotments **DEMOBILIZATION:** Commence planning as soon as possible **SITE RESTORATION**  **Material remo val:**  Will cause a disposal problem  **Re vegetation:**  Anticipate multi-year program  **Bioremediation:** Anticipate multi-year program **CLAIMS** 

## ENVIRONMENTAL

**ANCILLARY ACTIVITIES**  **SPILL PROJECT CLOSURE** 

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC A-2 **Spill Reporting Procedures (Page 1 of 4) Spill Reporting Procedures (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC A-2

**EXTERNAL AND AGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST** The following is provided as guidance to ACS member companies on notification. Each company should have its own procedure and reporting forms.  Each operation should designate person or position responsible for agency notification  Assure that all required agency notifications have been made.  Complete and send via fax a spill report.  Make internal company notifications as required by company policy and/or company c-plans.  Make additional agency notifications as merited by circumstances of spill.  As response requirements dictate, contact ACS and activate Mutual Aid.  When appropriate, complete required written report to ADEC of spill and response.  When appropriate, activate ACS emergency use permits:

• ADNR Land Use P ermit for Emergency Use
• ADF&G Title 16 Permit for Emergency Use of Fish Habitat
• ADF&G Bird Hazing P ermit
• ADF&G Mammal Hazing P ermit
• ADF&G Mammal Stabilization, Transport and Disposal
• NSB De velopment Permit for Emergency Use
• USF&WS P ermit for Capture, Salvage and Rehabilitation, Migratory Birds and Raptors

• **NOTE:** At time of incident, determine whether ARRT Guideline Checklist must be completed. 

## WRITTEN REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 18 AAC 75.300 requires notification of the Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation of any spill on State lands or waterways. After notification of the discharge has been made to the department, the department will, at its discretion, require interim reports until cleanup has been completed (18 AAC 75.307). A written final report must be submitted within 15 days of the end of cleanup operations, or if no cleanup occurs, within 15 days of the discharge (18 AAC 75.307). Interim and final written reporting requirements are specified in 18 AAC 75.307 and must contain the following information:

• Date and time of discharge
• Location of discharge
• Name of f acility or vessel
• Name , mailing address, and telephone number of person or persons causing or responsible for the

discharge and the owner and the operator of the facility or vessel
• T ype and amount of each hazardous substance discharged
• Cause of the discharge
• Descr iption of any environmental damage caused by the discharge or containment to the extent the

damage can be identified
• Descr iption of cleanup actions taken
• Estimated amount of hazardous substance cleaned up and hazardous w aste generated
• Date , location, and method of ultimate disposal of the hazardous substance cleaned up
• Descr iption of actions being taken to prevent recurrence of the discharge
• Other inf ormation the department requires to fully assess the cause and impact of the discharge 

## SAMPLE SPILL ASSESSMENT REPORT

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 9/01 

# TACTIC A-2 **Spill Reporting Procedures (Page 3 of 4) Spill Reporting Procedures (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC A-2

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/07**AGENCY REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR OIL SPILLS** 

## THIS PAGE DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK(907) 334-5300 24hr)(907) 334-5302 (FAX)

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC A-3 **ACS Pre-Approved Permits (Page 1 of 2) ACS Pre-Approved Permits (Page 2 of 2)**  

# TACTIC A-3

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

### The following tables identify pre-approved permits that have been issued to ACS and that are available to ACS’ member companies. Each permit has its own reporting requirements and renewal dates. Check with the ACS Planning Manager for the latest information on these permits.



## DEPLOYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND LIMITATIONS

• Geog raphical area of coverage: All state land owned between the west bank of the Colville River and the west

bank of the Canning River north of 68° N. latitude.

• Emergency use permits allow activities outside normal permit stipulations if the activities would result in a signi f﻿i
cantly increased rate of oil spill cleanup.

• P ermits are assignable to ACS member companies and may be accessed by taking the following steps:

Notification to the relevant agency(ies) that permit(s) are being activated, including the name of the member company and the primary point of contact.

• Member companies should notify A CS when activating the permit.

• Users of the per mits are responsible for any registered site restoration as a result of their activities.

• P ermit users are required to meet reporting requirements associated with all the permits. These requirements

are identified in the permits. 

## NON-EMERGENCY USE PERMITS

**EMERGENCY USE PERMITS** TYPE PERMIT PERMIT # ISSUING AGENCY PURPOSE Land Use LAS 22375 Alaska Dept. of Natural Resources Oil Spill Emergency Use Permit Title 16 Fish Habitat Permit FG94-III-0218 Alaska Dept. of Natural Resources Oil Spill Emergency Use Permit Bird Hazing FG05-III-0012 Alaska Dept. of Fish & Game Oil Spill Emergency Use Permit Mammal Hazing and Mammal Stabilization, Transport & Disposal FG05-III-0013 Alaska Dept. of Fish & Game Oil Spill Emergency Use Permit Capture, Salvage and Rehabilita
tion of Migratory Birds & Raptors MB772518-0 U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service Oil Spill Emergency Use Permit Information Use Agreement 3140-4 AHRS Alaska Dept. of Natural Resources Access to Alaska Heritage Resources Survey information Oil Spill Removal Organization Classification 89 U.S. Coast Guard National Strike Force Coordination Center OSRO Classification Oil Spill Primary Response Action Contractor Registration 09-01-08-350 Alaska Dept. of Environmental Conservation RAC Registration NPDES Mobil Spill Response AKG-33-0000 Discharge #007 Environmental Protection Agency Authorization to Discharge Pollutants ACOE Nationwide Oil Spill Cleanup Permit Number 20 Department of the Army Authorization of placement of materials in navigable waters for oil spill cleanup activities. Marine Mammal Hazing 932-1489-05 National Marine Fisheries Authorization for hazing (take) of live marine mammals and endangered species in peril (in vicinity of an oil spill) Permit for Small Takes of Marine Mammals None National Marine Fisheries E-mail on non-requirement for this permit NPRA Land Use None Bureau of Land Management E-mail on non-requirement for this permit TYPE OF PERMIT PERMIT # ISSUING AGENCY PURPOSE Land Use LAS 22374 Alaska Dept. of Natural Resources Storage of spill response equip
ment and training exercises NSB Development NSB 99-033 North Slope Borough Oil Spill Emergency Use Permit Fish Habitat Permit FG99-III-0002 Alaska Dept. of Natural Resources Boom pre-deployment Fish Habitat Permit FH07-III-0119 Alaska Dept. of Natural Resources Pre-staged equipment winter access Fish Habitat Permit FG92-III-0212 Alaska Dept. of Natural Resources Summer oil spill containment and recovery training activities Fish Habitat Permit FG92-III-0213 Alaska Dept. of Natural Resources Winter oil spill containment and recovery training activities Bird Hazing 05-060 Alaska Department of Fish & Game Non-spill related bBird hazingOpen Burn Approval for InSitu Burn Training AQ907OBR01 Alaska Department of Environ
mental Conservation Open burning for fire training at ACS fire training site Boom Deployment in Navi gable Waters POA-2005-833-D POA-2005-834-D POA-2005-835-D POA2005-836-D POA-2005-837-D POA-2005-838-D POA-2005-839-D POA-2005-840-D POA2005-841-D POA-2005-842-D POA-2005-843-D POA-2005-

844-D POA-2005-1785-D Department of the Army Boom pre-deployment in navi gable waterways

USCG Aids to Navigation LLNR #1435 Seventeenth Coast Guard District Boom pre-deployment List and Maps of Pre-Staged Equipment Sites, Pre-De
ployed Boom Sites, Staging Areas, and Boat Launch Sites Stormwater Discharge AKG-33-0000 (Draft) EPA / NPDES Permits Unit Stormwater Discharge Permit for ACS facilities Hazardous Materials Trans portation 061909 700 005RT U.S. Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials Certificate of Registration

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC A-4 **Training Requirements for Response Personnel (Page 1 of 4) Training Requirements for Response Personnel (Page 2 of 4)**  

# TACTIC A-4

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 03/03 

### ACS provides spill response training for their own personnel as well as the North Slope Spill Response Team (NSSRT) and Incident Management Team (IMT). This training includes both regulatory required training and training specific to various response positions and activities. ACS has developed five labor categories for the NSSRT. Each of these categories has minimum requirements for qualifications. ACS also maintains the response training records for all ACS staff, NSSRT and IMT members. The five labor categories and criteria identified for NSSRT members are as follows. **General Laborer** The General Laborer is a responder with minimal or no field experience in spill response. Duties are associated with mobilization, deployment, and support functions for the response. Support tasks such as deployment of boom sections, assembly of anchors systems, assembly of temporary storage devices, loading and unloading equipment, and decontamination of equipment are typical tasks undertaken by this responder classification. Responders in this classification must have documentation of compliance with the following minimum training requirements:

• Current 24 Hour HAZW OPER certification

• H 2 

### S Training

• Current Nor th Slope Training Cooperative Academy Over time, the NSSRT training program will bring each NSSRT member from their entry point as a General Laborer to at least the Skilled Technician level. **Skilled Technician** The Skilled Technician is a responder who has experience in spill response activities at a higher level through having received specific training, having performed related activities as part of regular employment, or having participated in spill response incidents. Tasks such as the operation of skimmers, powerpacks, and transfer pumps are typical tasks undertaken by this responder. Responders in this classification must have documenta
tion of compliance with the following minimum training requirements:

• Must meet the minim um training requirements for General Laborer

• Completion of 16 hours of tr aining or equivalent experience in any combination of the following catego
ries: — Response equipment deployment and use — Response tactics and equipment requirements — Emergency response management (ICS) — Staging area management and support — Boat safety, navigation, or operations — Contingency plan familiarization

• Completion of 16 hours of actual spill response, response exercise, or field deployment time in any

combination of the following activities: — Operation of recovery equipment systems — Operation of transfer and storage equipment systems — Deployment and use of containment systems —Decontamination procedures — Wildlife hazing, capture, and stabilization

• Must ha ve ten completed equipment proficiency checks **Team Leader** Team Leader roles may include such categories as Task Force Leader, Containment or Recovery Site Team Leader, or Staging Area Manager. A Team Leader has attended additional training in the actions, responsibili
ties, and task associated with managing portions of an incident. Responders in this classification must have documentation of compliance with the following minimum training requirements:

• Must meet the minim um training requirements for General Laborer

• Must meet the minim um training requirements for Skilled Technician

• Must ha ve a current 8-hour HAZWOPER Supervisor certification

• Must ha ve 20 completed equipment proficiency checks **Vessel Operator — Nearshore** Responders qualified as Vessel Operator — Nearshore are tasked with safe operation of vessels less than 30 feet in length. These vessels have a hull design and electronics intended primarily for operation in nearshore environments or occasionally, in conjunction with larger vessels, in an offshore response. Typical duties include towing and placement of containment booms, setting and tending anchors, and movement of equipment to remote sites. Responders in this classification must have documentation of compliance with the following minimum requirements:

• Must meet the minim um training requirements for General Laborer

• Must meet the cr iteria for any one of the following: — Completion of the ACS Captain and Crew, or Boat Safety and Handling training programs — Completion of 40 hours of equivalent training or experience on vessels, including navigation, charting,

vessel electronics, and docking and maneuvering procedures — Current USCG Operator Uninspected Passenger Vessel, or higher, license

• Completion of nearshore v essel proficiency check **Vessel Operator — Offshore** Responders qualified as Vessel Operator — Offshore are tasked with the safe operation of vessels larger than 30 feet in length. These vessels have a hull design and electronics capable of sustaining operations in an offshore environment. Typical duties include towing of containment booms, working in conjunction with barge containment operations, towing mini-barges, operating skimmers to recover oil, providing ice management support, and providing logistical support to offshore operations. Responders in this classification must have documentation of compliance with the following minimum requirements:

• Must meet the minim um training requirements for General Laborer

• Must meet the cr iteria for any one of the following: — Completion of the ACS Captain and Crew Training Program — Completion of 40 hours of equivalent training or experience on vessels larger than 30 feet, including

navigation, anchoring, vessel electronics, and docking and maneuvering procedures — Current USCG 25-Ton Near Coastal, or larger, license

• Completion of offshore v essel proficiency check

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/01 ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

# TACTIC A-4 **Training Requirements for Response Personnel (Page 3 of 4) Training Requirements for Response Personnel (Page 4 of 4)**  

# TACTIC A-4

**INCIDENT MANAGEMENT TEAM TRAINING** ACS provides training courses and facilitates exercises and drills for the North Slope Incident Management Team. ACS also maintains a matrix of recommended training based upon each IMT position. Below is a representative list of the various courses that ACS provides to the IMT members.
**COURSE # COURSE TITLE**  2493 IMS Overview 2571 Site Control 2573 Site Management 2575 Site Safety 2578 Getting Organized 2580 Communications 2495 Development of Tactical Worksheet 2498 Development of Initial Incident Briefing Form 2500 Field Reports and Field Team Organization 2502 Resource Ordering and Tracking 2504 Initial Incident Briefing (201) 2506 Mapping 2510 Information Management, Situation Status 2508 Information Management, Resource Status 2512 Operational Planning Worksheet & Situation Reports 2514 Operational Planning Worksheet for Next Operational Period 2516 Assessment Meetings 2518 Preparation of Tactical Objectives 2524 Shift Change Briefing 2528 Environmental Unit Training 2530 Documentation Unit Training 2532 Safety Officer Training 2534 Table-Top Talk-Around 2538 Integrated Table-Top Exercise 

## SPILL RESPONSE TRAINING COURSES Alaska Clean Seas provides a wide variety of response-related training courses to the NSSRT. These courses are divided into three basic categories: general courses that are taught on an as-needed basis, short courses that are taught regularly, and equipment proficiency checks that are also taught regular ly. Below is a representative list of the various courses that ACS provides to the NSSRT members.

• Basic Oil Spill Response (Summer)
• Basic Oil Spill Response (Winter)
• Arctic Cold Weather Survival
• Arctic Ocean Survival
• Swiftwater 1st Responder
• HAZWOPER Supervisor
• Winter Oil Spill Operations
• Summer Oil Spill Operations
• Bird Collection and Stabilization
• Insitu Burning
• SRT Wildlife Hazing Awareness
• Captain & Crew Training 1 & 2
• Airboat Operations
• Boat Safety and Handling
• Boom Deployment on Rivers
• Decontamination Procedures
• Global Positioning Systems
• ICS Basic Radio Procedures
• Skimmer Types and Applications
• Snowmachine, ARGO and ATV Operation
• Weatherport and Survival Equipment
• Bear Deterrence
• Bird Deterrence
• Fastanks and Bladders
• Nearshore Operations
• Air Monitoring
• Deckhand/Knot Tying • Charting & Navigation
• Winter Response Tactics
• Summer Response Tactics
• Winter Equipment PC’s
• Summer Equipment PC’s
• C-Plan Review
• Tundra Cleanup Techniques
• Plugging and Patching
• SCAT for 1st Responders
• Archaeological Resource Awareness
• Field Mechanics of ICS
• Staging Area Management
• North Slope Spill Overview
• Bloodborne Pathogens
• Respiratory Protection
• Marine Operations Awareness
• Hazwoper Supplemental Refresher
• Culvert Plugging/Underflow Dams
• Oil Spill Olympics
• Equipment Deployment Exercises
• Immersion Suit Training
• Ice Safety Awareness
• Best Available Technology (BAT)
• Field Organization and Resource Tracking
• Approximately 160 Proficiency Checks on Various

Equipment

### NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. NOTE: All values given on these pages are for planning purposes only. 

# TACTIC A-5 **ACS Certifications (Page 1 of 2)**

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09 

## ACS Certifications (Page 2 of 2) 

# TACTIC A-5

ACS Tech. Manual Vol. 1, 09/09